10th ANNIVERSARY 1978-79 CAPILANO'S TENTH ANNIVERSARY With the fall term 1978, Capilano begins its tenth year of operation as a community college. It is our intention to make this year a rather special one to celebrate this milestone and we invite all members of our community to join us in events throughout the year. We believe that we have much to celebrate and many people to honour. Ten years ago, and more, many North Shore and Howe Sound residents put a great deal of time and energy into the preparatory work necessary to establish a brand new college. Everyone who has studied at Capilano owes them gratitude and recognition. Over the years, we have been able to assemble a fine group of teachers, support staff members, and administrators. Virtually every year we have grown out of the facilities available to us as we have tried to extend our services to as many people as possible within our community. Year by year we have received far greater support and understanding from our School Districts and from the Ministry of Education. Of course, ten years is a very short time in the life of an institution. We realize that we have only begun our mission. We appreciate that many people are still unsure of what a community college is, how it differs from other kinds of institutions, and what its potential for educational service is. We hope that our special events of 1978-79 will help to dispel much of the mystery. We hope we might tell you our story. We do not, however, wish to look back as much as ahead to the next ten years and beyond. Our tenth anniversary affords us the opportunity to assure our community that we will continue to develop as a first-class post-secondary educational institution offering a broad range of quality programs for a very diverse student population. We will continue to strive for excellence in everything we do so that all Capilano students will reach out for their own levels of scholastic excellence. I hope you will join us, as a student or as an interested community member, in 1978-79. Watch for our 10th Anniversary Cover Logo — the symbol for all special events to mark the beginning of our second decade. Dr. L. Srivastava, Chairman, Capilano College Council. capilano co lege calendar 1978-79 IIIIIIIIII 10th ANNIVERSARY 2055 Purcell Way North Vancouver, B.C. V7J 3H5 Telephone 986-1911 A Publicly Supported Community College 1 Table of Contents INTRODUCTION TO C A P I L A N O C O L L E G E 3 C O L L E G E LOCATIONS 4 CAMPUS MAP 5 COLLEGE COUNCIL 6 C O L L E G E ADMINISTRATION 6 CAPILANO COLLEGE FOUNDATION 7 FACULTY 8 C A L E N D A R FOR 1978-79 11 ADMISSION 13 REGISTRATION 14 FINANCIAL INFORMATION 16 INSTRUCTIONAL INFORMATION 18 SERVICES .' 20 FINANCIAL AIDS A N D A W A R D S 23 COLLEGE PROGRAMS 28 A C A D E M I C STUDIES/UNIVERSITY T R A N S F E R 29 CAREER PROGRAMS 33 VOCATIONAL PROGRAMS 52 COMMUNITY EDUCATION A N D SERVICES 56 C O U R S E DESCRIPTIONS 57 INDEX ACCREDITATION 119 I Cover: Trudy W i n c h Photographs: M e d i a Production Centre a.id M e d i a R e s o u r c e Students C o m p i l e d : Information S e r v i c e s Design: K i m Steer Typesetting & Layout: Granville P r e s s Printing: College Printers 105 EDUCATIONAL OFFERINGS Excellence and diversity are the two major emphases of Capilano's educational activities. Quality Career programs lead directly to employment. A growing range of Vocational programs are offered in response to the human resource needs of the province's and region's economy. A rigorous array of programs and courses prepare students for transfer into the third year at the provincial universities. Non-credit c o u r s e s and activities appeal to the wide range of avocational interests of individuals and groups within the community. A Conference program offers special training of particular value to the •business community. Preparatory and start-up programs respond particularly to needs of persons who have been away from formal education for s o m e time. Diversity is reflected as well in the forms in which educational opportunity may be pursued. Conventional college level instruction in all areas is complemented by special tutorial assistance, self-paced learning programs, other forms of individualized instruction, and special area studies. Students with a mature desire to excel in learning, regardless of age, gender, interest or background, are challenged and assisted by Capilano. FACILITIES A N D R E S O U R C E S 1978-79 is the 10th Anniversary year of this North Shore based community college. Originally intended to serve North Vancouver, West Vancouver and Howe Sound, the College now also provides service to students who live beyond the North Shore. The College opened in September 1968 with c l a s s e s held for s o m e 300 students in West Vancouver High S c h o o l . In August 1973, the College first o c c u p i e d its current major site in Lynnmour in North Vancouver, beginning with some 50,000 square feet of instructional space; since that time, an additional 130,000 square feet have been added to form the core facilities of the College in a handsome setting overlooking the north end of the S e c o n d Narrows Bridge. A c c l a i m e d as one of the most beautiful natural settings of all the colleges in British Columbia, the Lynnmour site houses the Library/Media Centre, instructional rooms and laboratories, the Registrar's Office, faculty offices, a large Cafetheatre, and recreational areas. Pathways through trees and planted areas lead to separate buildings for Biology, Chemistry, Physics and Geography laboratories and a D a y c a r e Centre. A D y n a m i c s Lab and Art Studio are more recent additions, together with a Field House and playing field area developed in conjunction with the District of North Vancouver. Redevelopment of some existing facilities and construction of additional facilities for an eventual 5,000 student population are currently in the planning stage. Capilano is, however, a college in and of its community. In addition to a broad range of offerings at the Lynnmour core, the College has a history of providing extended services in a number of locations throughout the region to meet community needs and interests. Both credit and non-credit c o u r s e s and services in West Vancouver, Squamish, Pemberton and other areas, both day and evening, have characterized the general operation of the College. C O L L E G E OBJECTIVES The following extracts from the C o l l e g e ' s policy statement reflect Capilano's institutional goals: two years of quality and comprehensive post-secondary education curriculum flexibility to meet changing community requirements standards of transfer with degree-granting institutions where applicable job upgrading, vocational training, career opportunity admission to all who will benefit the concept of Community Education in the provision of general interest programs ensuring that community needs are met with service at the community level priorities to utilize resources available. College Locations Campus Map 5 College Administration College Council COUNCIL M E M B E R S APPOINTED BY T H E O F EDUCATION Mr. Ian G . Edgar Mrs. Cecilia Low Mr. P.C.D. Powell Mrs. Hilda Rizun Dr. Lalit M. Srivastava Mr. J a c k K . Stathers DEPARTMENT COUNCIL M E M B E R S VANCOUVER) Mrs. Verna Smelovsky Mr. David S . W i l l i a m s • S C H O O L DISTRICT #44 (NORTH COUNCIL M E M B E R S VANCOUVER) Mrs. Audrey Sojonky Mr. Carl F. Hunter • SCHOOL DISTRICT #45 (WEST COUNCIL M E M B E R S SOUND) Mr. T . B . M . Fougberg Mr. T.J. M a c D o n a l d • SCHOOL DISTRICT #48 (HOWE REPRESENTATIVES - T H E CAPILANO C O L L E G E STUDENT SOCIETY Mr. Ian Austin Mr. Scott Austin REPRESENTATIVES • T H E CAPILANO C O L L E G E F A C U L T Y ASSOCIATION Mr. Gary Kilgore Dr. F r a n c e s Burstein REPRESENTATIVES • T H E S T A F F UNION, A . U . C . E . L O C A L #4 Ms. Pat Pope Mr. Bill Little G E N E R A L ADMINISTRATION Paul Gallagher, B.A., M.Ed., D.C.L. Principal K . H . T h i e l . G r a d . Eng., M.B.A. Bursar Alan P.D. Smith, B.A., M.A. Director of Planning G . F . Lee, B . S c , M . S c , Ph.D. Acting Registrar Dave Brewer Director of Supplies and Services M. J e s s u p , C.G.A. Director of Financial S e r v i c e s Jim Dillon, B.A., L L . B . Director of Personnel Ken Hughes Facilities Supervisor INSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATION Douglas K. Jardine, B . A . S c , Ph.D. Dean of A c a d e m i c Studies and Educational Support S e r v i c e s S.R.Gilbert, B.A., M.A. Association Dean of A c a d e m i c Studies and Educational Support S e r v i c e s Harold B. Kirchner, B.Ed., M.Sc. Dean, Career/Vocational Programs Charles L. Priester, F.C.B.A., B.A., M.A. Associate Dean, Career/Vocational Programs DirkSmit, B.A., M.A. Dean of Community Education Daniel R. Dolphin, B . A . S c , M.B.A., M.Sc. Director of Training for Business and Industry, Community Education Capilano College Foundation S i n c e 1970, the activities of the College and its students have received strong community support from the Capilano College Foundation. The Foundation was established, under the Societies Act, to encourage community interest in the College, and to raise and receive funds to assist worthy Capilano College students who require financial assistance. S i n c e 1971 one hundred students have been assisted through Foundation bursaries and scholarships. Membership in the Foundation is open to all, and presently comprises representatives from business, industry, the professions as well as the College. The ongoing activities of the Foundation are guided by an Executive Committee. Further information about the Foundation program may be obtained by contacting the Secretary. Details of application for bursaries and scholarships will be found in the Financial A s s i s t a n c e section of the Calendar. Capilano College Foundation Executive Committee 19771978. President 1 st Vice-President 2nd Vice-President Treasurer Secretary Past President M.Carmichael Mrs. P. Mugridge D.Collier L. V. O'Neill D. Smit H.Addison and F. H. B. Charlesworth Mrs. M. C o m b a - R a m s a y P. J o n e s F. Millerd J. MacDonald W. M c P h e e A. Smith P. Watts 7 Faculty Chester, Neil, B . E d . (Saskatchewan), B.A. (P.E.), Saskatchewan), M.P.E. (Brit. Col.), Athletic Coordinator and Outdoor Recreation Clark, H., B.H.E. (Brit. C o l ) , T.T. Dipl. (Brit. Col.), Dipl. Alliance Francaise (Paris), Retail Fashion and Coordinator Clifford, J . , B.A. (Brit. Col.), M.A. (Brit. C o l ) , English & W o m e n ' s Studies Cogswell, B., T N T H R . D . D . (Hammersmith), N.D.D. (Hammersmith), Art Connell, P.L., B.A. (Brit. Col.), M.A. (Brit. Col.), English Cook, R.D., B.A. (Toronto), Dipl., Media R e s o u r c e s Coupe, R., B.A. (Tasmania), Ph.D. (Brit. Col.), English Coupey, P.L., B.A. (McGill), M.A. (Brit. Col.), English Creer, B., B.Ed. (Brit. Col.), Outdoor Recreation Cumella, A . W . M . , B.A. (York), Primary Specialist Cert. (Toronto), Perm. Teaching Cert. (Toronto), Interim Prof. Cert, of B.C., Graduate Dupl. (Brit. Col.), Early Childhood Education Dixon, J . E . , B.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Brit. Col.), Philosophy Adler, M.T., B.A. (Toronto), M.S.W. (Brit. Col.), Early Childhood Education Akhurst, C , B.S. (Indiana U. of Pa.), M.S. (U. of Kentucky), Outdoor Recreation Annett, J.A., Wilderness Leadership Certificate - B a c k p a c k i n g , Bronze Medallion (1977), St. J o h n ' s A m b u l a n c e Cert., C . P . R . Certification. Outdoor Recreation Alborg, G . , B.A. (Reading), M.A. (Brit. Col.), Stan. Teach (U.K.), Life Credit (San Diego), Business Training and Career Development Alderson, S.A., B.A. (Antioch), M.A. (Ohio State), English A m o n , N.E., B.A. (Kent), M.A. (Simon Fraser), E c o n o m i c s Andrews, M., B.A. (Denison), M.A. (Brit. Col.), History Athaide, D., B . S c . (McGill), M.Sc. Prof. T e a c h e r ' s Cert. (Brit. C o l ) , B.T.S.D. & Geology Avery, D.P., B.A. (York), M.Ed. (Toronto), Psychology Azaroff, P., B.A. (Heb. U. Israel), M e d i a R e s o u r c e s Bagshaw, R., B. C o m m . (Brit. C o l ) , M.A. (Colorado), M. E d . (Brit. Col.), Counsellor Banks, J.L., B . S c . (S.F.U.), B.T.S.D. Bannister, J „ B.A. (Brit. Col.), B.S.W. (Brit. C o l ) , Cert, of E d . (Oxford), M. E d . (Toronto), Nat. Dipl. Distrib., B.T.S.D. Barbazuk, W m . , B.A. (Sask.), B.Ed. ( S a s k ) , Business Management B a s h a m , D.F., Outdoor Recreation Battersby, M., B.A. (N.Y.U.), Philosophy Bentley, A.E.T., B.Sc. (Brit. Col.), A . M . (Missouri), Ph.D. (Missouri), Mathematics and Coordinator Berta, J.L., Diploma, Outdoor R e c . Mgt. & Wilderness Leadership (Capilano College), Certificate, Basis C a n o e Instructor (Capilano College) Best, E.R., B . S c . ( M a n ) , M.S. ( M a n ) , Retail Fashions Biggins, P., B.A. (Manchester), A . L . A . . (College Tech Manchester), B.L.S. (Toronto), M L S . (Toronto), M.A. (Simon Fraser), Reference a n d Circulation Librarian and Coordinator Bissell, E , B. C o m m . , ( U . B . C ) , M.A. (U. of Ottawa), Business Management B i z z o c c h i , J.V., B.A. (Michigan), Teaching Cert. (Sec.) (Michigan), Media R e s o u r c e s Boyde, J.E., B.A. (Simon Fraser), Outdoor Recreation Boyde, P., Ind. 1 st Aid Ticket, C l a s s C , St. J o h n ' s A m b u l a n c e 1 st A i d Instructor Cert. Outdoor Recreation B r a e m , Trevor A., B . S c . (Brit. Col.), M.Sc. (Hons.) (S.F.U.), Mathematics Brown, J . , B . S c . (Man.), P . G . (Van. G e n ) , Early Childhood Duvall, J . E . , B.A. (Brit. Col.), Dipl. Ed. (Sask.), B.T.S.D. Duzita, W a y n e A . , B . C o m m . (Brit. Col.), B u s i n e s s Management Dyke, S.L., Inst. T e c h . and Art (Calgary), Art Eastcott, R.W., S r . Cert. (Vancouver S c h o o l of Art), R.C.A., Art Edwards, A.W., Environmental Design, Art Ewing, K . J . , B.A. (Michigan), M.Sc. (Michigan), Geography, Outdoor Recreation Fahlman, M.L., B.A. (Brit. Col.), M.A. (Toronto) Falls, L , A.R.C.T. (Toronto), B. M u s . (Brit. Col.), M . M u s . (Brit. Col.), M u s i c Coordinator Fawcett, S., B.A. (S.F.U.), M.A. (S.F.U.), English Fitz-Earle, M., B.Sc. (Nottingham), M.Sc. (Toronto), Ph.D. (Toronto), Biology & Coordinator in the Div. of Natural Sciences Fleischer, B., C . G . A . (U.B.C.) Business Management Forst, G . , B.A. (Brit. Col.), P h . D . (Brit. Col.), English & Coordinator of English Literature Forster, F., C o m m e r c i a l Art, (Alberta College of Art), Art Foster, H.R.K., B.A. (Queen's), M.A.. L L . B . (Brit. Col.) F r e e m a n , M., B . S c . (Brit. Col.), M.Sc. (Cal. Tech.), Ph.D. (Brit. Col), Physics Freund, S., Lab Supervisor, Business Training and Career Development Furstenwald, C , B.A. (Mexico), Spanish Gallacher, R.J., B.A. (Brit. C o l ) , T e a c h e r ' s Cert. (Brit. C o l ) , M.A. (Brit. Col.), Religion Gayle, Noga, B.A. (Hons.) (York), M.A. (Ontario), Sociology G i b s o n , W m . G . , B.A. (Sask.), Dipl. Ed. (Sask.), Dipl. Ed. (Calgary), M.Sc. (Brit. C o l ) , Ph.D. (U.B.C.) Biology Gilchrist, A . B . , P h . D . (S.F.U.), Chemistry and Coordinator of Chemistry, Physics and Geology G l a s s , R., B.A. (Calif.), M.A. (Southern Calif.), F r e n c h and English Goff, W m . S . , B . S c . (Victoria), M . S c . (Brit. Col.), Mathematics Griffiths, R., O . N . C . (England) Outdoor Recreation G r o v e s , P.A., B.A. (Toronto), P h . D . (Brit. C o l ) , Sociology Gruen, F.L., B. Management, Eng. (Rennsselaer), M.Sc. (Waterloo), B u s i n e s s Management Education Brown, T.J., B . S c . (Bristol), Geography Burns, W., L L . B . (Brit. Col.), Legal Studies Burstein, F., B.A. (Wash. St. Louis), M.A. (Boston), Ph.D. (Boston), English and General Studies Bury, N., B.A. (Brit. Col.), A.C.I., Coordinator Business Office Training Cairns, M., B . S c . (Calgary), Prof. Art (Alta.), B.T.S.D. Cantin, Or-Ewing, L., B.A. (Montreal), M.A. (Simon Fraser), French Carroll, J a m e s A., B.A. (Wabash College, Indiana), M . S c . ( C a l ) , Chemistry Carter, A.W., B.Sc. (U. of Alberta), C & G Certificate (London), Business Management Carter, S., B.A. (Louisiana), Cert, of Ed. (Louisiana), M. of Lib. (Wash.), Librarian, Reference and Orientation and Coordinator Chamberlain, R., Standard Cert. (B.C.), B.T.S.D. Champion, H., B.Sc. (South Africa), B.Sc. (South Africa), Laboratory Supervisor, Chemistry Hall, E., Diploma A . D . (St. Martin's S c h o o l of Art), Art T e a c h e r ' s Certificate (Goldsmiths College Univ. of London) Retail Fashions Hankin, B., B.A. (Brit. Col.), M.A. ( W a s h ) , G e r m a n and Humanities Division Coordinator Hauschildt, Reimar, B.Sc. (Hons.) (Queen's), M.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Mathematics Heys, V.A., Cert. C o m m . Bookkeeper (Capilano College) Lab. Supervisor, B.T.C.D. Henry, M.I., B.A. (Alta.), M . S c . (Brit. Col.), P h y s i c s 8 Hind, J . , B.A. (Simon Fraser), B.T.S.D. Hindmarch, G . , B.A. (Brit. Col.), M.A. (Brit. C o l ) , English Hodgins, B.W., B.P.E. (Brit. Col.), Outdoor Recreation Hogg, W . J . . C . G . A . B.T.C.D. Howard, Irene, B.A. (Brit. Col.), M.A. (Brit. C o l ) , English Howard, Phyllis, B.A. (Brit. Col.), M.Ed. (Newfoundland), Counselling Humphries, T.W., B . S c . ( U . B . C ) , C A . (Price Waterhouse) Business Management Huntley, G a e l H „ B . S c , (Hons.) (Brit. Col.), M . S c . (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (S.F.U.) B.C. Teaching Cert. (S.F.U.) Irvine, R.F., Teaching Training Cert. (Sask.), B.T.S.D. Jacquet, J.V., F r e n c h Language Lab Supervisor, Coordinator of Modern Languages Jantzen, D., B.A. (Brit. Col.), M.A. (York), Humanities, English & Coordinator of Composition Jarvis, J a m e s , B.A., M.A., R e g . Lands Architect, Outdoor Recreation J e a n , P., B.A. (McMaster), M.A. (Windsor), Psychology Jelensky, M., St. J o h n ' s Red C r o s s , Outdoor Recreation Jensen, J . , B.A. (Brit. Col.), M.A. (Brit. Col.), Fine Arts J o n e s , D., B.A. (Dalhousie), M.A. (Dalhousie), Counsellor deJong, C a r l , B.A. (Brit. Col.), M.B.A. (U. of W. Ont.), Business Management K a s s a m , N., L L . M . (Yale), Legal Studies Keating, T., B . S c . (Nova Scotia), Retail Fashion Kelgard, D.S., B.A. (Brit. Col.), M.A. (Brit. Col.), Anthropology, Budget Coordinator Social S c i e n c e s Div. Kellington, T.P., A . A . S . , Media S p e c . Cert. (Cap. College), Media Resources Kempo, 0., B.A. (Alta.), M.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Brit. Col.), Dialogue C a n a d a Kenny, C , B.A. (Georgia), Reg. Cert. M.T. (N.A.M.T.), Music Kilgore, G.S., B.A. (New College), M.A. (Simon Fraser), History Kilian, C , B.A. (Columbia), M.A. (Simon Fraser), C o m munications Kinch, William, P e r m . Elem. T e a c h e r ' s Certificate., 1963 Business Training Career Development Kingan, E.N., N.D.D. (Blackpool), A.T.D. (Manchester), R.C.A., T e a c h e r ' s Cert. (Manchester), T e a c h e r ' s Cert. B.C., Art Kiss, A., B.Ed. (Brit. Col.), Coordinator Business Training & Career Development Kobylansky, K.A., B.Mus. (Brit. Col.), M.Mus. (Brit. Col.), Music Krebs, H.J.B., Diploma I (Inst, of C h e m . Technology), Diploma II, R e s e a r c h Technology, (Royal Dutch Society of Chemistry, Diploma, M u s i c Therapy, (U. of Vienna), Registered Music Therapy (West Germany) Music • K r o h n , Louise, B . E d . (Montreal), Dialogue C a n a d a La C o s t e , W . H . , Diploma T e c h . (B.C.l.T.), R.I.A. (Society of Industrial Acctg.) Bus. Mgt. Lavalle, E.M., B. C o m m . (Brit. Col.), L L . B . (Brit. Col.), M.A. (Duke), Political S c i e n c e , General Studies, Labour Studies LeCouteur, P., B . S c . (Auckland), M.Sc. (Auckland), Ph.D. (Calif.), Chemistry Lee, G . , B.Sc. (Brit. Col.), M.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Brit. C o l ) , Physics Lees, Yetta, B.A. (Simon Fraser) Business Training and Career Development Leflufy, R., Business Management Leggo, N.E., Legal Studies Leskard, S., Dipl. (St. Martin's London), Art Lind, K.M., B.A. (Brit. Col.), M.A. (Brit. Col.), Anthropology Linschoten, R., B.A.A. (Ryerson), Media R e s o u r c e s Little, D.V., R.N. St. Paul's, P.H.N. (Brit. Col.), Early Childhood Education, Business Training & Career Development Loblaw, Douglas, B.A. (U. of Toronto), Business Management Ludgate, A., Business Training & Career Development M c C a n d l e s s , C.A., B.A. (Hon.) (S.F.U.) B.T.C.D. McDonnell, L., B.H.E. (Brit. Col.), Lab Supervisor, Biology McGrady, L.B., B.A. (Toronto), L L . B . (Manitoba), Labour Studies McGillivray, B.P., B.A. (Brit. Col.), M.A. (Brit. Col.), Geography Mcintosh, C , B. C o m m . (Brit. Col.), C.G.A. (Brit. C o l ) , Business Management M c K e o w n , T „ B.A. (Brit. Col.), M.A. (Brit. Col.), English M a c l a g a n , D.T., A . O . C . A . , R.I.D.I.A., I . D C , Art M c L a r e n , D., Cert. Sheridan College School of Design, B . H . S c . (Guelph), Art M c L e a n , L , B.A. (Brit. Col.), Legal Studies M c M a s t e r , N., B.A. (Brit. C o l ) , Music Therapy, Music MacNeill, M., B.A. (Alta), M.A. (Man.), PhD., (Calgary), Psychology M a h , J . G . , B.A. (Brit. Col.), B.S.W. (Brit. Col.), M S . W . (Toronto), Counsellor Mallory, D.R., B . A . S c . (Brit. Col.), M.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Brit. Col.), Mathematics Mansfield, Lynne, B.A. (Brit. Col.), B.S.W. (Brit. Col.), M.S.W. (Brit. Col.), Counselling Marie, Gillian, B.A. (Australia), M.A. (S.F.U.), History Marshall, D.F., Elem. " B " Cert. B.C., Art Marshall, J a m e s R., Dipl. Operations Management (B.C.l.T.), Systems Analysis & Design (College of N e w Caledonia), Business Management Maxwell, E., L L . B . (Brit. Col.), Legal Studies Maxwell, F.E., B.A. (U.W.O), L L . B . ( U . B . C ) , Legal Studies May, G . , B.A. (B.C.), L.L.B. (B.C.) Legal Studies Mees, M., Art Michaels, L., B.Sc. (Alta.), B.Ed. (Alta.), M.Ed. (Alta.), Business Management Mier, P L . , B.A. (S.F.U.), M.A. (Toronto), Political S c i e n c e Miles, C , B.A. (Brit. Col.), M . M . (Victoria), M u s i c Moe, S.E., B.A. (Mexico), M.A. (Mexico), Psychology and W o m e n ' s Studies Molnar, F.S., Dipl. Fine Arts (Pennsylvania), Art Moseley, B., B.A. (Calif.), M.B.A. (Calif.), Business Management Naumann, R., Vancouver S c h o o l of Art, Cert, and Credential, (Institutio Allende), Art Nodwell, A . K . , B. Mus. (Brit. Col.), M. Mus. (Victoria, M u s i c Norris, R.W., Chartered Accountant Cert., Business Management O'Connor, R., Grad. Ryerson, Coordinator Business Management Oberndorf, Allen G . , B.S. (U. of N e w Haven), M.I.M., Thunderbird Grad., School of International Business, Business Management van den Ouden, C , Graphic Dipl., Vancouver, Media R e s o u r c e s Palffy-Muhoray, P., B . A . S c . (Brit. C o l ) , M . A . S c . (Brit. C o l ) , PhD. (U.B.C.) Physics Pareis, E.N., B.Sc. (Rutgers), Ph.D. (Texas), Psychology P a s s , J . , B.A. (Brit. C o l ) , B T S D . Penn, M.H., B.A. (Alta.), M.A. (Brit. Col.), Counsellor & Counselling Division Coordinator Phillips, D.G., Secretarial Degree (V.V.I.) B.T.C.D. Piekaar, M., B.A. (Simon Fraser), Business Training and Career Development Plant, L P . , I.D., Business Training & Career Development and Legal Studies Podolak, P., Retail Fashion Powley, Michael, B.Ed. (Brit. Col.), M . B . A . ' ( S . F . U . ) , Outdoor Recreation Priester, C . L , F.C.B.A. (Queen's), B.A. (Sir George Williams), M.A. (Brit. Col.), Business Management Price, C M . , B.S.Mus. (Danbury State), M.A. (Columbia), M . S C . (Oregon), Reference Librarian and Coordinator Ramsey, Frank, B . S c . (McGill), B.T.S.D. Ravolo, Dauphine, French License (Paris), French Master (Brit. Col.), F r e n c h Rawsthorne, M., B . H . E c . ( U . B . C ) , R.D. (St. Paul's), B.T.S.D. Read, D.W., B.A. (Brit. C o l ) , M.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (McGill), Chemistry Reid, B., B.A. (Alta.), Communications Reid, F., M.A. (Edinburgh), French Rennie, L.J.M., B.A. (Brigham Young), Early Childhood Education Rennie, R., B.S. (Brigham Young), M.S. (Brigham Young), P h . D . (Brit. Col.), Mathematics & Div. Chairman Nat. S c i e n c e Division Reveley, M.T., B.Mus. (Brit. Col.), M u s i c Richards, V., Legal Asst. Diploma (Cap. College), Coordinator, Legal Studies Dept. Richmond, L.J., M.Art. E d . (W.Wash. State College), Teacher Cert. (London, England), Art Richter, Mervin, B.A. (U. of Sask.), B . E d . (U. of Sask.), B u s i n e s s Management Ricker, N.A., B.A. (Calif), M.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Brit. Col.), Biology and Outdoor Recreation Robinson, Dennis, C . A . , B u s i n e s s Management Rodger, E.G., Lucie Clayton School, Dupl. (London, Eng.), Retail Taylor, M., B . S c . (Alta.), Retail Fashion Thomlinson, A . G . , B.A. (Brit. Col.), M . S c . (Brit. C o l ) , Prof T e a c h e r ' s Cert. (Brit. Col.), B.T.S.D. Tilley, W . F . L . , B.Ed. (Brit. Col.), Business Training & C a r e e r Development Toth, Endre, B . S c . (Brit. Col.), Business Management Towson, K.V., B . S c . (Simon Fraser), Mathematics Trew, M., B.A. (Kansas State), M.A. (Missouri Central State), Ph.D. (Michigan State), Coordinator W o m e n ' s R e s o u r c e Centre Trowbridge, Brian, B.A., (Carleton), L L . B (Brit. Col.), B u s i n e s s Management Tyrell, Christopher, B.Ed. (Brit. Col.), Phonetics & F r e n c h Cert. (Nice), Theatre Fashion Rosenberg, A . C , B.A. (Toronto), M.A. (Toronto), Fine Arts and Humanities Russell, Shirley, St. J o h n ' s First Aid Certificate, B.T.S.D. Salusbury, P., Lab Supervisor, Business Training and C a r e e r Development Salter, R., B.A. (N.Y. State), M.A. (N.Y. State), Sociology Sanderson, C , B . S c . (England), Lab Supervisor, Biology Sanguinetti, S.P., B.A. (Brit. Col.), M.A. (Brit. Col.), Political Science Urbshadt, G . , B £ o m m . (U.B.C.) Retail Fashions Van Norman, Donna L , B.A. (Brit. Col.), M.A. (Brit. Col.), Learning A s s i s t a n c e Vick, A . H . , B . C o m m . (Brit. Col.), Business Management Vickars, K., B.Ed., P e r m . Teaching. Cert. (Brit. Col.), Dipl. Pitman's Business College, Business Training and C a r e e r Development Wade, L.K., B . S c . (Brit. Col.), M . S c . (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Australia), Biology Walker, A., L L . B . (Brit. Col.), Legal Studies Waterman, A., B . S c . (Brit. Col.), M . S c . (Simon Fraser), B.C. Teaching Certificate, Mathematics White, B.P., B.A. (Simon Fraser), M.A. (Simon Fraser), Outdoor Recreation and Coordinator Whittaker, E . M . , B.A. (Brit. Col.), English Williams, C , Legal Assistant Diploma (Capilano College), Legal Sayre, J . , B.S.B.A. (Denver), M.A. (Boston), E c o n o m i c s Schermbrucker, W m . G . , B.A. (Capetown), P.Grad. Cert, in Ed. (London), M.A. (Brit. C o l ) , P h . D . (Brit. Col.), English Schmidt, L , B . E d . (Alta), M.Ed. (Alta.), P h . D . (Alta), Counsellor Shirran, S., E.A. Cert. ( U . B . C ) , M.Mus. (U.B.C.) M u s i c Siddall, P., Dipl. Royal College of Art, London, England, Retail Fashion Siegrist, B . G . , M.B.A. (Simon Fraser), Counsellor Simpson, J . , B.Mus. ( U . B . C ) , M. M u s . (U.B.C.) Music Simpson, M., B.A. ( U . B . C ) , Diploma (Photography) (Ryerson Poly-Tech Institute) Media R e s o u r c e s Sinclair, D „ C o m m e r c i a l Guitarist, M u s i c Slemon, P., B.A. (U. of Toronto), B . S c . ( U . B . C ) , B.Mus. ( U . B . C ) , Studies Williamson, J . , B.A. Teaching Cert., (Victoria), Legal Studies Wilson, G . F . D . , B . S c . (N.Y. State), M.A. (Brit. Col.), Geography Wittman, M., B.A.(Toronto), M . A . ( B r i t . C o l ) , C o m m u n i c a t i o n s W o o d , A . J . , National Dipl. in Design (Liverpool), Art T e a c h e r s Dipl. (Liverpool) Art W o l d , A., B.Mus. ( U . B . C ) , A.R.C.T. (Toronto), M u s i c Worman, E., B.A. (Toronto), Dipl. Child Study (Toronto), Early Childhood Education and Coordinator Worrell, Keith, B . S c . (London), M . S c . (London). E c o n o m i c s Wright, Richard, Outdoor Recreation M.M.A. (McGill) M u s i c Smith, B., B.A. (Brit. Col.), T.T. (Brit. Col.), Business Training and C a r e e r Development S o m m e r s , C M . , B.A. (Minnesota), English Soules, Marshall, B.A. (Middlebury College, Vermont), M.A. (Rutgers) Southerst, J . , Prof. Cert. (B.C.), B.A., B.Ed. ( U . B . C ) , B.T.S.D. Y a c k n e s s , H. Barry, B . C o m m . (Brit. Col.), M.B.A. (Simon Fraser), Business Management Yasinski, Daniel, Art Young, D.E., B.A. (Simon Fraser), S . R . N . (London), S . C . M . (Scotland), B.T.S.D. Zimmerman, W.A., Art Souza, Anthony, G , B.A. (Hons.) Brit. Col.) Stewart, W., B.A. (Simon Fraser), B u s i n e s s Training & C a r e e r Development Stribley, R., C e r a m i c s , (Birmingham College of Art), (Lund Univ., Sweden), Art 10 Calendar for 1978/79 The college year is divided into two terms of approximately fifteen weeks e a c h . In addition there is a limited offering in the Summer Term. F A L L TERM 1978 July 17 to August 18 August 29 SPRING TERM 1979 Fall 1978 Mail Registration (North Shore, Howe Sound and Sechelt students, returning students, all career students.) January 1 New Y e a r ' s Day. College closed. January 2 Course Change Day 1:00 pm3:00 pm. (For students vyho have registered by mail but need to alter their course registration Course Change 1:00pm-3:00pm (For students who have registered by Mail, but need to alter their c o u r s e registration.) First day of instruction for Vocational programs. August 29 In P e r s o n Registration 3:00pm-8:00pm January 2 In Person Registration. 3:00pm-8:00pm August 30 In Person Registration 1:00pm-8:00pm January 3 In Person Registration. 1:00pm-8:00pm September 4 Labour Day. College closed. September 5 In Person Registration. 2:00pm-7:00pm Classes commence January 8 Classes commence January 8,9 Late Registration. 2:00pm-7:00pm February 2 Last Day to A d d a course September 6 September 6,7 Late Registration. 2:00pm-7:00pm. (No faculty in attendance.) September 29 Last day to A d d a course October 6 Deferred fees due. Last day to receive 8 0 % refund of tuition and lab fees. February 22, 23 Mid-term break. College closed. October 9 Thanksgiving Day. College closed March 8 Last day to withdraw from a course November 10 Last day to withdraw from a course April 13 G o o d Friday. College closed November 13 College c l o s e d April 16 Easter Monday. College closed November 20 - D e c e m b e r 15 Mail Registration-Spring Term 1979. (Only for North Shore, Howe Sound, Sechelt residents and returning students.) April 20 Last day of c l a s s e s S U M M E R T E R M 1979 April 3-April 28 Mail Registration Last day of c l a s s e s for A c a d e m i c Studies Division May 3 In Person Registration 10:00am-9:00pm December 19 End of Term (except for Vocational programs) May 21 Victoria Day. College closed December 22 Last day of c l a s s e s for Vocational programs December 25 Christmas Day. College closed December 26 Boxing Day College c l o s e d December 15 NOTE: The above schedule applies only to the College's regular programs of A c a d e m i c , Career and Vocational Studies. Some special programs for selected groups of students as well as Community Education non-credit courses and programs operate on different schedules. Information regarding such special schedules will be made available in separate brochures. 11 Admission G E N E R A L ADMISSION POLICY offerings will be available approximately seven weeks prior to the c o m m e n c e m e n t of any term. 3. Complete the application form and bring or mail it to the Registrar's Office. Include with your application form any former education records s u c h as B.C. S e c o n d a r y School Graduation certificate which are required. 4. P e r s o n s wishing to enter full-time or part-time programs of studies are advised to consult with a counsellor and/or instructor before applying to the College. Any person who is 18 or older and who is a Canadian Citizen or Landed Immigrant is eligible for admission to Capilano College. Persons under 18 years of age are also eligible if they are in at least one of the following categories: I) They have a B.C. S e c o n d a r y S c h o o l graduation certificate or equivalent educational records. ii) They are secondary school students attending a school in the College Region and have the written recommendation of their school principal. 5. Completion of admission will be formalized by the Registrar's Office which will return a "Permit to R e g i s t e r " to the applicant. This permit does not guarantee registration since c o u r s e s may fill. iii) Persons at least 16 years of age who c a n satisfy a College counsellor that they p o s s e s an interest in, and an aptitude for, a vocation for which the College provides instruction, may be eligible to enter the related College Vocational program. 6. ADMISSION O F P E R S O N S F R O M OTHER COUNTRIES A s per the general policy above, persons from other countries will only be eligible for admission if they c a n present documentation indicating that they are L a n d e d immigrants in Canada. ADMISSION TO H O W E S O U N D C O U R S E S Persons wishing to enter a Career Program must have an interview with the C a r e e r co-ordinator before being admitted. Individuals will not be refused admission to the College but they may not be admitted to particular C a r e e r programs. Each semester Capilano College offers a number of c o u r s e s in S q u a m i s h . Students from Squamish and other Howe Sound communities who wish to be admitted to these c o u r s e s should contact the Squamish Centre for details of c o u r s e offerings. Admission to the College is as above and may be done by mail. L A N G U A G E REQUIREMENT A n y applicant is required to be functional in the English language. The College reserves the right to a s s e s s the c o m petence of applicants in the English language before granting admission. P E R M A N E N T STUDENT N U M B E R When a student is first admitted to the Collge s/he is assigned a permanent student number. This number controls the Student's R e c o r d , Statement of G r a d e s and College Identification C a r d . A student's number will c h a n g e only if the student's name is c h a n g e d . The student is requested to familiarize him/herself with this number. ADMISSION P R O C E D U R E 1. Application for admission to the College may be made at any time in person or by mail. 2. Obtain an admission application form from the Registrar's Office. Timetables giving the times of course 13 Registration REGISTRATION POLICY 1 Adademic Studies Program REGISTRATION P R O C E D U R E 1. For Academic Studies Programs/Courses College region residents and returning students will be given priority of registration in A c a d e m i c Studies programs/courses at the College. a) For Returning Students and Residents application for registration may be submitted during mail registration for any semester or during in-person registration. Only registration applications from residents or returning students will be p r o c e s s e d during the designated mail registration periods (in advance of in-person registration for any particular semester). During in-person registration for e a c h semester, anyone meeting the above admission eligibility criteria may then register in those c o u r s e s where there are still s p a c e s available. " R e s i d e n t s " and "returning students" are defined as: a) Resident b) For non-resident or non-returning students who have been admitted, registration may only be carried out during the designated in-person registration days. c) Obtain a registration form and timetable from the Registrar's Office and return the completed form either during mail or in-person registration. Persons are urged to register as early as possible to avail themselves of a better c o u r s e selection. d) Those students who wish to enroll in English, G e n e r a l and Humanities, General c o u r s e s in the A c a d e m i c Division must submit the results of the B . G Government English Placement Test with their registration forms. A person who has lived in the official College region (North Vancouver, West Vancouver, Howe Sound) for at least four months as of the first day of the term for which application is made. The College region may be extended by the time of registration. b) Returning Student Those students who have not taken the B.C. Government English Placement Test must take the Capilano College Screening Examination before registering for any of these c o u r s e s . S c h e d u l e s of English S c r e e n i n g Examinations will be posted in the reception area, Student Info Centre and the Humanities Division. Any student who has registered for, and has attended, credit c l a s s e s at Capilano College. Returning students who have been academically disqualified in the previous semester should consult a counsellor about eligibility. 2. Career/Vocational Programs 2 B e c a u s e many of the more specialized programs and courses offered by the CareerA/ocational Division of the College are unique to the province, there is no priority of registration except that, as a guideline, a majority of the students shall be residents of College regions. 14 For Career/Vocational Program/Courses a) B e c a u s e of the high demand for, but limited number of s p a c e s in, most C a r e e r programs, registration screening for these programs c o m m e n c e s at least four months in advance for Fall registration and two months in advance for Spring registration. Admitted students wishing to register in programs should c h e c k actual advance registration times with the pertinent program coordinator. A d v a n c e registration for Career students c a n be in Career c o u r s e s only; registration for A c a d e m i c Studies c o u r s e s ( " e l e c t i v e s " to Career students) c a n only take place during regular registration for the A c a d e m i c Studies programs/courses. NON-REGISTRATION FOR DEBTS TO T H E C O L L E G E Returning students with debts to the College (e.g. lost Library materials; lost equipment; tuition fees not paid) will be refused registration until s u c h debts are erased. b) Registration applications must first of all be submitted to, and approved by, the pertinent program co-ordinator. For new students this will often involve an interview and counselling. c) Through this program of a d v a n c e registration for Career programs, registration (and payment of fees) c a n often, be completed prior to the normal mail registration period. However, once the formal mail registration period for the whole College has c o m m e n c e d , registrants who have been a c c e p t e d into a Career program or course and who have not completed (by fee payment) the advance registration, must submit their approved registration form (with fees) to the Registrar's Office either during the designated mail or in-person registration period. DE-REGISTRATION FOR NON-PAYMENT O F TUITION FEES The College may de-register students who pay tuition fees with N.S.F. cheques or who fail to pay deferred fees when due. REGISTRATION FOR H O W E SOUND C O U R S E S Students who wish to register in courses held at the C o l l e g e ' s Squamish Centre should contact the Centre for information. C O L L E G E IDENTIFICATION C A R D S To use the Library S e r v i c e s of the College, a student must have a College Identification Card. These cards will be available from the Registrar's Office two weeks after the beginning of c l a s s e s during the Fall Term. If the card is lost, a duplicate may be obtained from the Registrar's Office at the cost of $2.00. d) Registration forms and timetables (which include Career courses) may be obtained from the Registrar's Office. e) Registration into Vocational programs must be carried . out through the pertinent co-ordinator at any time relative to the start-up time of the particular program. REGISTRATION S C H E D U L E 1978-79 ACADEMIC/CAREER STUDENTS FALL/78 J U L 17-AUG 18 SPRING/79 NOV 2 0 - D E C 15 COURSE C H A N G E DAY (For students who have registered by Mail, but need to alter their course registration.) A U G 29 1:00pm-3:00pm JAN 2 1:00pm-3:00pm IN P E R S O N REGISTRATION (Faculty Advisors present) A U G 29 3:00pm-8:00pm JAN 2 3:00pm-8:00pm A U G 30 1:00pm-8:00pm JAN3 1:00pm-8;00pm MAIL REGISTRATION SUMMER/79 A P R 2-27 MAY 3 10:00am-9:00pm SEPT 5 2;00pm-7:00pm CLASSES COMMENCE JAN 8 SEPT 6 LATE REGISTRATION J A N 8, 9 SEPT 6, 7 (No faculty in attendance) DEPENDENT UPON COURSE DEPENDEND UPON COURSE 2:00-7:00pm 2:00pm-7:00pm FINAL DATE TO A D D A COURSE S E P T 29 FEB 2 DEPENDENT UPON COURSE FINAL DATE TO W I T H D R A W FROM A COURSE NOV 10 MAR 8 DEPENDENT UPON COURSE 15 Financial Information SAMPLE F E E CALCULATION: FEES a) All cheques and money orders are to be made payable to " C a p i l a n o C o l l e g e " , and must be a c c o m p a n i e d by a completed registration form. b) Underpaid registrations will be returned u n p r o c e s s e d . (This may c a u s e unavoidable delays and requested courses may not be available. Please check your fee calculation carefully.) c) A charge of $5 will be levied for c o s t s of handling c h e q u e s returned by the bank for nonsufficient funds. d) Post-dated c h e q u e s or separate cheques for tuition fees and Student Society activity fees will not be a c c e p t e d . e) Students whose fees are to be paid by agencies, other than Government Scholarships, are required to present a letter to this effect at registration. f) The student's copy of the registration form is the only tax receipt issued by the College. FEES SCHEDULE Tuition Fees Lab Fees - Student Activity Fee- Course " A " at C o u r s e " B " at Course " C " at $XX XX XX credit hours credit hours credit hours Sub-total Lab Fee C o u r s e " A " Lab Fee C o u r s e " C " XX XX Sub-total Student Activity F e e credit hours at $1.00 per credit hour TOTAL XX XX $xx DEFERRED FEES All fees are due and payable in full at the time of registration. Full-time students (enrolling for 15 or more credit hours) who are unable to pay their fees in full may apply in writing to defer up to one-half of their fees for a maximum period of one month. "Application for Deferred Tuition F e e s " forms are available at the Financial A w a r d s Office. $7.00 per credit hour to a maximum of $105.00 per term. Science lab c o u r s e s and Career program c o u r s e s may require an assessment for supplies or special activities, and students should be prepared to pay these special fees at the time of registration. Information regarding the amount to be a s s e s s e d will be available at the time of registration. Sample fee deferment schedule: Credit Hours Total Tuition Fee Due 15 or more $105.00 Maximum Deferrable Amount $52.50 A S S I S T A N C E • H O W E SOUND S T U D E N T S (See " F i n a n c i a l A s s i s t a n c e " on page 24) SPECIAL F E E WAIVER FOR SENIOR CITIZENS Any person 65 years of age or over is entitled to free tuition, and is not required to pay student activity fees. Applicants for this special senior citizen fee waiver need only produce appropriate identification s u c h as the Courtesy C a r d for Senior Citizens or their Pharmacare card. Senior citizens will be required to pay all lab fees. $1.00 per credit hour to a maximum of $15.00. (This fee is optional for courses given in the Howe Sound and Sechelt School District.) 16 REFUNDS 1. A complete refund of fees will be made when courses or programs are cancelled. 2. Refunds may also be granted to a student on the basis of a complete or partial official withdrawal (see scale below). 3. Student Society activity fees may be refunded, subject to Council Policy No. 48, upon written application to the College Council, c/o Business Office; such application to be received within two weeks or the close of registration. REFUNDS S C A L E a) Students who withdraw before the first day of c l a s s e s will receive an 8 0 % refund of tuition fees, and 1 0 0 % of lab fees. Student Society activity fees will not be refunded, except as per item 3, above. b) If an application for withdrawal is received within one month of the date c l a s s e s c o m m e n c e , 8 0 % of both tuition and lab fees will be refunded. Student Society activity fees will not be refunded, except as per item 3, above. c) F r o m the date following the last day specified in b) until the end of the term, no refund will be granted. REFUND DEADLINES Fall Last day to receive a refund of 8 0 % of tuition and lab fees is October 6,1978. Spring Last day to receive a refund of 8 0 % of tuition and lab fees is February 8,1979. F E E S POLICY - COMMUNITY EDUCATION AND NON-CREDIT C O U R S E S AND SERVICES Information about Community Education non-credit c o u r s e s and services is generally produced in separate brochures. The College policy regarding Community Education fees is determined by the College Council and is printed here for the information of students in such c o u r s e s . GENERAL Tuition fees c h a r g e d for Community Education non-credit courses and services shall be based on the principle of recovering the cost of direct instructional expenses (instruction, advertising, facilities, instructor supplies but not development costs). Tuition fees shall be established from time to time and printed as part of Community Education program information. Lab fees shall be c h a r g e d to recover c o s t s of consumable supplies to students in Community Education c o u r s e s . Tuition and Lab fees charged for Community Education noncredit c o u r s e s and services shall be the same regardless of the location within the college region where the course or service is provided. Additional fees may be levied for courses and services offered outside the college region. Any person over 65 years or over is entitled to free tuition. Senior citizens will be required to pay lab fees. REFUND O F F E E S The college reserves the right to c a n c e l any course for which registration does not reach the required minimum, and to withdraw, postpone, or combine c l a s s e s , or to change instructors. F e e s charged for courses that are later c a n c e l l e d by the College will be refunded in full. Applications for withdrawals and refunds will not be a c c e p t e d after the s e c o n d session of a course, and cannot be considered for a workshop of less than one week's duration. All refunds are subject to a 2 0 % administration charge. Fees already paid for supplies and materials (lab fees) are not refundable upon withdrawal from a course. F e e s paid for a course or service are not transferable to another course or services to be offered during a different semester. Instructional Information certain c o u r s e s which may not be challenged. A student challenging a course will be required to pay the normal tuition fee for that course. ACCREDITATION O F S T U D E N T S • Certificates and Diplomas C O L L E G E CERTIFICATE A certificate will b e awarded to a student who has completed the requirements of a prescribed Vocational-Technical or C a r e e r program or its equivalent, provided that s/he has earned at least three credit hours in English and/or C o m m u n i c a t i o n s and has a cumulative G r a d e Point A v e r a g e of 2.00 or better. A S S O C I A T E IN A R T S A N D S C I E N C E D I P L O M A A student who has completed the requirements of any fourterm College program may receive an A s s o c i a t e in Arts and S c i e n c e Diploma, provided s/he has fulfilled the following conditions: a) Completed at least sixty credit hours or its equivalent. b) Thirty credit hours must be completed at Capilano College. c) Obtained a Cumulative Grade Point A v e r a g e of 2.00 from the sixty best credit hours. d) Fulfilled the requirements of the program in which the student is enrolled. e) A c a d e m i c Transfer students must have obtained three credit hours in English. f) Career students must have obtained three credit hours in English and/or Communications. 9) A c a d e m i c Transfer students may be required to obtain six credit hours made up of one course e a c h from any two of the three following lists. LISTC LIST B LIST A Biology Chemistry Mathematics Physics Geology General Studies Education Economics Geography Political S c i e n c e Psychology Sociology Anthropology General Studies Education AUDIT STATUS A student may attend all meetings of a c l a s s without receiving credit. The audit student attends all c l a s s e s , seminars, labs, etc. of the class and pays the normal tuition fee. S/he is not required to sit examinations or submit essays. The status of audit m a y be denied by an instructor if the student has not participated in the class. This denial may be appealed through the grade appeal p r o c e s s . Audit students will be a c c e p t e d on a space-available basis. VISITORS A person may attend a class session as a visitor for a limited period of time, provided s/he has permission from the instructor in advance. This privilege does not extend to s c i e n c e and language labs or c o u r s e s requiring the use of machinery or materials. A visitor is not registered, d o e s not sit examinations, does not receive credit and attends not more than 3 weeks during the term. CREDIT HOURS A credit hour normally represents o n e hour per week of c l a s s r o o m work per term. Most c o u r s e s offered are three credit hour courses. A s such, they normally require three c l a s s hours per week a n d may, in addition, require laboratories, seminars and tutorials. FOURTH INSTRUCTIONAL HOUR An additional and optional fourth hour of instruction will be offered in e a c h three credit hour c o u r s e but will not necessarily follow the regular three hour instructional period. This extra educational opportunity may take the form of a workshop, seminar, field-trip or similar activity, at the discretion of e a c h instructor and as c i r c u m s t a n c e s allow. Students should understand that fourth hour activities will not be a factor in determining final grades. Attendance will be on a voluntary basis. Art English Literature Fine Arts Modern Languages History Philosophy General Studies Religious Studies RESPONSIBILITY O F T H E STUDENT It is the responsibility of the student to apply for Certificates and Diplomas. This should be done by May 1st each year at the Registrar's Office. C O U R S E O V E R L O A D REGULATIONS During the Fall and Spring Terms, a student may not take more than sixteen credit hours of a c a d e m i c c o u r s e s or more than the full requirements of a Career Program without written permission from the Dean of A c a d e m i c Studies or the Dean of Career/Vocational Programs as appropriate. Course overloads are granted in exceptional c i r c u m s t a n c e s to students with a minimum G.P.A. of 3.00 in the previous term. STATUS O F STUDENTS ACCORDING TO P R O G R A M Full-time College Student - A full-time College student is one who is enrolled in at least fifteen credit hours of a c a d e m i c work, • or one who is enrolled in a full Career program. Part-time College Student - All other students. Note: There is no required minimum number of c o u r s e s which must be taken at Capilano College. C O U R S E CREDITS A student will receive credit only for the c o u r s e s and sections in which s/he is officially registered, according to the records maintained by Student Records, in the Registrar's. Office. ATTENDANCE A student is expected to attend all c l a s s e s in which s/he is registered. S i n c e evaluation of progress in any c o u r s e is cumulative, based on class assignments, participation and examinations, regular attendance may be essential for s u c c e s s . Irregular attendance may result in lowered grades or suspension. A student expecting to be absent from c l a s s e s b e c a u s e of prolonged illness is advised to notify his/her instructor as soon as possible and to arrange to make up m i s s e d instruction. The instructor may require that a medical certificate be presented to the appropriate instructional Dean to re-instate the student. COURSE C H A L L E N G E PROCEDURE The College has a policy which allows registered College students to request examination for achievement in certain courses. B y this procedure, a student may receive credit for a course. Interested students should consult a counsellor for current information on this challenge procedure There are If illness prevents a student from writing a final examination or assignment s/he may be assigned a grade or granted a deferral at the discretion of his/her instructor. In s u c h c a s e s , a medical certificate must be submitted to the appropriate instructional Dean within one week of the date of the examination or due date of the assignment. T H E INSTRUCTIONAL YEAR The A c a d e m i c Year is divided into two four-month terms. Fall and Spring, and an equivalent Summer Session of two months (May and June). A c o u r s e pursued progressively for two terms normally constitutes an a c a d e m i c year in that subject 18 PLAGIARISM Plagiarism is the presentation of another person's words or ideas without acknowledging their source — as if they were o n e ' s own. S t u d e n t s in doubt about the n e e d for acknowledgement should take care to avoid unintentional plagiarism by learning proper scholarly p r o c e d u r e s . A document explaining these procedures is available from the Media Centre, Learning Assistance Centre or Instructional Divisions. Intentional plagiarism is not only dishonest, but a rejection of the principles of scholarship. A plagiarized college assignment, therefore, will ordinarily receive no credit. At the instructor's discretion, the plagiarist may receive an F for the paper or for the course. by the Chairperson of the Appeals Committee not later than two weeks after the issuance of the grade in question. Appeals are considered by an A p p e a l s Committee, consisting of representatives of faculty, students and one of the instructional Deans. In e a c h c a s e , all term grades, including the final examination mark, are taken into consideration. The student will be informed in writing of the Committee's decision. If the mark is changed, the five dollar fee will be refunded; otherwise it will be retained. Students are urged to obtain the Appeals Procedure Brochure available from the Registrar's Office. OFFICIAL TRANSCRIPT O F M A R K S The official Transcript of M a r k s is obtainable only from the Registrar's Office. The official transcript must bear the signature of the Registrar a n d official College Seal. GRADING Capilano College uses the following categories of grading and recording. Letter A B C D F I W NA AUD Grade Meaning Superior Above Average Satisfactory Minimal P a s s Failed Incomplete * Withdrawn * + Not Attending* + Audit Official transcrips are issued only at the request of the student. The student must complete a Transcript Order Form and pay 50 cents per copy in order to obtain a copy. Grade Points 4 3 2 1 0 0* STUDENT R E C O R D S All student records are kept in the Registrar's Office. The information on file for a student is always available to that student for examination. No information on file is divulged to any agency or person other than the student without the student's permission. Students are cautioned that student loan applications and other similar applications have such consent written in the document. •not calculated in G r a d e Point Average * + not shown on transcript PROVISIONAL STANDING A student who has not maintained a scholastic standard acceptable to the College may not be allowed to re-register in his/her current College program. GRADES " I " grades are given at the end of a term when, in the judgement of the Instructor, the student would have a reasonable expectation of passing the course but has not completed the work required of him. A n " I " grade is only awarded where the instructor and student have arranged for the work to be completed by a specified date, which is noted in the c l a s s list with grades. REPEATING A C O U R S E C o u r s e s may be repeated for the purposes of improving grades. Credit will be granted for the duplicate c o u r s e receiving the higher grade. A C A D E M I C DIFFICULTIES The student granted an " I " grade must complete the necessary assignments on the date specified by the instructor on the grade sheet. Upon completion of the required assignments the student will receive the predetermined grade specified by the instructor. Students who are experiencing difficulties in their course work during a term may be referred by an instructor to a Counsellor. The student is e n c o u r a g e d to consult with his/her instructor and Counsellor to evolve a satisfactory plan which will remedy these difficulties. Failure to complete the n e c e s s a r y assignments by the date specified will result in the prespeclfled grade being recorded on the student's transcript. C H A N G E OR WITHDRAWALS F R O M C O U R S E S All changes to registered c o u r s e s and sections must be made on a C o u r s e Change Form and submitted to the Registrar's Office. One week after c l a s s e s c o m m e n c e all c o u r s e or section c h a n g e s must be signed on the C o u r s e Change Form by the instructors involved. All " F " grades are recorded on the student's transcript. These grades are assigned a value of zero in the calculation of a student's Cumulative Grade Point Average. B a s e d on the above grading system an instructor will confirm or deny the " a u d i t " status of a student. A denial ruling is open to appeal by the student. If a student does not complete a course but does not withdraw from it officially, an NA or F grade may result. Students are cautioned that other institutions may include " I " grades in G.P.A. calculations. C O U R S E VERIFICATION Two months after the beginning of e a c h term the Registrar's Office will issue C o u r s e R e c o r d Verification forms to e a c h student. It is the student's responsibility to check his/her list of courses. G R A D E POINT A V E R A G E Grade Point A v e r a g e s are reported on e a c h Permanent Student Record. The G.P.A. is the sum of the grade point hours earned in the term divided by the number of credit hours taken which are applicable to the Grade Point computation. If a student believes that there is an error in his/her registration, s/he must correct the errors with a C o u r s e Change Form before the final withdrawal date. Failure to correct the error may result in a " F " grade on the student's transcript (or no credit being granted for work done). STATEMENT OF GRADES A Statement of G r a d e s is either mailed or distributed from the College Reception Desk. C H A N G E O F N A M E AND/OR A D D R E S S Errors and omissions in the Statement of Grades should be reported immediately to the Registrar's Office. It is the responsibility of the student to inform the Registrar's Office of any c h a n g e s in his/her name, address, or phone number. A P P E A L O F FINAL G R A D E S If a student wishes to appeal a final grade, his/her request must be submitted in writing to the Chairperson of the Appeals Committee. Appeals by proxy will not be considered. A letter of appeal must state the grounds of appeal and be a c c o m p a n i e d by a fee of five dollars for e a c h course in which re-assessment is sought. A student may appear before the Appeals Committee upon request of the Committee. The student may request to be invited. Appeals, together with the appeal fee must be received LIMITATIONS O F S P A C E It is a College policy to provide students with as m u c h c h o i c e of programs and options as possible. However, it must be realized that limitations of s p a c e , equipment and budget are likely to restrict the student's range of choice. The College, therefore, reserves the right to c a n c e l programs where numbers and facilities are inadequate. 19 Services STUDENT RESPONSIBILITIES Capilano C o l l e g e a s s u m e s that students who enrol will seriously attempt satisfactory completion of all studies which are undertaken. The College also assumes that students are mature and responsible and will conduct themselves accordingly. Some classes are s c h e d u l e d at Centres other than Lynnmour. Students are advised to make the best timetable for themselves in view of college services which are offered in West Vancouver, Howe Sound and other parts of North Vancouver. All courses for any one student may not necessarily be held at one Centre. Information and application forms are available from the C o u n selling Department. CAREER DEVELOPMENT R E S O U R C E C E N T R E The College assists students in considering career options and selecting a career by providing in-depth information on a wide variety of career options. The Career Development Resource Centre houses a collection of vocational literature, pamphlets and reference works available for use in the Centre in room N F 102. Students wishing to utilize the materials should contact the Receptionist at the reception station, lower floor, north end of N F building. STUDENT SOCIETY The Student Society is incorporated under the Societies Act of British Columbia. It w a s established in order to represent the interests of all students of Capilano College in a number of capacities. There are nine elected positions in council for which any interested student of Capilano College is eligible. The elected body of the Student Society is responsible for ensuring that students are represented on all decision-making c o m mittees of the College. They also are responsible for maintaining active membership within the B.C. Student Federation and the National Union of Students. The Society provides services to students that are not under the jurisdiction of the College A d ministration, s u c h a s the organization of films, socials, c o u r s e unions, clubs and general information services. The Student Society Executive holds weekly meetings w h i c h the student body is welcome to attend. For further information students may call 986-1813 or go to the office in A114. COUNSELLING The services of trained counsellors are available to all students and to residents of the C o l l e g e Region Counsellors assist students in the educational planning and provide guidance in the solution of academic and personal problems. The C o l l e g e counselling objective is to help students achieve self-direction in decision-making and planning. If you are experiencing difficulty of any kind with which you could use assistance you are encouraged to contact C o u n selling Department personnel. There is a reception desk located on the lower floor, north end of N F building The C o l l e g e Admissions Advisor visits all secondary schools in the College Region each Spring to speak to student groups about opportunities offered by Capilano C o l l e g e School students planning to enter the College may take advantage of early admission interviews at their school by contacting their school Counsellor for the appropriate dates. GROUP PROGRAMS These are programs designed for personal development. They include programs to consider areas of personal growth, career choice, human sexuality and life style development They are listed in the course offerings under Counselling Group Programs. They are non-credit courses, generally offered without charge Some have limited enrolment TESTING SERVICES The College also offers students a comprehensive testing program. Vocational interest, personality and aptitude tests are available free of charge to students and residents of the community. Test results are often helpful in making career choices. All testing is done on a voluntary basis and results are confidential. WOMEN'S RESOURCE CENTRE The W o m e n ' s R e s o u r c e Centre provides a variety of programs available to students, staff, faculty and other members of the community. These include non-credit c o u r s e s , a Community R e s o u r c e File for the North Shore, library materials, an ombuds service, custom-designed non-credit c o u r s e s , onc a m p u s workshops, and, with the Counselling Division, drop-in counselling, testing, and life-planning. HIGH S C H O O L EQUIVALENCY EXAMINATIONS Capilano College is an approved testing centre for the government-sponsored High School Equivalency (GED) Examinations. These exams are written at least four times per year and are open to all individuals over 19 years of age. In addition to these activities, the W o m e n ' s R e s o u r c e Centre 20 offers a lounge area where persons may meet with others or sit and read. For further information, contact M a r s h a Trew, W o m e n ' s R e s o u r c e Centre, 986-1911, local 350, or drop in. LEARNING ASSISTANCE CENTRE The Learning Assistance Program is a resource centre for those who seek to increase their learning efficiency. E a c h term the Program staff offer several Workshops on study skills and reading. Students are welcome to work with the Coordinator on an individual basis as well. Times and dates for the workshops are published in the C o l l e g e ' s timetable. Appointments to see the Coordinator c a n be made through the Centre. The Learning Assistance Centre has materials on a wide variety of learning and teaching practices. Information on how to take notes, efficient reading, time management, and writing examinations is available in handout forms. Students have acc e s s through the Centre to electric typewriters, cassette recorders, and reading machines. Students may use the Program to improve their communication skills, analyze the circumstances of college education, and evaluate their own educational objectives. The Learning Assistance Program is a tool for people to use in the realization of their educational goals. (Students should also see Mathematics Tutorial Room.) notes on English 010 and FINANCIAL A W A R D S A N D P L A C E M E N T The Financial Aid Office, located in N F 102 (North Campus) may be contacted for information and a s s i s t a n c e regarding the C a n a d a Student Loan and British C o l u m b i a Student A s s i s t a n c e Program, the Howe Sound Allowance, and bursaries, scholarships and loans. Students who may need financial aid or who wish to apply for financial awards may obtain copies of the Financial A i d brochure at the Financial Aid Office. A detailed and c o m prehensive listing of financial aid programs is also provided near the end of this Calendar. Applications for programs administered through the College are available from the Financial Aid Office. The Financial Aid person is available to d i s c u s s financial assistance with interested students. Students who wish to apply to the Canada Student Loan and B.C. Student Assistance Program are encouraged to apply at least two months before registration. A job board with listings for part-time and summer e m ployment is located outside the Financial A i d Office. AWARDS Dean's List Special recognition will be accorded students who complete a full program of studies at the College with a 3.50 or higher grade point average during a term. Students with "I" grades are not eligible for the Dean's list. Governor General's Silver Medal This medal is awarded each year by His Excellency the Governor General of C a n a d a to the graduating student who has achieved the best scholastic record in attaining his/her diploma at Capilano College. Merit List Special recognition will be accorded part-time students with a 3.50 cumulative grade point average or higher who have successfully completed a minimum of 30 semester hours at Capilano College. Principal's Citizenship Award This award is given in recognition of the student who has made the greatest contribution to C o l l e g e life. Principal's Awards One of these awards is made in each of the two Instructional Divisions, to the full-time student who achieves the best scholastic record during the academic year. 21 LIBRARY SERVICES The M e d i a Centre, as an integral part of the instructional and learning process, provides library services for the C o l l e g e and its community. Information, media resources and services are provided by highly-qualified library staff and growing collections of both print a n d audio-visual materials. Study areas are provided in both the North and South Library. A i d in the use of library facilities is available along with indexes to the various collections in the South Library. The library staff welcomes the opportunity to assist the student at all times when the M e d i a Centre is open. Capilano College students have complete a c c e s s to all materials and services provided upon presentation of a current College identification card. Residents of the C o l l e g e district, teachers employed in the district and students from other B.C. community colleges and B.C.I.T, upon applying for a borrower's card, may sign out material not in immediate demand by College students and faculty. Capilano College students have similar borrowing privileges from B.C.I.T, other community college libraries in B.C., and those public libraries which make up the Greater Vancouver Public Library Federation. Several Library brochures explaining the location and use of resources and services as well as other sources of information in the Greater Vancouver area are available at both library locations. It is recommended that students visit their library first when requiring resource assistance. A film service in the North Library provides a c c e s s to the Library film collection as well as assistance in locating other • sources of films. MEDIA PRODUCTION SERVICES M e d i a production equipment and facilities are available for film, tape and graphic production in the M e d i a Production C e n tre which is located in rooms N B 1 0 9 and 110. Qualified media staff are available to give assistance in this production as required. 7. A n Accident/Injury Reporting form (F167) is available from ATHLETICS Capilano College e n c o u r a g e s a p r o g r a m of intramural and extramural athletics for both men and women students. The College is a full member of Totem Conference, which is the governing body for all inter-college athletics in the province of British Columbia. Provincial champions are determined annually with winners advancing to a Western C a n a d a final in most sports, and national finals in selected athletic activities. This affords our C o l l e g e ' s highly skilled student athletes the opportunity to meet with and c o m p e t e against, the best C o l l e g e athletes in C a n a d a . The calibre of competition on the intercollege level is excellent with the athletic program being structured to provide an easy meld of a c a d e m i c and athletic pursuits for student athletes. Intercollegiately, Capilano C o l l e g e c o m p e t e s in Rugby, S o c c e r , Basketball, Volleyball, Badminton and Curling. At present, gymnasium-based Blues teams operate out of what w a s formerly Delbrook High S c h o o l ' s G y m n a s i u m . The facility has been completely renovated and upgraded to meet College standards. E a c h year, the many exceptional athletes that attend our institution, working in conjunction with an experienced Blues ' c o a c h i n g staff, have c o m b i n e d to produce several Totem C o n f e r e n c e and W e s t e r n Canadian (4-West) championship teams. Capilano College is proud of the accomplishments of its student athletes and of its growing reputation for athletic excellence. Opportunities to take part in intramural activity are also provided by the College. Activities offered vary from year-toyear in c o m p l i a n c e with expressed interests, but usually include such activities as badminton, volleyball, basketball, s o c c e r , tennis, touch football, and Physical Fitness. The College Athletic Department, working in conjunction with the Community Education Division, annually sponsors, at minimal cost, several instructional programs directed toward both the student body and the North S h o r e College Community at large. These programs include Introductory Karate, Pre-Ski Fitness, Beginner and Intermediate Tennis, and the B.C. C o a c h i n g Certification Program. The Fitness C e n t r e is located in the west corner of the South Parking lot. The facility contains showers, locker rooms, s a u n a s , an equipment room and an exercise a r e a , complete with weight training and fitness testing facilities. S c h e d u l e d fitness s e s s i o n s are intermingled with large blocks of open facility time. The Fitness C e n t r e ' s Professional staff will provide personal c o n sultive and testing s e r v i c e s relative to health, physical fitness, and weight control, on an appointment basis. The Fitness Centre is yours; make good use of it. the College Nurse and Student Info-Centre. 8. First Aid Kits are available at: Art Dept. Library S c i e n c e and A012 A-Building B125 B-Building C131 South C a m p u s Portables Chemistry Lab Day C a r e Centre C-6 Print Shop C-4 Fitness Centre D Workshop NE D y n a m i c s Lab Community Education Division First A i d Attendants South C a m p u s Portables South C a m p u s Portables South C a m p u s North C a m p u s Portables South C a m p u s Community Education of'ices 778 Premier Street, North Vancouver Referrals to outside a g e n c i e s , individuals, c a n be made through your Health S e r v i c e s . INFOCENTRE The purpose of the Information Centre, which is organized by the Student Society, is to centralize and facilitate information relevant to students. The Centre deals with both internal and external information, including housing and jobs. It is located a c r o s s from the reception desk in the lobby of building " B " . LOST A N D FOUND Students may address enquiries regarding items Lost or Found to the Information Centre operated by the Student Society and located in the lobby of building " B " , South C a m p u s . FOOD A N D BEVERAGE SERVICE The main cafeteria is located on the North C a m p u s , Building N E , and offers full c o u r s e meals a n d a variety of snack items and beverages. A satellite cafeteria is located on the South C a m p u s in Building B (Cafetheatre) and offers a limited variety of hot/cold snack items. Vending m a c h i n e s at the South C a m p u s location provide service during the period that the Cafeteria is c l o s e d . Operating hours are posted during e a c h semester. BOOKSTORE The Capilano College Bookstore c a t e r s especially to the needs of the C o l l e g e students, but is also open to the general public. It is located in the NE building on the North C a m p u s , adjacent to the Cafeteria. The Bookstore stocks required and r e c o m m e n d e d textbooks for College c o u r s e s as well as a small selection of extracurricular reading material. In addition, there is a reasonable variety of supplies and stationery available. A Postage Stamp S a l e s A g e n c y is located in the Bookstore, as well as a mail bag for the added c o n v e n i e n c e of those wishing to post their mail on c a m p u s . F I R S T AID A N D H E A L T H S E R V I C E S First A i d and Health S e r v i c e s are located in R o o m N D 102 on the North C a m p u s . The Community Health Nurse is available to provide the following services to students and employees: 1. First Aid - phone local 271. If no answer contact the C o l l e g e switchboard " O . " 2. Health Counselling - to both individuals and groups in preventive health c a r e as well as emergency c a r e . S o m e areas of counselling involve: nutrition, weight control, communicable d i s e a s e s , immunization, birth control, short and long term illness and pre and post natal c a r e . 3. Physical Health C a r e - involves vision c h e c k , hearing tests (oto chek), blood pressure check, weight (skin caliper test), pregnancy tests (slide test), alergy injections (referral from physician). 4. Stop Smoking C l i n i c s are offered free by the nurse using Dr. A l a n B e s t ' s (U.B.C.) techniques. If interested, phone local 271 or visit the Health S e r v i c e s . 5. Pamphlets and Teaching Aids on various topics s u c h as: nutrition, heart, smoking, pregnancy, d i s e a s e s , respiratory illness, c a n c e r , venereal d i s e a s e s , and birth control. 6. A monthly Health and Safety Committee meeting is held at which time any complaints or suggestions re: hazardous, unsafe, or health injuries items c a n be submitted, in writing, to the C h a i r m a n of the Health and Safety Committee via the Student Representatives. T H E MARADADI BOUTIQUE The Maradadi Boutique is a small shop, located on the s e c o n d floor of the tower, operated by the Retail F a s h i o n students. Serving the specialty needs of the student body as well as the educational needs of the fashion merchandising students, it sells fashion items, greeting c a r d s , and a c c e s s o r i e s , as well as art objects on a consignment basis. The boutique is open from Monday to Friday, from 11:30 a.m. until 1:30 p.m. during the term. PARKING Parking is available to all students on the north and south parking lots only (for exact locations, consult the site plan at the front of the calendar). The following parking regulations, which have been designed to meet the District Fire M a r s h a l l ' s instructions, are in effect: a) No parking is permitted on roadways or designated service areas. b) All traffic and parking signs must be observed. c) Vehicles parked in unauthorized areas will be towed away at the owner's expense. 22 The following awards are administered by the Financial A w a r d s Office of Capilano College. Applications should be submitted to the Financial Awards Office. opportunity to reach their educational objectives due to financial barriers. The purpose of the British Columbia Student A s s i s t a n c e Program is to assist students whose resources are insufficient to provide for the cost of full-time studies at the postsecondary level of education. Funds under the program are therefore granted only when the financial resources available to students from parents, summer work or other s o u r c e s are insufficient to meet their estimated educational costs. T H E ASSOCIATION O F C O L L E G E A N D UNIVERSITY E M P L O Y E E S - L O C A L NO. 4 The Capilano College Association of College and University Employees, L o c a l No. 4, will award a bursary of $200.00 in e a c h of the Spring and Fall College terms. The bursary will be awarded by the financial awards officer, primarily on the basis of need, to a full-time Capilano College student. Applications receptionist may be obtained through the The funds awarded under this program will normally be disbursed through a combination of funds drawn from the provincial grant fund and the federal C a n a d a Student Loan plan. A detailed booklet describing the program in full should be available at your institution's financial awards office. 2. Eligibility Counselling Deadline for the Fall Semester: September 15. Deadline for the Spring Semester: January 15. T H E BIRKS FAMILY FOUNDA1 ION BURSARIES The Birks Family Foundation has established a plan of annual contributions to the Student A i d Fund of recognized Canadian colleges/universities for the creation of The Birks Family Foundation Bursaries. The Bursaries are awarded by the Foundation on the recommendation of the College/University Scholarship C o m mittee and are not restricted to faculty or year and may be renewed. The number and amount of such awards may vary annualiy, depending upon the funds available for the purpose from the Foundation. Funds will be provided to eligible students undertaking a minimum of 6 0 % of a full program of studies leading to a certificate, diploma or 1st degree. The amount of a s s i s t a n c e awarded will be based on a s s e s s e d need as determined by the provincial authority. 3. Canada Student Loan Students should note the " S u m m a r y of Obligations" on the reverse side of the loan certificate prior to negotiating a loan. Interest on your loan is paid by the Federal government as long as you are registered as a full-time student and for 6 months thereafter. You should d i s c u s s the interest rates with your bank, credit union, etc. since rates vary from year to year. Application forms are available at the Financial Awards Office and must be returned by January 15,1978. T H E BRITISH COLUMBIA STUDENT FINANCIAL A S S I S T A N C E P R O G R A M / C A N A D A STUDENT L O A N Subject to revision in the 1978/79 educational year, the program is as follows: 1. Program Students who have received C a n a d a Student Loans previously, but who do not negotiate one for their immediate period of studies should submit a Schedule II to their bank, credit union, etc. in order to retain interest-free status. N.B. Please note that applications must go through the Financial Awards Office. Do not send applications directly to the Ministry of Education. A comprehensive program of assistance for post-secondary students has been introduced by the Ministry of Education to ensure that B.C. residents are not denied t h e It is strongly advised that students submit applications at 23 least 6-8 w e e k s prior to registration in a c o u r s e of studies. Students who wish to obtain loans to attend institutions outside of C a n a d a should write to the following address: Student S e r v i c e s Ministry of Education 835 Humboldt Street, Victoria, B.C. BRITISH COLUMBIA Y O U T H FOUNDATION L O A N S Interest-free educational loans are made to B.C. residents age thirty or under. The loans may be for fees, books and/or a monthly allowance for living expenses where the applicant is not living at home. A n adult guarantor is normally required. Students eligible for government loans should first apply to that source. Contact the Financial A w a r d s Office for an interview a n d further information. of studies unless taking at least four s e c o n d year c o u r s e s . 6. Applications may. be obtained from the Financial A w a r d s Office. The allowance is paid to the student at the e n d of e a c h semester, provided that the student has completed the semester as evidenced by a transcript of marks presented to the Board along with the application form. 7. Applications for financial a s s i s t a n c e from students who do not meet the foregoing requirements but who feel they should be eligible for a s s i s t a n c e , will be referred to the Board of School Trustees of School District No. 48 (Howe Sound) for consideration. INDIAN EDUCATION R E S O U R C E S C E N T R E Through the Indian Education R e s o u r c e s Centre, both nonstatus and status Indians are e n c o u r a g e d to apply for educational bursaries. Non-status Indians who successfully complete the school year and who have received a C a n a d a Student Loan c a n apply through the B.C. Native Indian T e a c h e r s Association/First Citizens fund to have their loan repaid. Status Indians c a n apply for a $500.00 bursary. For complete details and application forms contact the Financial A w a r d s Office in N F 102 or Muriel Roberts at 2284662 or 228-6325. CAPILANO C O L L E G E F A C U L T Y ASSOCIATION BURSARIES Capilano College Faculty Association will provide two $200 bursaries annually. Financial need is the major criterion. Application deadlines: For Fall semester — September 15 For Spring semester — January 15 INSTITUTE O F C H A R T E R E D A C C O U N T A N T S OR BRITISH COLUMBIA A $100.00 bursary is available to a full-time student at Capilano College completing the first year of the University Transfer program who is proceeding to s e c o n d year or to a university in the c o m m e r c e option, has a good record in the accounting c l a s s e s completed, has maintained a s e c o n d class standing overall, has financial need and who is interested in becoming a Chartered Accountant. Application deadline is January 15th. CAPILANO C O L L E G E FOUNDATION AWARDS The Foundation currently awards the C o n s t a n c e M a c G r e g o r Memorial Scholarship (listed separately) and fourteen bursaries of $105.00, according to the following eligibility requirements: The applicant must: (a) have applied for enrollment in the s e c o n d year of either an A c a d e m i c Transfer program or a C a r e e r program. (b) have attained a standing in the s e c o n d half of the first year program of 2.5 (C +) average. (c) have satisfied the college student financial award officer and the Foundation that he or she is in need of financial assistance to continue with his or her studies at Capilano College. Application deadline is October 15th. J O H N PERCY WILLIAMSON MEMORIAL BURSARIES Several bursaries will be awarded annually to full time students enrolled in Career Programs. One of these bursaries will be restricted to students in the B u s i n e s s Management Program. Applicants must have successfully completed at least one full year at Capilano College. The selection of award recipients will be b a s e d mainly on financial need although scholastic ability will be taken into account. Application deadline is January 1 5 t h . THE CONSTANCE MACGREGOR MEMORIAL S C H O L A R S H I P The Capilano College Foundation has established this scholarship in recognition of the generous support received from the Estate of the late Donald Anderson M a c G r e g o r . The purpose of the scholarship is to recognize the increasing importance of the study of Canadian affairs in post-secondary institutions. To be eligible to apply, a student must have achieved an excellent standing in the study of social s c i e n c e s and particularly in relation to C a n a d i a n affairs Application deadline: January 15th. M A R G A R E T C A M P B E L L BURSARY This award is made possible by the North Shore B u s i n e s s and Professional W o m e n ' s Club in recognition of A l d e r m a n Margaret C a m p b e l l ' s outstanding contribution to the North Vancouver Community and a s past president of the C a n a d i a n Federation of B u s i n e s s and Professional W o m e n ' s Clubs. The bursary is open to women students enrolled at Capilano College in at least three c o u r s e s . Applications should be submitted to the Financial A w a r d s Office by January 15th. T H E CREDIT UNION FOUNDATION BURSARY The Credit Union Foundation of British Columbia awards two $100 grants e a c h year, on the basis of financial need. Applicants must be Canadian citizens and residents of the area served by the College. Apply to the Financial A w a r d s Office before January 15. NORTH S H O R E COMMUNITY CREDIT UNION A W A R D Each fall or spring two $100 awards will be granted students exhibiting leadership, citizenship and high a c a d e m i c standing. The awards are available to residents of North Vancouver City or District on completion of at least one year at Capilano College. Deadline dates: September 15, January 15. T H E H O W E SOUND A L L O W A N C E The Board of S c h o o l Trustees will give financial assistance to students from this district attending Capilano College c l a s s e s conducted outside of School District No. 48 (Howe Sound) on the following terms and conditions: P.E.O. BURSARY A bursary will be awarded annually to a female student with financial need and satisfactory a c a d e m i c standing. Application deadline is January 15. 1. Students of parents resident in School District No. 48 (Howe Sound) at the time of enrolment, who meet the entrance requirements of Capilano College, taking four or more c o u r s e s , shall be eligible to receive the allowance. 2. The allowance shall be $50.00 per month. 3. The allowance shall c e a s e if a student should withdraw from c o u r s e s so that the total number taken falls below four. 4. The allowance will be payable for a maximum of four semesters for e a c h student. 5 A student will not receive an allowance for the s e c o n d year STUDENT SOCIETY BURSARIES The Student Society provides several bursaries annually to full-time and part-time students. Financial need is the main requirement. Application deadline is January 15th. 24 V A N C O U V E R FOUNDATION BURSARIES Financial need and satisfactory a c a d e m i c standing are the requirements for application. For more details contact Financial A w a r d s Office. Deadline is January 15. WEST V A N C O U V E R UNIVERSITY W O M E N ' S C L U B BURSARY A bursary will be awarded annually to a female student, parttime/ full-time, who resides in the district. The recipient of this award must be registered in an a c a d e m i c program, have satisfactory a c a d e m i c standing and demonstrated financial need. Applications must be submitted to the Financial A w a r d s Off ice by January 15. G E N E R A L AWARDS The following awards are not administered through the College. Information is provided to assist students who wish to make application to the granting agency(ies). however, to an applicant with an overall average ot less than 7 0 % . Applicants must give the necessary details of service with the C o m p a n y in their application. Further information and an application may be obtained from the University A w a r d s Committee, Room 50, General Services Administration Building, U . B . C , Vancouver, B.C. V6T 1W5. Application deadline: July 1. T H E BRITISH COLUMBIA H O T E L S ASSOCIATION S C H O L A R S H I P S Six scholarships of $300.00 e a c h , the gift of the British Columbia Hotels Association, are offered to students who are residents of British Columbia and who are beginning or continuing studies in the s e c o n d , third, or higher year of University work. Selection of the winners will be made by the University on the basis of scholastic standing, personal qualities, and interest and participation in student and community affairs. In making the awards, financial c i r c u m s t a n c e s of the candidates may also be considered. Further information and an application may be obtained from the University Awards Committee, R o o m 50, General Services, Administration Building, U . B . C , Vancouver, B.C.V6T1W5. Application deadline: July 1. A D E L E PEET MEMORIAL BURSARY - $250.00 S E L E C T I O N CRITERIA: - Applicant must be a resident of the lower mainland. Must be registered in the Faculty of Nursing, Physical Education or Recreation. - Application should be supported by a letter of reference(s). - Application must be in writing, giving full particulars, i.e. name, address, including postal code, age, together with reason for applying for this bursary (in 500 words or less). S E N D A P P L I C A T I O N TO: Mr. Dennis Peet, Chairman " A d e l e Peet Memorial B u r s a r y " Committee c/o Vancouver A r e a Y . M . C . A . 6137 C a m b i e Street Vancouver, B.C. V 5 Z 3 B 2 Closing date for applications: October 15th. i B.C. ATHLETIC AWARDS Five Premier's Athletic Awards of $1.000.00 e a c h and 25 B.C. Athletic Awards of $500.00 e a c h are awarded annuajly by the B.C. Physical Fitness and Amateur Sports Fund. Applicants must show evidence of 1, athletic abity and performance; 2, leadership and character; 3, scholastic achievement. All applications should be obtained from and should be add r e s s e d to Athletic A w a r d s , B.C. Physical Fitness and Amateur Sports Fund, Parliament Buildings, Victoria, B.C. Submission deadline: June 1. BRITISH COLUMBIA C U L T U R A L FUND AWARDS AMOUNT: Three quarters (3/4) of tuition fees A V A I L A B L E TO: Students attending recognized stitutions in the cultural field. APPLICATIONS: To the Provincial Secretary Parliament Buildings Victoria, B.C. in- BRITISH COLUMBIA FOREST PRODUCTS LIMITED REGIONAL C O L L E G E S C H O L A R S H I P S Up to twenty scholarships of $100.00 are offered by B.C. Forest Products Limited to legal dependents of employees of the Company who, by June 30 of the year in which the awards are made, have or will have served with the Company for at least one year. They are open to students proceeding from Grade 12 to a full program of studies at one of the regional colleges in the Province. Candidates for these scholarships must be eligible in all respects to compete for the Government of B.C. Scholarships and must write the Government Scholarship Examinations conducted in January and June by the Ministry of Education, B.C. The scholarships will normally be awarded to the qualified candidates who obtain the highest standing in these examinations, but the grades obtained in other subjects taken during the year may also be considered No award will be made. T H E B.C. INDIAN A R T S A N D W E L F A R E SOCIETY MEMORIAL BURSARY A M O U N T : $100.00 A V A I L A B L E TO: B.C. Native Indians who are planning to enter one of the established colleges, universities, technical schools or training centres in B.C. A P P L I C A T I O N S : The Honorary Secretary, B.C. Indian Arts + Welfare Society, c/o Provincial M u s e u m , Victoria, B.C. S T I P U L A T I O N S : If no application is received from a student entering the first year of college, then the bursary may be awarded to a student enrolled in another year. C A L C A L L A H A N MEMORIAL BURSARY A M O U N T : $1000.00 A V A I L A B L E TO: Children or legal wards of persons who derive their principal income from the Pipeline Industry and whose employers are members of the Pipe Line Contractors Association of C a n a d a , and who are beginning undergraduate studies in a full program leading to a degree or certificate in any field at a recognized university or college in Canada. APPLICATIONS: Pipeline Contractors A s s o c i a t i o n of C a n a d a (Executive Office) Suite 400 698 Seymour Street Vancouver, B.C. V 6 B 3 K 7 D E A D L I N E : Completed applications must be returned by September 30. * along with a receipt or confirmation of enrolment. CANADIAN ARMY W E L F A R E FUND BURSARY Payment of tuition fees and the cost of text books will be provided to the recipient of this bursary. Applicants must be dependents of former members of the Canadian Army (Regular) who served between Oct. 1, 1946 and J a n . 31, 1968. Dependents include natural, step, or legally adopted children. Students must be registered in a full-time program requiring not less than two years to complete. Applications are available at: The Manager Canadian Army Welfare Fund Veterans Affairs Building Lyon & Wellington Streets Ottawa, Ontario K 1 A 0 P 4 Applications should be submitted prior to July 1, of the applicable year. CARLING O'KEEFE BURSARIES A M O U N T : $500.00 A V A I L A B L E TO: Sons and daughters of members in good standing in any union affiliated to, or chartered by, the - Canadian Labour C o n g r e s s , who will be attending their first year of post-secondary education in any approved institution of higher education. Deadline: July 1. Stipulations: E a c h application must be a c c o m p a n i e d by a letter from the Secretary of the Lodge. A transcript must also be inclosed from the a c a d e m i c institution most recently attended. APPLICATIONS: Carling O ' K e e f e Breweries 79 St. Clair A v e n u e East Toronto, Ontario M4T 1M6 T H E FAIRBRIDGE SOCIETY BURSARIES A M O U N T : up to $500.00 A V A I L A B L E TO: Children of former members of the Prince of Wales Fairbridge Farm S c h o o l , D u n c a n , B.C., pursuing a fulltime course of a c a d e m i c or vocational studies at a recognized institution of learning. APPLICATIONS: The Secretary/T reasurer Old Fairbridgians' Association c/o Hood, J o e & C h o n g 166 East Pender St. Vancouver, B.C. T H E FEDERATION O F T E L E P H O N E W O R K E R S O F BRITISH COLUMBIA PLANT DIVISION S C H O L A R S H I P A M O U N T : $500.00 (2 Scholarships Available) A V A I L A B L E T O : S o n s a n d daughters of members (or ot d e c e a s e d members) proceeding in fall from G r a d e XII to a full program of studies at any one of the public universities or accredited regional colleges. APPLICATIONS: Scholarship and Bursary Committee University of British Columbia 2075 Westbrook P l a c e Vancouver, B.C. V 6 T 1 W 5 S E N D A P P L I C A T I O N To Mr. G r a h a m Christie, Chairman " H u g h Christie Memorial B u r s a r y " Committee Vancouver A r e a Y . M . C . A . 6137 C a m b i e Street Vancouver, B.C. V5Z 3 B 2 C L O S I N G D A T E F O R A P P L I C A T I O N S : September 30th J O H N B. M a c D O N A L D ALUMNI B U R S A R Y Bursaries of $350.00 are available to students who will be entering the University of B.C. from a regional college. Several candidates will be r e c o m m e n d e d by the Principal of the college. It is expected that at least one award will be available to e a c h college. Winners will be selected by a special Alumni Screening Committee representing the University of B.C. and the Alumni Association. Further information a n d a n application may be obtained from the University A w a r d s Committee, R o o m 50, General Services Administration Building, U . B . C , Vancouver, B.C., V 6 T 1 W 5 . D E A D L I N E : July 1. BILL A N D ELSIE M O R E BURSARY A M O U N T : Various amounts (several available) A V A I L A B L E T O : Students in education, medicine, nursing, psychology, and social work in graduate or undergraduate programs who: a) are undertaking a full year, part-time, or summer school course at a recognized university or college, and b) intend to pursue studies related to mental retardation. APPLICATIONS: From British Columbia A s s o c i a t i o n for the Mentally Retarded R o o m 221-119 West Pender Street Vancouver, B.C. D E A D L I N E : July 15 and December 15 T H E G R A N D L O D G E MASONIC BURSARIES A M O U N T : $200 - $500 (several available) A V A I L A B L E T O : All deserving students, with preference to sons, daughters or legal wards of active members of Masonic Lodges in British Columbia beginning or continuing studies (2nd year) at any British Columbia university or regional college, or at B.C.I.T., in a program leading to a degree or certificate in any field. A P P L I C A T I O N S : The Scholarship and Bursary Committee University pf British Columbia 2075 Wesbrook Place Vancouver, B.C. V6T 1W5 H O C K E Y C A N A D A SCHOLARSHIPS A M O U N T : $2000.00 ^ A V A I L A B L E TO: Students with outstanding hockey ability w h o are Canadian citizens or have held landed immigrant status for at least one year, and who are attending any postsecondary institution which is an affiliated member of the Association of Universities and Colleges of C a n a d a , and which has a viable hockey program. APPLICATIONS: , Secretary Committee on Higher Education Imperial Oil Ltd. 111 St. Clair Avenue West Toronto, Ontario STIPULATIONS: To qualify, a student must average 7 0 % or higher. HUGH CHRISTIE MEMORIAL BURSARY • $500 S E L E C T I O N CRITERIA: Students pursuing a career in Corrections, International Development, Social Work or Y M Y W C A — must be registered in the Faculty of Physical Education, Recreation, Social Work. Criminology or related fields. - application should be supported by a letter of reference(s). -application must be in writing, giving full particulars, i.e. name, address, a g e , together with reason for applying for this bursary (in 500 words or less). 26 NAVY L E A G U E O F C A N A D A COMMUNITY COLLEGE ENTRANCE SCHOLARSHIPS A M O U N T : $100.00 (several available) A V A I L A B L E TO: Royal Canadian S e a Cadets, former C a d e t s , Navy League Wrenettes, or former Wrenettes who are entering a community college program of one or more years leading to a diploma. These scholarships are not available to students who have received Government Scholarships or awards. A P P L I C A T I O N S : Submitted through the Navy League B r a n c h responsible for the C o r p s of which the candidate was a member, to the responsible Division or to the National Office, the Navy League of C a n a d a . D E A D L I N E : August 15. NAVAL O F F I C E R S ' ASSOCIATION O F BRITISH COLUMBIA S C H O L A R S H I P S A M O U N T : $250.00 (several available) A V A I L A B L E TO: Students beginning or continuing studies at a B.C. university, regional college or B.C.I.T. with preference to present or former members of a cadet force, of a reserve force of the permanent force, or the s o n s and daughters of anyone who has served or is now serving in the British C o m m o n w e a l t h naval forces or Merchant Navies. APPLICATIONS: From Naval Officers' A s s o c i a t i o n of British Columbia P.O. Box 823, Station " A " Vancouver, B.C. D E A D L I N E : October 15 PARKS CANADA UNDERGRADUATE SCHOLARSHIPS FOR REGISTERED INDIANS AND INUIT P E O P L E A M O U N T : $1000.00 (10 available) A V A I L A B L E T O : Registered Indian or Inuit people for study in the areas of resource conservation, natural s c i e n c e s , outdoor recreation, environmental studies, interpretation and extension, Canadian historical archeology and restoration architecture, who are attending a Canadian university or community college. APPLICATION: Scholarship Secretary, Parks C a n a d a Department of Indian and Northern Affairs 400 Laurier Ave. W. Ottawa, Ontario K 1 A 0H4 P.E.O. SISTERHOOD EDUCATIONAL L O A N FUNDS A M O U N T : $900.00 (renewable) A V A I L A B L E T O : W o m e n students in any year of a university course, and may be requested at any time, though freshmen must complete one term of work satisfactorily before making application. APPLICATIONS: Mrs. Harold G . Robinson 860 Richmond Road Victoria, B.C. STIPULATIONS: Loans are made for periods up to five years. Interest at the rate of 4 % is to be paid annually, and the student is expected to begin payment of the^ principal as soon as she is out of university or employed. REGULAR OFFICER TRAINING P R O G R A M A M O U N T : Student is subsidized for tuition fees and books and is paid a salary a s an Officer cadet. A V A I L A B L E TO: Students interested in a military career. APPLICATIONS: Canadian F o r c e s Recruiting and Selection Unit 547 Seymour Street Vancouver, B.C. V 6 B 3 H 6 STIPULATIONS: A student graduating in this program will be commissioned a lieutenant in the C a n a d i a n Forces. FURTHER INFORMATION: Military Career Counsellor, Canadian F o r c e s Recruiting and Selection Unit MERILL C. ROBINSON BURSARY FUND A M O U N T : varies (several awards available) A V A I L A B L E T O : Blind students attending any university or college within the B.C.-Yukon Division (other than U.B.C.) who show evidence of promise and ability. APPLICATIONS: To Merril C . Robinson Bursary ' Bursary Committee Canadian National Institute for the Blind 350 East 36th A v e n u e Vancouver, B.C. D E A D L I N E : July 31 SIMON F R A S E R UNIVERSITY REGIONAL C O L L E G E ENTRANCE SCHOLARSHIPS A number of scholarships ranging in value from $175.00 to $300.00 will be available to students entering Simon Fraser University from regional junior or community colleges. Students who have completed one or two years of study at s u c h institutions a n d have maintained a high a c a d e m i c average on a full c o u r s e load, and who have been r e c o m m e n d e d for the scholarship by the college from which they are transferring, will be considered. Only students who are proceeding with further university studies within one year of completion of one or two years of study at the regional college level will be eligible. Students who are not enrolled in a full university c o u r s e load will ordinarily not be eligible. Deadline is the first day of classes in September at Simon Fraser University. For further information and application, contact Financial A i d Office, Simon Fraser University, Burnaby, B.C. S O N S O F NORWAY FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIPS A M O U N T : $600.00 (3 available) A V A I L A B L E T O : Students who have shown interest in Norwegian culture, history or language who will study at any junior college, vocational institute, or university in B.C. A P P L I C A T I O N S : O n forms from the institute of your c h o i c e (indicating financial need and a c a d e m i c standing and all other pertinent information). Sons of Norway Foundation in C a n a d a 6480 Grant Street Burnaby, B.C. V 5 B 2 K 6 D E A D L I N E : July 30 ASSOCIATION FOR RETARDED CHILDREN O F BRITISH COLUMBIA BURSARIES A M O U N T : Varies (several awards available) A V A I L A B L E TO: Undergraudate or graduate students in education, medicine, nursing, psychology and social work who intend to pursue studies related to mental retardation. APPLICATIONS: Association for Retarded Children of British Columbia R o o m 2 2 1 , 1 1 9 West Pender Street Vancouver 3, B.C. D E A D L I N E : July 15 and December 15. STIPULATIONS: Candidate must be undertaking a full year, part-time or summer school course at a recognized university or college. VANCOUVER UNION MUNICIPAL/REGIONAL EMPLOYEES' A $300.00 bursary will be available to dependents of members of the Union. A P P L Y TO: J a c k Peterson 300 - 545 West 10th Avenue Vancouver, B.C. V5Z 1K9 T H E W O M E N ' S COMMITTEE, V A N C O U V E R S Y M P H O N Y SOCIETY S C H O L A R S H I P S A M O U N T : $1000.00 (two awards available) A V A I L A B L E TO: A d v a n c e d students of orchestral instruments including strings, woodwinds, brass, harp and percussion (tympanic, batterie, mallet) between the ages of 14 a n d 24 who have been residents of B.C. for at least one year. APPLICATIONS: Mrs. J . R. Ferris Scholarship Committee Chairman 1136 Seaport Road Richmond, B.C. College Programs Academic Studies/University Transfer A c a d e m i c transfer c o u r s e s offered at Capilano College provide the student with a variety of a c a d e m i c options within the framework of a two-year, comprehensive college. Students transferring to a university c a n select full programs of- study acceptable for equivalency to c o u r s e in the first two years of university (see note on Counselling). Students who desire to take part-time a c a d e m i c studies or who are interested in a c a d e m i c courses at the first or s e c o n d year level without the intention of continuing to upper-level study c a n select from a range of courses in various disciplines. Students in need of extra help in key areas of a c a d e m i c study c a n select c o u r s e s aimed at b a s i c literacy (see notes on English placement exam and Math Resource Centre. Students interested in s p e c i a l fields of study suqh a s W o m e n ' s Studies, Labour Studies, interdisciplinary studies or self-paced learning c a n select from innovative programmes in these areas (as offered from year to year). Mature students, and people who have not attended college previously or for many years, are urged to enrol in any of these c o u r s e s and, in fact, form a large and s u c c e s s f u l portion of the a c a d e m i c student body. Those students who have not taken the B.C. Government English Placement Test are required to take the Capilano Collge English Screening Examination before registering for any English, Humanities G e n e r a l or G e n e r a l Studies c o u r s e . S c h e d u l e s of English Screening Examinations will be posted in the reception area, Student Info Centre and the Humanities Division. Students should note the general information in the English c o u r s e descriptions and the descriptions particularly of English 090, 091, and 010. The English instructors are happy to assist students who need help in basic omposition; all a c a d e m i c instructors are able to help students with basic writing problems. ENGLISH TUTORIAL ROOM (B166) This room is reserved on a permanent basis to provide a dropin workshop for students requiring assistance with their writing problems. Students may avail themselves of this service by signing the form posted outside the tutorial room. This is not at course. M A T H E M A T I C S R E S O U R C E C E N T R E (NF108) The f o c u s of a c a d e m i c instruction at Capilano College is on disciplinary and inter-disciplinary study of the highest intellectual calibre. The College carefully reviews its curriculum and approaches to ensure a c a d e m i c currency and acceptable university equivalency. This centre is equipped with learning aids, diagnostic tests, calculators and reference textbooks. Students taking Mathematics c o u r s e s are encouraged to make use of this room to study Mathematics, and to seek aid from the Faculty member on duty. Self-study programs are available for students wishing to upgrade their mathematics ability through the Math 12 level. Refer to the c o u r s e descriptions of Mathematis 009, 010, 0 1 1 , 012 and consult with a Mathematics instructor for further information. A significant, basic library collection is available a s are full media reference services to complement the c o u r s e s of study. A counselling and admissions placement staff assists students in selecting the best program of studies. The final responsibility for c o u r s e selection, however, rests with the student. T R A N S F E R T O A N D F R O M O T H E R INSTITUTIONS The A c a d e m i c Division takes seriously its responsibility to maintain transferability with other post-secondary institutions. To this end, meetings are held with other institutions to ensure that current practise is commonly acceptable and that a full transfer package c a n be articulated. C h a n g e s in programs, new c o u r s e s or new c o u r s e numberings are carefully c o m p a r e d between institutions and this College strives to offer the most complete two year p a c k a g e possible within budget and facility restraints. A S S O C I A T E IN A R T S A N D S C I E N C E DIPLOMA A student who has completed the requirements of any fourterm College program may receive an A s s o c i a t e in Arts and S c i e n c e Diploma, provided s/he has fulfilled the following conditions: a) Completed at least sixty credit hours or its equivalent. b) C o m p l e t e d at least thirty of those credit hours in residence at Capilano College. c) Obtained a Cumulative G r a d e Point A v e r a g e of 2,00 from the sixty best credit hours. d) Fulfilled the requirements of the program in which the student is enrolled. e) Obtained three credit hours in English, plus six credit hours made up of one c o u r s e e a c h from any two of the three LIST A Biology Chemistry Mathematics Physics Geology General Studies Education LIST B Economics Geography Political S c i e n c e Psychology Sociology Anthropology G e n e r a l Studies Education There is agreement among all public B.C. Colleges to a c c e p t e a c h other's credits upon transfer, if applicable to a program given in the admitting college, and given suitable equivalency. Capilano College reserves the right to review individual c o u r s e credit. Transfer credits are granted to students on admission for acceptable work done at other institutions; the transfer credits reduce the total numver of credits which are required at Capilano College for a certificate or diploma. Students wishing transfer credit should present suitable documentation to the Registrar's office for adjudication by the appropriate faculty. All approved transfer credits are noted on the student's Permanent Student R e c o r d . Full information on transfer of specific c o u r s e s is available from the A d m i s s i o n Advisor, Counsellors and in the pertinent Instructional Division. LIST C Art English Literature Fine Arts Modern Languages Music History Philosophy General Studies Religious Studies Transfer information a c c u r a t e to the time of printing is to be found in a special section beginning on Page 105 of this Calendar. Students are urged to read this section when establishing their programs of study. COUNSELLING All a c a d e m i c students are advised to see the Admissions Advisor or a Counsellor to plan their c o u r s e s of study. Students should consult the Counselling information (p. 17). ENGLISH P L A C E M E N T T E S T ACADEMIC C O U R S E DESCRIPTIONS Students who plan to enter a c a d e m i c c o u r s e s at any B . C . Post-secondary institution, including Capilano College, must have taken or be prepared to take the Provincial Government English Placement Test. Students should sit this test as early as possible at sessions a n n o u n c e d by the Ministry of Education. Full descriptions of all a c a d e m i c c o u r s e s c a n be found in the alphabetical listings following. Students are urged to read carefully the general discipline information included in e a c h such section. It is the student's responsibility to be familiar with the s p e c i a l information needed to select a c a d e m i c c o u r s e s . 29 WOMEN'S STUDIES PROGRAM A Women's Studies Program, consisting of a variety of transfer credit, college credit and credit-free courses, has been developed at Capilano C o l l e g e . The Women's Studies C o m mittee, which is advisory to all segments of the Women's Studies Program, is made up of representatives from the college faculty, staff, student body and the community. In addition to the Women's Studies C o l l e g e credit and transfer credit courses, there are academic and career courses in other disciplines of special interest to women. A brochure will be available each term listing additional short, credit-free courses, workshops and other presentations of special interest to women in the college and the community. WOMEN'S RESOURCE CENTRE The W o m e n ' s R e s o u r c e Centre provides a variety of programs available to students, staff, faculty and other m e m bers of the community. These include non-credit c o u r s e s , a CommuhityT-lesource File for the North Shore, library materials, an ombuds service, custom-designed non-credit c o u r s e s , o n c a m p u s workshops, a n d , with the Counselling Division, drop-in counselling, testing, and life-planning. In addition to these activities, the W o m e n ' s R e s o u r c e Centre offers a lounge a r e a where persons may meet with others or sit and read. For further information, contact M a r s h a Trew, W o m e n ' s R e s o u r c e Centre, 986-1911, local 350, or drop in. P R O G R A M II Students may wish to choose electives in related subjects in Humanities and Natural Sciences. For further information, contact faculty in the Social S c i e n c e Division. A s well as these packages of courses, it is possible to arrange timetables of other, related courses. Students should s e e a Counsellor and mention the special interest they wish to emphasize. Some examples include: Protest in the Twentieth Century Religious expressions in various disciplines Philosophy and the Philosophy of Science Social investigations from a labour viewpoint The position of women in society The position of ethnic/religious/sexual minorities GENERAL STUDIES Capilano College offers a special course of interdisciplinary study, the " C a p A . " This course is usually team-taught and looks at particular topics from a variety of perspectives. For additional information, see the course listings. S E L F P A C E D LEARNING (SPL) In keeping with the Co l l e g e ' s policy for the development of alternative instructional modes, it is now possible for the student to pursue his studies in first year Political S c i e n c e and first year Chemistry on a self-paced time line. Refresher c o u r s e s in Mathematics up to the G r a d e 12 level are also available in this self study format. These p a cka g e d courses, prepared for home study with the aid of cassette tapes, manuals, slides and film loops, are designed to offer students who are unable to maintain regular attendance at the Lynnmour C a m p u s or a satellite centre the opportunity to pursue college courses. They are also available to students who are attending any college centre, providing these students with a viable alternative to the usual lecture/tutorial instructional format. FOCUS CANADA The Social S c i e n c e s will offer the following two programs to students who wish to concentrate their studies on Canadian Content courses. A l l courses hold full transfer credit within the appropriate discipline, and transfer into the Canadian Studies Program at S.F.U. N o pre-requisites are required. FALL History 203 SPRING E c o n o m i c s 101 Anthropology 121 Geography 220 Course descriptions for the above are all listed in their respective disciplines within this calendar. LABOUR STUDIES The Labour Studies Program is d e s i g n e d to serve the needs of trade-union organizations and workers in general. A Program Advisory Committee has been established which gives on-going advice and direction on course content, offerings, time-tabling, and instruction. PROGRAM I C A N A D A STUDIES FALL Anthropology 204 Geography 220 Political S c i e n c e 200 B.C. STUDIES SPRING Sociology 201 Political Science 202 Anthropology 121 Geography 106 30 SCIENCE TRANSFER REQUIREMENTS — U.B.C. P R E - M E D A N D PRE-DENTISTRY X a. X X X X X X ENGINEERING X X COMPUTING X SCIENCE X X X X X X X X X X GEOLOGY, GEOPHYSICS X PHYSICAL G E O G R A P H Y X AGRICULTURE a. FORESTRY, P H A R M A C Y GENERAL a. b. c. REHAB MEDICINE b. DENTAL HYGIENE b „ c. X a. NUTRITION and DIETETICS HOME ECONOMICS X X X X X X X X X X c. Physics 104, 105 may be taken instead but U.B.C. may require Ph 135 (U.B.C.) to be taken in transfer year. students are encouraged to take the higher level courses. When Chemistry 104, 105 is required, Chemistry 110, 111 is not only acceptable, it is preferred. Pre-dental hygiene students must also take two semesters of psychology. 31 X When possible, iv) Physics First Year SCIENCE: GENERAL INFORMATION A. Non-Science Students Students planning to continue studies at a university are a d v i s e d to consider the following courses to fulfill their S c i e n c e requirement: Biology 104, 105 (Note: Transfer credit for courses is limited to non-science students.) Chemistry 104, 105 Geology 110, 111 Geography 112, 114 Mathematics'100, 101 or 101, 102 Physics 104, 105 Students planning to pursue studies in E c o n o m i c s at U.B.C. or Honours E c o n o m i c s at S . F . U . must take Mathematics 110. Mathematics 111 is also required for Honours E c o n o m i c s at U.B.C. Please check the pre-requisites given in the individual course description. Physics 110/111 Chemistry 110/111 Mathematics 110/111 English (6 credits) — see course description Non-science elective (6 credits) Second Year Physics 200/201 Physics 210/211 Physics 220/221 Mathematics 200 Mathematics 230 Mathmatics 235 or 231 (Honours) Mathematics 215 (Honours) Non-science Elective (6 credits) ' Science Elective (3 credits) (Mathmatics 231 recommended for Honours) (Mathmatics 235 recommended for Majors) B. Science Students Students transferring to a professional school at U.B.C. should consult chart page 20. Students transferring to the Faculty of Science at a university should take the following: v) Other Programs or Combinations of Programs: i) Biological Sciences (Including Biochemistry). First Year Many courses require that students complete a lab and/or tutorial. Students should ensure that they are aware of any such lab requirement and that their timetables include both lab and lecture hours. Students should note that it is necessary to pass the lab in order to pass the course. Consult Natural S c i e n c e Division for course selection, particularly with regard to Second Year choices. Lab/Course relationship Biology 110/111 Chemistry 110/111 Physics 110/111 (U.B.C.) Physics 104/105 (S.F.U.) Mathematics 110/111 English (6 credits — see course descriptions) Second Year A complete selection of second year courses which meet the requirements of all three B.C. universities is available. Consult the Biology Department for the specific requirements to transfer into third year at the university of your choice. ii) Chemistry First Year Chemistry 110/111 Physics 110/111 Mathematics 110/111 English (6 credits — see course descriptions) Elective (6 credits) Second Year Chemistry 200/201 Chemistry 204/205 (Transfers to U.B.C. consult a faculty member.) Physics 200/201 Physics 210/211 Mathematics 230, 231 or 235 (depending upon university — consult a faculty member) Mathematics 200 Elective Science Elective from Mathematics, Physics (recommended Mathematics 235). iii) Mathematics First Year Mathematics 110/111 English (6 credits) Elective (12 credits)* (Mathematics 101, 102, 103 are recommended for S F U bound students.) * In order to maintain options for other majors it is advisable to consult calendars for requirements (e.g. to maintain Physics or C h e m i s t r y as p o s s i b l e alternatives, P h y s i c s 1 1 0 / 1 1 1 , Chemistry, 110/111 should be taken). Second Year Mathematics Mathematics Mathematics Mathematics Electives 200 230/231 215 235 32 Career Programs Career Programs offered at Capilano C o l l e g e prepare adults for employment in business and industry. All secondary school graduates are eligible for admission; those without Grade XII standing may also apply and will be considered on the basis of their particular experience, maturity, ability and interest. The suggested curriculum for each program includes required, recommended and elective courses. Every attempt is made to plan a program of studies best suited to individual needs; however, each student must assume final responsibility for selecting his/her program. To provide the student with an insight into human nature, studies in the humanities and behavioural sciences form an important part of Career Programs. The student studies some of the methods of inquiry into the nature of man, the natural world and social institutions. These studies provide the prospective graduate with an opportunity to learn about the relationship of his/her career to the economic world in which he must perform. Communications courses also form part of every Career Program. These are designed to assist the student to write clearly and speak well. S u c h courses provide the resources to back up the special talents of the Career Program graduate. In most programs "on-the-job" work experience forms part of the curriculum. This type of experience brings relevancy to the material under study. Enrolment in some Career Programs may be curtailed due to space and equipment limitations. Consequently, those students who contemplate entrance to Career Programs are encouraged to apply early. Applicants are required to have an interview with the Program Co-ordinator prior to admission to any of the Career Programs. STUDENT COURSE AND WORK LOAD C a r e e r Program course work approximates 21 1/2 hours per week. However, some programs may require as many as 32 hours and others as few as 16 hours per week. It is therefore strongly recommended that students not accept employment while undertaking full-time studies in any one of the Career Programs offered at Capilano College. EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES FOR THE GRADUATE Although employment opportunities for the graduates of career programs have-to date heen good, the College is in no position to guarantee job positions for the graduates of particular career programs. Employment opportunities are largely based on the advice of specialist Advisory Committees. The advice provided by these committees may be tempered by rapidly changing economic conditions, alterations in the requirements of certifying bodies, and the specific needs of particular employers. These conditions can completely alter the employment possibilities for individual graduates in a very short time. EXEMPTION STANDING - CAREER STUDENTS Students enrolling in a Career Program may be exempted from certain courses within the program upon the successful demonstration of acquired skills and knowledge in specific course areas. Such exemption standing will be noted on the Permanent Student Record. Students granted such exemptions will have their total course load reduced by the number of exempted credit hours to the maximum of two courses or six credit hours to the maximum of two courses or six credit hours per academic year without effect upon the status of the Certificate or Diploma in the particular program. Such exempted credit hours are not necessarily transferable to other institutions. Exemption in e x c e s s of two courses, or six credit hours, may be awarded a student only upon the recommendation of the a p propriate program co-ordinator and the Dean, Career Programs. TRANSFER TO AND FROM OTHER INSTITUTIONS There is agreement among all public B.C. C o l l e g e s to accept each other's credits upon transfer, if applicable to a program given at the admitting college, and given suitable equivalency. Capilano College reserves the right to review individual course credit. Transfer credits are granted to students on admission for a c ceptable work done at other institutions; the transfer credits reduce the total number of credits which are required at Capilano College for a certificate or diploma. Students wishing transfer credit should present suitable documentation to the Registrar's office for adjudication by the appropriate faculty. All approved transfer credits are noted on the student's Permanent Student Record. Full information on transfer of specific courses is available from the Admission Advisor, Counsellors and in the pertinent Instructional Division. CAREER PROGRAMS OFFERED The Career Division prepares its graduates for positions in business and industry as well as in the field of the applied arts. The courses offered in the various programs are under constant review to make certain that students are exposed to the latest of techniques and skills. Advisory committees, composed of e m ployers in the business, industrial, professional and social services are constantly reviewing and making recommendations for all programs. The particular career program, and specific options within the various program divisions offered in the 1977/78 a c a d e m i c year are listed below. CREATIVE A N D APPLIED A R T S DIVISION ART P R O G R A M S 1. 2. 3. 4. Foundations of Art and Media Program -1 year Art Education P r o g r a m - 2 years Bachelor of Fine Arts Studio Program - 2 years C o m m e r c i a l Art P r o g r a m - 2 years 5. Crafts Program - 2 years MUSIC P R O G R A M S 1. 2. 3. C o m m e r c i a l Music Program -1 and 2 years Music Transfer Program - 2 years Music Therapy P r o g r a m - 2 years 4. Bachelor of Music P r o g r a m - 2 years RETAIL FASHION P R O G R A M - 2 years BUSINESS DIVISION BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T PROGRAMS 1. Accounting/Financial Management Program - 2 years 2. Marketing Management Program - 2 years 3. Computer Systems Management Program - 2 years 4. Administrative Management Program - 2 years (evenings) 5. Small Business Management Program - 3 years (evenings) EDUCATION DIVISION 1. Early Childhood Education Program - 2 years 2. Media R e s o u r c e s P r o g r a m - 2 years 3. Program for the D e v e l o p m e n t a l ^ Handicapped - 2 y e a r s APPLIED S C I E N C E S DIVISION 1. Outdoor Recreation Program - 2 y e a r s 2. Wilderness & Leadership Program - 2 years 3. C h e m i c a l & Metallurgical Technology - 1 year transfer BUSINESS DIVISION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. TRAINING AND CAREER B.C.l.T. DEVELOPMENT Administrative Assistant o p t i o n - 1 year Bilingual Secretary Program - 2 years Legal Assistant Program - 2 years Para-Legal Studies Option -1 year Office Technology Program - 2 years Secretarial Program - (General, Legal, Medical) - 1 or 2 years recognize C . C . A . P . programs. Art Program REGISTRATION P R O C E D U R E S FOR ART P R O G R A M This program offers a wide variety of Fine and Applied Arts courses which are structured into five basic options: standards for admission to their Students wishing to repeat a course means: Any student who has taken an art c o u r s e at Capilano College and who has p a s s e d that c o u r s e may retake it only after all available s p a c e s have bkeen filled by those students who wish to enroll in the course for the first time. Foundations of Art & Media Program 1. Foundations of Art 2. Art Education Program 3. Bachelor of Fine Arts Studio Program 4. Crafts Program 5. C o m m e r c i a l Program A one year exploratory program developed to expose students to a wide range of creative learning experiences. This program is to provide a sound base for further serious art study. It does not replace the regular first year of the two year program at the college. Students are, however, encouraged to consider the " F o u n d a t i o n s of A r t " program before beginning a regular program at Capilano College. Through introduction to a combination of experimental concepts, technical skills and exposure to guest instructors from a variety of professional creative fields, the student will have an opportunity to develop an understanding of the potentials offered in a very broad a r e a of art. The program is made up of five 6 hour days, two of which are scheduled and instructed by college faculty. These c o u r s e s are: 1 section (3 hours) - Experimental Creative C o n c e p t s 1 section - Introduction to the History of Art The Art Education and the B.F.A. Studio options are primarily for students intending to continue their studies following a one or two-year experience at this College, whereas the Crafts and the Communicative Arts options can lead directly into employment. The Advanced Art Study Program provides opportunities for those who have already gained basic skills and who feel the need for experiences of a challenging and professional nature. Note: Students enrolled in the Art Program should be prepared to purchase supplies in amounts ranging from $25.00 to $75.00 per term. L a b Fees: Lab fees must be paid at time of registration. F A L L T E R M 1978: A D V A N C E D REGISTRATION CRITERIA 1. Returning students for 2nd year program - April 2 - April 28. 2. All students for 2nd year program, high school grad. and adult entry North Shore residents for 1st year Full Art Program - May 8 - May 3 1 . High School Graduate means: a. A person to graduate at the end of the 1977/78 school term within the college constituency. b. A person who graduated at the end of the 1976/77 school term within the college constituency. 3. All students except Capilano College or former students of other colleges' Art programmes wishing to repeat the s a m e c o u r s e — August 14 - August 25. 4. For specific requirements in the C o m m e r c i a l Art Program please refer to that section. 1 section - T e c h n i q u e s x Mediums 1 section - B a s i c Skills The remaining three days will be taught through the use of guest instructors, lecturers and professionals both on c a m p u s and in studios, shops, manufacturing houses, media production facilities, theatres, and other related p l a c e s where students will be involved with group and individual projects. Only full time students are admitted into the Foundations of Art Program. Fees per student per semester: program Student Society Lab $105.00 1 5 0 0 50.00 Art Education Program Consisting of basic art experiences d e s i g n e d to thoroughly prepare students for entry to the Vancouver School of Art or to any other Art School, this program is also appropriate for those wishing to enter fields where a generalized practical art background would be an advantage, in addition, the varied nature of the courses offered in this program provides an excellent opportunity for students to investigate the visual arts on a more tentative basis or to enrich their lives through creative experiences in selected areas of study. Students enrolled in other College programs are invited to take one or more courses on an elective basis. Course Change: August 28 In-Person Registration: All students including those wishing to repeat a c o u r s e — August 29. SPRING T E R M 1979: Mail Registration (returning Students) November 20 D e c e m b e r 15. Course Change: January 3. In-Person Registration (all students) - January 4. A d v a n c e d Registration and Mail Registration is affected through the Office of Art Programs Coordinator. ASSOCIATE IN ARTS AND SCIENCE DIPLOMA CREDIT LAB HOURS HOURS In-Person Registration is affected by the Registrar's and Art Program Coordinator's Offices pursuant to College Registration Schedule and implementation. A student is considered as " r e g i s t e r e d " in the Art Program when his/her Registration Form and a valid cheque for the full amount of tuition fees, lab fees and student union fees are deposited, registered and acknowledged with and by the Art Program Coordinator and College Registrar's Offices. The mere fact of depositing those documents with the coordinator's office does not constitute the "fait a c c o m p l i " of registration, as the factors of registration are subject to priorities as required by the program. Full-time Student means: A person of any age who takes a full C a r e e r Program which may include some of the Art c o u r s e s and some of the A c a d e m i c courses, or exclusively Art Options' courses which upon completion in one or two years of study entitle the student to either the College Certificate or the A s s o c i a t e in Arts and S c i e n c e Diplima, or entitle the student to seek transfer to other post-secondary learning institutions which Major Program requirements General Education requirements Electives ART EDUCATION R R S T TERM Art 100 Art 154 Art 158 Art 167 Art 171 Art 182 C m n s 150 34 66 6 6 78 9 9 CURRICULUM Introduction to the Visual Arts I General Drawing I Design I Sculpture I Painting I Printmaking I Basic Communications 3 3 3 3 3 3 3_ 21 3 3 SECOND TERM Art 101 Art 164 Art 172 Art 174 Art 178 Art 183 C m n s 153 Introduction to the Visual Arts II General Drawing II Painting II Sculpture II Design II Printmaking II Communications and the Arts Art. 250, 255, 257, 262, 263, 265,.273, 2 7 4 , 2 7 8 , 282, 283(anyfour) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 21 The two first year sculpture c o u r s e s are available in the Fall Term and again in the Spring Term. Students taking Art 174 during the Fall should take Art 167 during the Spring Term and visa versa. CREDIT HOURS THIRD TERM Art 250 Art 2 5 7 Art 260 Art 152 Art 282 Elective Painting Media Sculpture III 19th and 20th Century Art Life Drawing 1 Printmaking III . 3 3 3 3 3 3_ 18 LAB HOURS Painting M e d i a II 19th and 20th Century Art Life Drawing II Sculpture IV Printmaking IV . 3 3 The College selection committee to s c r e e n applicants meets early in April prior to the s e s s i o n to which application will be made. Applicants should contact the Art Department sometime in mid-March to obtain the necessary information on application procedure. 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 ASSOCIATE IN ARTS AND SCIENCE DIPLOMA Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements Electives Bachelor of Fine Arts Studio Program U.B.C. EQUIVALENCY Fine A r t s 171 (3) Fine Arts 181 (3) 30 12 36 78 B.F.A. STUDIO PROGRAM TRANSFER CURRICULUM Art 152 Life Drawing 3 Art 158 Design I 3 English Any transferable English course 3 Art 100 History of Art I 3 Elective 3 Elective 3 Elective 3 21 0 • Students who wish to substitute English courses for C o m munication 150/153 may do so with the Art Co-ordinator's approval. Art. 100 and 101 Art. 152, 1 5 4 , 1 5 8 , 1 6 4 , 166, 167, 1 7 1 , 1 7 2 , 174, 178, 182, 1 8 3 , 1 8 4 , 1 8 8 (any two) A student who has successfully completed the s e c o n d year of the college B.F.A. program will be provided an additional six units of credit in studio c o u r s e s to correspond to Fine Arts 281. Students applying for the B.F.A. are reminded that admission to the program is by selection based on standing and courses and an assessment of a folio of art work. The year of admission whether s e c o n d or third year will be at the descretion of the Department. FOURTH TERM Art 2 5 5 Art 261 Art 184 Art 265 Art 283 Elective Fine Arts 281, 290 (6) (ii) Art. 260 and 261 Fine Arts 339(3) (iii) (1) Students planning to enter the program leading to a B.A. degree with a major in Fine Arts are advised to apply to the university after four semesters of c o u r s e work at the college. Students planning to enter the Studio program leading to the B.F.A. degree are advised to apply to the university after two semesters of c o u r s e work at the college. The maximum credit for the studio course Fine Arts 181 is three units. SECOND Art 178 Art 184 English (i) Art 101 Elective Elective Elective TERM Design II Life Drawing Any transferable English course History of Art II 0 0 0 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 21 0 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 — THIRD TERM Art 2 5 0 Art 260 English Elective Elective Elective Painting M e d i a I 19th and 20th Century Art FOURTH Art 2 5 5 Art 261 English Elective Elective Elective TERM Painting M e d i a II 19th and 20th Century Art . — . 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 35 0 FOURTH Art 101 Art 268 Art 274 Art 285 Elective TERM Introduction to the Visual Arts II Weaving IV Pottery IV Fabric Printing IV 3 3 3 3 3 3 15 3 • Students who wish to substitute English courses for C o m munication 150/153 may do so with the Art Co-ordinator's approval. Commercial Art Program The c o m m e r c i a l artist generally works with m a s s media in communicating to the consumer about products and services. This program provides training for those who like to draw and enjoy developing a concept from its beginning into the finished communication. Students are trained in design, visual imagery, media c h o i c e , typography and conceptual thinking. In short, the student b e c o m e s a problem solver. This is a c o m m e r c i a l artists function, the resulution of problems that affect the way people think, play, work, travel, spend their money or change their habits. Instructors are professionals in e a c h design field who give time away from their own c a r e e r s to teach. The program relates to the current demands of business and industry, and these professionals bring immediate knowledge of what is happening now and what changes can be projected for the future. A variety of real and simulated problems are taken from initial concept to finished art and reproduction. Frequently guests from all levels of the profession are brought in to evaluate student projects. The graduate prepares a portfolio of work to present to future employers or to continue their studies at art s c h o o l . Graduates may work in an agency, in art s e r v i c e s or their own studio or as freelance designers dealing with advertising or illustration solutions. A graduate's education here gives them a wide spectrum of career or education opportunities. Crafts Program The core content of this program consists of weaving, fabric printing and pottery but is supported by courses in drawing and design. Those who graduate may seek employment as instructors in a variety of community art programs or in institutions making use of Occupational Therapy. Alternatively, they may establish themselves as practising artists on either a full-time or part-time basis. The crafts offer ideal opportunities for individuals wishing to extend their leisure-time horizons and for students in other programs seeking electives. ASSOCIATE IN ARTS AND SCIENCE DIPLOMA CREDIT LAB HOURS HOURS Major Program requirements General Education requirements Electives CRAFTS ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS The C o m m e r c i a l Art Program requires an unusually high level of maturity and integrity from the entering student. In particular, it has been found that students with a year or more of life experience following high school are usually more knowledgeable and mature in their c h o i c e of direction and are ready to undertake the C o m m e r c i a l Art Program with a higher probability of s u c c e s s . It has also been found that there are high school students without this year or more of experience who c a n s u c c e e d here; we encourage those students to apply. Candidates for the C o m m e r c i a l Art Program must be interviewed by the program co-ordinator. Admission is based on a portfolio, past work and experience in related fields and s c h o o l , general ability and the applicant's interests. Applications and portfolios should be submitted between M a r c h 1 and May 15, for Fall registration. 9 General Drawing I Design I Fabric Printing I Pottery I Weaving I 3 3 3 3 3 Weaving II Basic Communications 3 3_ 18 3 S E C O N D TERM Art 161 Fabric Printing II Art 164 General Drawing II Art 165 Pottery II Art 168 Weaving I or Art 169 Weaving II Art 178 Design II C m n s 153 Communications and the Arts Art 267 Art 273 Art 284 Elective 9 CURRICULUM FIRST TERM Art 154 Art 158 Art 160 Art 163 Art 168 or Art 169 C m n s 150 THIRD Art 100 54 6 . 6 66 3 3 3 PORTFOLIO REQUIREMENTS The portfolio should contain some drawings from observation s u c h as figures, heads and street s c e n e s . Imaginative and experimental drawings and sketch books are good additional material. Include color slides or prints of any three-dimensional pieces and of any oversize work. Samples should be unframed and it is not necessary to mat samples. Portfolios should not e x c e e d 2 0 " x 2 6 " in size. N a m e and address must be on the outside of portfolio. Portfolios sent by mail will be returned collect unless return postage is included with application. Every possible c a r e is taken, but Capilano College cannot a c c e p t responsibility for loss or damage to an applicant's work. 3 3 3 18 3 TERM Introduction to the Visual Arts I Weaving ill Pottery III Fabric Printing III ACCEPTANCE Applicants will be notified in writing no later than May 31 after recept of completed application, including portfolio and personal interview. W h e n a c c e p t e d instructions will be sent as to further procedure. 3 3 3 J 3 — ^ 15 —— 3 36 LAB FEES The c o m m e r c i a l art program c o u r s e s . erally have a lab fee component which must be paid by tlr -tudent taking these courses. Lab fees are collected at the tu le of registration and go towards payment for tools, supplies and depreciation c o s t s of equipment. Information about lab fees will be available at time of registration. MATERIALS A N D T E X T S B a s i c materials are supplied throughout the program. Students should be prepared to spend $50 to $75 per term on special supplies and texts. SCHEDULES C l a s s s c h e d u l e s are arranged so that most subjects are taught o n c e a week on a full-day basis, 9 a.m. to 4 p.m. A few c l a s s e s may be scheduled for evenings. A S S O C I A T E IN A R T S A N D S C I E N C E DIPLOMA Major Program Requirements G e n e r a l Education Requirements Electives CREDIT HOURS 66 6 6 78 LAB HOURS 30 30 FIRSTTERM Art 152 Art 154 Art 158 Art 162 Art 175 Art 192 Communications 150 Life Drawing I General D rawing 1 Design 1 Lettering and Type Photography for the Graphic Arts Applied Design I Basic Communications 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 21 3 3 3 3 SECONDTERM Art 164 Art 170 Arts 176 Art 178 Art 184 Art 193 Communications 153 General Drawing II Graphic Arts 1 Studio and Location Photography Design II Life Drawing Applied Design II Communications and the Arts THIRD T E R M Art251 Experimental Illustration I. Art 252 Applied Design III Art 277 Environmental Design I... Art 278 Graphic Arts II Art 295 Advertising Illustration I . . Media 0 5 1 , 052, 081 3 3 3 3 3 21 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 3 6 3 3 3 9 FOURTH TERM Art 2 5 3 Art 269 Art 279 Art 280 Art 298 Applied Design IV 3 Experimental Illustration II 3 Environmental Design II.. 3 Portfolio Studio 3 Advertising Illustration II ^_3_ 15 Refer to M e d i a Productions section to numbers and descriptions. confirm 3 3 3 3_ 12 course Managerial Accounting, Taxation and Auditing. Application of principles and theories is stressed through the use of case-method and problem-solving techniques. Further preparation for work in management will be achieved by developing the student's ability to analyze business problems and to arrive at logical solutions. Business Management Programs Marketing Management Program The student who enrolls in this program will in the first year take courses that will acquaint him/her with a broad based understanding of the business environment. In the second year of the program the student concentrates on such areas as Retailing, Consumer Behaviour, Elements of Advertising Strategy, Marketing Research, Merchandising, International Marketing, and Marketing Management Projects, case problems, special assignments, and field trips are extensively used to stimulate the application of theory and principles, and to develop analytical abilities to achieve greater occupational competence. This particular program prepares the student for a wide variety of challenging positions requiring special skills in such fields as retailing, buying, advertising, insurance selling, and market research. Business Management Full Time Day Time Programs These two-year, day-time programs provide the student with a comprehensive education in basic managerial skills, and gives a practical foundation for those who wish to enter a career in business either as an independent entrepreneur or as a prospective employee-manager. The following two year programs are offered by the Business Management Division: 1. Accounting/Financial Management Program 2. Marketing Management Program 3. Computer S y s t e m s Management Program A Capilano College A s s o c i a t e in Arts and S c i e n c e Diploma is awarded upon s u c c e s s f u l completion of 94.5 credit hours in Accounting/Financial Management, Marketing Management, or Computer S y s t e m s Management Program. Due to limited s p a c e in these programs, all interested persons should apply early. Candidates must have an interview with the Co-ordinator of the program. Entry to the program will be based on interest and aptitude. CREDIT A S S O C I A T E IN ARTS A N D S C I E N C E DIPLOMA HOURS Major Program Requirements 94.5 General Education Requirements 0 Recommended Courses 0 Electives .j 0 Total 94.5 Computer Systems Management Program In North America, the number of computer installations has grown from about 2000 in 1960 to 100,000 in 1970 and is estimated to reach 400,000 by 1980 The computing industry is currently growing at a 20 per cent annual rate indicating that it will not be too many years until this industry will have the same economic impact as the auto industry has today. This rapid growth has produced a serious shortage of qualified computer operators, programmers and systems analysts. U p to 1967 due to costs, computers were available only to the larger businesses. Today a need exists for versatile computer personnel people trained in computer operation, programming, systems analysis, the application of computers, and management. Accounting/Financial Management Program Developments in the last d e c a d e have brought computer capability to an ever-expanding circle of smaller organizations. One such development has been the creation of efficient and low-cost minicomputers and small business computers. In terms of number of installations, these small and minicomputers now represent 83 per cent of the total number of computer installations. These small organizations cannot afford specialists in each segment of computer application. This two year program provides the students with the comprehensive training required to satisfy this new business need for a more versatile computer person. This program is d e s i g n e d to provide the student with the opportunity to obtain a sound understanding of accounting principles and concepts as well as other aspects of business. The program prepares the student for a career in public accounting or financial management in commercial or industrial enterprises as well as in government occupations. The student concentrates in his/her s e c o n d year on c o u r s e s in financial management s u c h as Cost Accounting, Finance and 38 Business Management Programs FULL TIME DAY TIME P R O G R A M S MARKETING MANAGEMENT FIRST TERM (FALL) Business Management 150 Business Management 158 Business Management 170 Business Management 172 Business Management 175 Business Management 180 Business Management 182 Business Management 184 Communications 150 Economics 130 SECOND TERM (SPRING) Business Management 151 Business Management 159 Business Management 171 Business Management 176 Business Management 180 Business Management 181 Business Management 182 Business Management 183 Business Management 185 Communications 151 Economics 131 THIRD TERM (FALL) Business Management 230 Business Management 240 Business Management 255 Business Management 260 Business Management 263 Business Management 264 Business Management 266 Business Management 271 Business Management 272 Business Management 273 Business Management 275 Business Management 280 Business Management 291 Business Management 292 Business Management 293 Business Mathematics Marketing I Mathematics of Business and Finance Administrative Practices and Organization Organizational Behaviour Introduction to Data Processing Systems Analysis and Application I Accounting I Communications Introduction to Economics — 3 .. 4Vi 3.. 3 .. 3 .. — 4'/2. 3 .. 3 • • 27 Statistical Analysis and Application —.. . Marketing II 3 ... Applied Business Statistics 4'/2 . Management in Industry 3 ... Introduction to Data Processing — ... Advanced "Basic" Programming. — . . . Systems Analysis and Application I 3 ... Programming I — ... Accounting II 4Vi . Business Writing 3... Canadian Economics 3 ... 24 Salesmanship I Business Law I Financial Accounting I Finance 1 Advanced Data Processing Cost and Managerial Accounting I Canadian Financial Institutions and Money Markets Retailing Consumer Behaviour Elements of Advertising Strategy Marketing Research Auditing Programming II Programming III Systems Analysis and Application II 3 . .. 3.. . — ... 3 . .. — ... — 3 ... 3 ... 3 ... 3 ... — — ... — — 21 FOURTH TERM (SPRING) Business Management 220 Business Management 230 Business Management 231 Business Management 232 Business Management 241 Business Management 256 Business Management 257 Business Management 261 Business Management 265 Business Management 274 Business Management 276 Business Management 277 Business Management 278 Business Management 284 Business Management 289 Business Management 294 Business Management 296 Business Awareness Salesmanship I Elements of Merchandising Channels of Distribution Business Law II Financial Accounting II Corporation and Society Finance II Quantitative Aids to Decision Making Cost and Managerial Accounting II Marketing Management International Marketing Salesmanship II Taxation Business Dynamics Programming IV Management Information Systems 1 Vi. — 3 .. . 3... 3 ... — ... — — — 3... 3 ... 3... — 3... — — 22 Vi 39 Business Management Evening Programs/Courses T E R M 3: B S M G 210: Small B u s i n e s s Management B S M G 163: Principles of Supervision and Leadership T E R M 4: B S M G 180: Introduction to Data Processing B S M G 240: B u s i n e s s Law I T E R M 5: B S M G 260: Finance I B S M G 273: Elements of Advertising Strategy T E R M 6: B S M G 230: Salesmanship B S M G 289: Business D y n a m i c s I The evening program of courses is designed to satisfy the following student needs: A . Provide a practical exposure to the Basic Managerial skills required in business. Students enrolled in this program complete a series of eight c o u r s e s taking two courses per term over a two year period. While the particular s e q u e n c e of courses is not rigid, the following s e q u e n c e is recommended: TERM 1 B S M G 184: Accounting I plus B S M G 176: Management in Industry T E R M 2 B S M G 185: Accounting II plus B S M G 172: A d ministrative P r a c t i c e s and Organization. T E R M 3 B S M G 163: Principles of Supervision and Leadership plus B S M G 150: Business Mathematics T E R M 4 B S M G 180: Introduction to Data P r o c e s s i n g plus B S M G 240: B u s i n e s s Law I Satisfactory completion of the above c o u r s e s will provide the student with a Certificate in Administrative Management. The total number of credit hours for this certificate is 27 credit hours. Satisfactory completion of the above c o u r s e s will provide the student with a Certificate in Small Business Management. The total number of credit hours for this certificate is 39 credit hours. C B Provide a practical exposure to the Managerial and Marketing skills required in operating a small business. Students enrolled in this program complete a series of twelve c o u r s e s , taking two c o u r s e s per term, over a three year period. T E R M 1: B S M G 187: Essentials of Managerial P r a c t i c e s B S M G 184: Accounting I Provide an opportunity to take courses that carry credit into other certificate and diploma programs. Those professional areas currently recognizing courses taken at Capilano College are: - Chartered Accountant ( C A . ) - Certified G e n e r a l Accountant (C.G.A.) - Registered Industrial Accountant (R.I.A.) - Institute of Chartered Secretaries and Administrators -Certificate in Municipal Administration - Bachelor of C o m m e r c e Degree (U.B.C.) - Bachelor of Arts: E c o n o m i c s and C o m m e r c e (S.F.U.) - A s s o c i a t e of the Trust C o m p a n i e s Institute (A.T.C.I.) D. Provide the opportunity for those people interested in furthering their business skills and knowledge to enroll in one or more courses without any obligation of having to complete diploma or certificate requirements. Students interested in any of these evening course offerings should contact the Coordinator of the Business Management Program (Local 396) for further information. T E R M 2: B S M G 185: Accounting II B S M G 158: Marketing I 40 professional development in British Columbia but the future for para-legal personnel appears exciting a n d unlimited. Program Requirements: Students are expected to maintain a " B " average throughout the Program. In order to receive the A s s o c i a t e of Arts and S c i e n c e Diploma, students must complete a six month work study practicum in relevant legal work. This should be embarked upon at the end of the third or fourth term. Business Training and Career Development Students must take four terms of English made up of: English 100, English 200, Communications 150, and Communications 151. Transfer credits for English 100 and 200 taken at other a c a d e m i c institutions c a n be arranged on application by the student. Business Training and C a r e e r Development is a diverse division that offers men and women excellent instruction and rewarding, exciting opportunities for career development. Responsive to current and future employment trends, c o u r s e s provide advanced training which more than meets the challenge of a technologically progressive business community. With input from advisory committees, programs of study are continually being developed, expanded or refined to meet needs of e m ployees and employers. Within the B u s i n e s s Training and C a r e e r Development Program there are several possible occupational options from which to c h o o s e — for those c o n sidering careers, as well as for those already employed. C A R E E R P R O G R A M S A N D OPTIONS 1. Legal Assistant Option — 2 year Diploma 2. Legal Assistant Studies Option — 1 year Certificate 3. Secretarial Program — (General, Legal, M e d i c a l or Executive) — 2 year Diploma or 1 year Certificate. * 4 . Public Relations Program — 2 year Diploma or 1 year Certificate. 176 Legal Studies 179 Office P r o c e d u r e s I Role of the Legal Assistant 151 Legal Studies 155 Legal Studies 157 Legal Studies 162 Legal Studies 163 Legal Studies 171 PROGRAM A S S O C I A T E IN ARTS A N D S C I E N C E DIPLOMA Major Program Requirements R e c o m m e n d e d Cou rses Basic Communications Introduction to Legal Studies Basic Litigation Procedures Basic Corporate Procedures Land Registry System Legislative Procedures Legal 3 3 1.5 1.5 15 1.5 3 3 l8~ The primary objectives of study are to develop individual talents and professional skills to a high degree of proficiency and to provide a thorough understanding of the principles and practices of various professional, business or government offices. Capilano College graduates are in great demand and readily find employment in law firms, the public service, banks, advertising and public relations agencies, hospitals and educational institutions. Students registered in any one of the options may participate in Directed Work Experience which is 30 nours p e r w e e k in a job situation. Credit Hours 63 13 76 CREDIT LAB HOURS H O U R S FIRSTTERM Communications 150 Legal Studies 150 Legal Studies 152 Legal Studies 153 Legal Studies 154 Legal Studies 161 Legal Studies SECOND TERM Communications 151 Legal Studies 177 Legal Studies P U R P O S E FOR P R O G R A M S L E G A L ASSISTANT Entry into the program is in the Fall Term of e a c h year only. Students should arrange an interview with the Co-ordinator of the Legal Program in early Spring of the year in which they wish to apply for entry into the Program. This Program is a pilot project of the Law Society of B.C. and the Canadian Bar, B.C. B r a n c h for the training of Legal Assistants in British Columbia. Lab Hours Business Writing Legal Office Procedures II Legal Studies II Basic Conveyancing and Mortgage Procedures Wills and Probate Litigation Procedures Corporate Procedures Legal P r o c e d u r e s II 3 3 3 1.5 1.5 3 3 1.5 19.5 SUMMERTERM * Legal Studies 170 0 0 3 0 The summer term is not mandatory and students may make up this c o u r s e during the third and fourth terms. Legal Assistants are highly trained men and w o m e n who o c c u p y important positions in law offices. The graduates of this program are skilled technicians or specialists who have studied legal theory and procedures and who c a n apply this knowledge to assist legal practitioners. Legal Assistants will be working in a professional environment, directly or independently, under the supervision of a Barrister/ Solicitor. Since one of the functions of a legal assistant is to relieve the lawyer of many routine legal and administrative responsibilities, students will learn to prepare legal documents in a c c o r d a n c e with Supreme Court Rules, to carry out investigations and interview witnesses, to handle legal correspondence, and to act in a supportive capacity with the law firm or legal department. In complicated legal matters in a legal assistant may work directly with the lawyer, but in many c a s e s independent judgement is required. The d e m a n d for para-legal a s s i s t a n c e is a relatively recent Legal R e s e a r c h THIRD A N D F O U R T H T E R M S In the Third and Fourth T e r m s students will take an additional 39.0 credits and courses will be offered from the following:— English 100 English 200 Legal Studies 159 Legal Studies 160 Legal Studies 161 41 Composition English Literature Accounting for the Legal Assistant Legal Theory Legislative Process I CREDIT LAB HOURS H O U R S , . 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 1.5 Legal Studies 165 Legal Studies 171 Legal Studies 172 Legal Studies 180 Legal Studies 181 Legal Studies 252 Legal Studies 253 Legal Studies 254 Legal Studies 256 Legal Studies 257 Legal Studies 258 Legal Studies 266 Legal Studies 268 Legal Studies 270 A d v a n c e d Mortgages Legislative P r o c e s s II CREDIT HOURS b.u Secretarial Program (legal, medical or executive) Secretarial training provides a graduate with many e m ployment opportunities. This program is geared specifically towards improving practical skills, and towards providing students with an understanding of b u s i n e s s procedures, particularly within the area students c h o o s e to seek employment. Students on this option may specialize, in the third or fourth term, by electing Legal or M e d i c a l Procedural C o u r s e s . Individual progress and achievement of specific performance objectives are emphasized. 1.5 Legal Documents 3.0 Contracts I 3.0 Contracts II 3.0 Torts 3.0 C o m p a n y Law 3.0 A S S O C I A T E IN A R T S A N D S C I E N C E DIPLOMA Real Property 3.0 Major Program Requirements Electives Family L a w I 3.0 Estate Law 3.0 Criminal Procedures 3.0 Family Law II 3.0 Criminal Law 3.0 Labour Law 3.0 Major Program Requirements Electives 10.5 33 6 39.0 6.0 FIRSTTERM Office Training 150 Essentials of Bookkeeping 3 Office Training 161 Typing 1 4.5 Off ice Training 170 Alphabetic S h o r t h a n d . . . . 4.5 Office Training 185 Office Technology 3 Communications 150 Basic C o m m u n i c a t i o n s . . . 3 Electives** 3 21.0 This option is designed for students who have at least two years legal experience, who wish to specialize in the following areas of study: C o m m e r c i a l and Corporate Speciality Litigation Specialty Probate and Property Specialty Legal A i d Specialty Legal Office Management Specialty It is anticipated that students on this option will be in a position to challenge the basic procedural c o u r s e s . SECOND TERM Office Training 151 Essentials of Bookkeeping Office Training 162 Typing II Office Training 174 Shorthand S p e e d Development Office Training 252 Organizational & Office D y n a m i c s Communications Business 151 Writing Elective** Although s o m e procedural c o u r s e s are suggested, the emphasis in the Legal Assistant Studies option is on providing students with a thorough grasp of the theoretical a s p e c t s of the practice of law and practices within the legal office. C o u r s e s may be taken in any order and individuals are encouraged to adapt a program that meets their specific interests and requirements. Programs must be approved by the Co-ordinator. Students must provide evidence that they have legal office experience before being admitted; a research paper must be completed before a Certificate is awarded. CREDIT CAPILANO C O L L E G E CERTIFICATE HOURS REQUIRED C O U R S E S English 100/200 or Communications 150/151 Legal Studies 150/151 Introduction to Legal Studies Legal Studies 170 Legal R e s e a r c h Legal Studies 180 Contracts I 64.5 10.5 75.0 CAPILANO C O L L E G E CERTIFICATE Legal Assistant Studies Option Major Program Requirements Recommended Courses CREDIT LAB HOURS H O U R S 3 4.5 FOURTH T E R M Office Training 181 M a c h i n e Transcription . . . Office Training 166 Typing S p e e d Development II Office Training 164 Production Typing II Office Training 176 Shorthand S p e e d Development Office Training 261 Public Relations II Elective** 6 6 3 3_ 18 Plus 18 credits to be taken from the various legal studies courses that are offered on the evening program. 1.5 3 1.5 3 3 3 6 21.0 THIRD T E R M Office Training 180 Machine Transcription . . . 1.5 Office Training 165 Typing S p e e d Development I 1.5 Office Training 163 Production Typing 1 3 Office Training 175 Shorthand S p e e d Development 3 Office Training 260 Public Relations I 3 Office Training 256 Office Procedures 1 3 Elective** 3 18.0 18 21 39 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 3 1.5 1.5 1.5 3 1.5 3 3 6 18.0 3 * " E l e c t i v e s should be c h o s e n in consultation with Co-ordinator. A student whose goal is to b e c o m e either a legal, medical or executive secretary will be assisted in choosing the appropriate courses. 42 * Public Relations Program Courses are presented in a manner which promotes active student participation through labs, practical demonstrations, reports, projects and general discussion. Considerable responsibility is given students, enabling them to develop into creative, independent, knowledgeable persons. This is a two year Career Program designed to train individuals to be qualified Public Relations practitioners. No similar program exists in British Columbia, therefore graduates will find a ready market for their skills. Courses will involve study in every area of public relations as well as background courses in the humanities and social sciences. Candidates with some experience in public relations will also be considered for admission to a one year certificate program. Applicants are required to present a medical certificate and a T.B. X-ray certificate, as well as to arrange an interview with the Program Co-ordinator, prior to acceptance into this program. Applicants who have previously taken Early Childhood Education courses elsewhere, including Adult Education courses for which recognition has been granted by the Provincial C h i l d Care Facilities Licensing Board, may submit a record of these courses for consideration for credit towards the C o l l e g e Associate in Arts and Science Diploma. At the time of printing the final content of the program has not been finalized. The Co-ordinator of the program will supply more detailed information on request. • T h i s program is awaiting final approval from the Department of Education. Individual courses may be taken by students working toward accreditation by the Provincial C h i l d Care Facilities Board, but not wishing to pursue the full diploma. Applicants in either of the above two categories should consult with the Program Co-ordinator for course approval. Early Childhood Education Program ASSOCIATE IN ARTS AND SCIENCE DIPLOMA CREDIT LAB HOURS HOURS Major Program requirements 42 10 General Education Requirements 6 Practicum 24 72 ~~To FIRST TERM C m n s 150 Education 152 Education 154 Education 1 5 5 * * Education 364 Basic Communications Program Development I Health and Nutrition I Human Growth and Development I Practicum I 3 3 •3 3 6 18 2 ~1 Education 155 Human Growth and Development I must be taken prior to or concurrently with Education 152. S E C O N D TERM Education 151 Education 153 Education 156 Education 164 Education 365 Literature for Young Children Program Development II Human Growth and Development II Health and Nutrition II Practicum II 3 3 2 2 3 3 6 18 THIRD TERM Education 157 Education 250 Education 252 Education 254 Education 366 The core material of the program concentrates on the study of human development and the foundations and philosophy of Early Childhood Education. A n interrelated series of courses permits detailed study of program organization, curriculum content and guidance methods. Other areas of study include health, nutrition, first aid, family life, the exceptional child, parentteacher relationships and the administration of pre-school centres. Theory and practice are closely related throughout the program, as students spend regular periods each term observing and participating in the C o l l e g e Day C a r e Centre and other pre-schools under the supervision of C o l l e g e Instructors. FOURTH TERM Cmns 155 Education 262 Education 264 Education 268 Education 367 43 The C h i l d and Family Life Program Development III Creative Arts for the Young C h i l d Foundations of Early Childhood Education . Practicum III Communications in Early Childhood Education . . Special Education Pre-School Administration Interpersonal Relationships in Teaching . . , . Practicum IV 3 3 3 3 CO CO Early Childhood Education is a two-year program preparing the graduate to be in charge of nursery schools, day-care centres or to work as support staff in specialized programs for pre-school age children. Although the focus of the program centres primarily on children from 3-5 years, it is not confined to that group. Expanded community needs require the training of personnel to work with both older and younger children in the day-care field. 3 3 2 3 3 6 18 2 ASSOCIATE IN ARTS AND SCIENCE DIPLOMA CREDIT LAB HOURS HOURS Prog ram for the Developmentally Handicapped Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements Practicum 45 6 24 10 ' 75 10 Communications Program Development I Health and Nutrition I . . . Human Growth & Development I Practicum I 3 3 3 2 • FIRST TERM Cmns 1 5 0 Education " 1 5 2 Education 1 5 4 Education 1 5 5 * * Education 3 6 4 3 6_ 18 2 " Education 1 5 5 Human Growth and Development I must be taken prior to or concurrently with Education 1 5 2 . This program is a two-year course of studies preparing graduates to work as support staff in facilities which serve persons with special needs, including infant' intervention programs, recreational, residential and rehabilitation programs. S E C O N D TERM Education 151 Education 1 5 3 Education 1 5 6 The program is currently under review for national recognition by the National Institute of Mental Retardation. Education 1 6 4 Education 3 6 5 Education 1 6 5 The core material of the program is the study of human growth and development based on "normative standards." Building on this foundation, the student is introduced to an overview of developmental handicaps of a sensory, mental, psychological and emotional nature. A n interrelated series of courses permit detailed study of program planning, guidance methods and interpersonal relationship. Literature for Young Children Program Development II . Human Growth and Development II Health and Nutrition II . . . Practicum II Field Survey 3 3 3 3 6 3_ 21 THIRD TERM Education 1 5 7 Theory and practice are closely related throughout the program, as students spend regular periods each term observing and participating under supervision in a variety of programs including day care centres and other pre-school settings as well as in facilities for the handicapped. Education 2 5 0 Education 2 5 2 Education 3 6 6 Education 2 7 0 B e c a u s e this program is closely allied with the C o l l e g e ' s current Early Childhood Education Program, students completing the program for the Developmentally Handicapped will also be qualified to work in day care centres and other preschools at a supervisory level. Applicants are required to present a medical certificate and a T.B. X-ray Certificate, as well as to arrange an interview with the Program Co-ordinator, prior to acceptance into this program. C M N S 155 3 3 3 6 cojoo Courses are presented in a manner which promotes active student participation through practical demonstrations, reports, projects and discussions. Considerable responsibility is given to students enabling them to develop into creative, independent knowledgeable persons. The C h i l d and Family Life Program Development III Creative Arts for the Young C h i l d Practicum III Volunteer Placement ... FOURTH TERM Education 2 6 2 Education 2 6 8 Education 2 7 1 Education 3 6 7 Communications in Early Childhood Education . . Special Education Interpersonal Relationships in Teaching Individual Project Practicum IV 3 3 3 3 6_ 18 44 Media Resources Program A S S O C I A T E IN ARTS A N D S C I E N C E DIPLOMA MEDIA R E S O U R C E S PROGRAM The M e d i a Resources Program trains students for the growing opportunities in using intermediate-level media technologies in all forms of education and training. The program is oriented toward educational institutions • at all levels, social agencies, community media and journalism, as well as industry. Work opportunities in this field include production, distribution, training for media skills and social animation roles. The core of the program involves production training in basic and advanced photography, graphics, audio, film, multi-media and television. All students are trained in the basic technical and aesthetic skills in these media and complete finished productions in them. Major Program Requirements Electives FIRSTTERM C M N S 150 Media 152 In addition the program includes courses in learning theory, resource centres and libraries, basic electronic systems, communications and the politics of media. Media 154 Media 161 Media 181 Media 183 Assignments and courses focus on the types of needs now being expressed in the media field. Field practicums occupy much of the student's time in the fourth term. Media 189 The program consists of four terms of study and begins each year in the Fall Term. SECOND TERM Media 151 OPTION C O U R S E S Each term the department will offer several courses that are open to college students and community members not enrolled full time in the M e d i a Resources Program. These courses carry college credit and will count towards a Capilano College Diploma. In general, these courses are numbered Media 050 to Media 074. C h e c k the timetable to see which ones will be offered in a given term. Media 153 Media 155 C M N S 156 LAB F E E S : Media 185 Media163 Media 171 Media 182 The M e d i a Resources Program courses generally have a lab fee component which m u s t be paid by t h e student taking these courses. Lab fees are collected at the time of registration and go towards payment for supplies and depreciation costs of equipment. Information about lab fee amounts will be available at the time of registration. THIRD TERM Media 253 Media 254 Media 260 Media 261 Media 271 Media 287 FOURTH Media 301 Media 302 Media 303 Choice Of: Media 263 45 Basic C o m m u n i c a t i o n s . . . G r a p h i c s for the Media Specialist Media Applications 1 Technical A p p l i c a t i o n s . . . . Basic Audio P r o d u c t i o n . . . . Theory and Applications of Photographic Production R e s e a r c h Methods. Graphics for Multi-Media Productions Film Animation Media Applications II Media R e s o u r c e s Communications Technical Applications II. . . Small Format Television. . . Advanced Audio Production A d v a n c e d Photography. . . . Filmmaking M e d i a Applications III Audio Visual Graphics .. Technical Applications III Educational Television Systems Audio for Film and Television STUDIO LAB HOURS 33 33 3 3 6 3 3 6 3_ 27 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3_ • 24 6 3 3 3 3_ 3 3 3 6 3 24 6 3 3 3 6 3 6 3 6 3 15 21 TERM Media 256 Elective CREDIT HOURS '87 j 3 90 Learning Resources Centres Special Instructional ' Aids Instructional Media Productions The M e d i a Specialist Education and training in Technical Applications IV OR Students must demonstrate progress in a small ensemble performance situation or as a soloist in their second year before the Associate in Arts and S c i e n c e Diploma will be awarded A p proximately eight hours per week for rehearsal should be allocated in the students timetable. Students must play in a prescribed number of concerts, to be determined by the music faculty. N.B.: Those students who wish to enter Theory 100 should know the Rudiments of Theory ( M u s i c 010). Students who d o not have enough background in theory will be required to take M u s i c 010. Music Programs Capilano College offers three music programs: The C o m mercial Music Program, the Music Therapy Program and the Music Transfer Program. Most c o u r s e s are open to part-time students. Music Transfer Program Commercial Music Program This program is designed for students who desire to go on to a degree program at a Canadian University. All courses in this program carry transfer to the M u s i c Department of the University of B.C. Transferability has also been arranged with the Faculty of Music at the University of Victoria. The program consists of a liberal arts education and s p e c i a l i z e d music training, including theory, history, and applied music. This program offers the aspiring jazz musician an in-depth grounding in his field. The working musician will also gain deeper understanding and practice of his craft as a part-time student. Six theory courses offer a thorough insight into the tonal period and 20th century techniques. Orchestration and arranging courses will enable the student to use his/her theoretical knowledge in more practical ways. Improvisation and Private M u s i c Instruction courses develop the soloistic performance of the student. Ensemble courses will permit the student to experience work in a large stage band or in smaller jazz ensembles. ASSOCIATE IN ARTS AND SCIENCE DIPLOMA CREDIT HOURS Major Program Requirements 75 FIRSTTERM Music 100 Theory V 3 Music 150 Ensemble 3 M u s i c 193 History of J a z z 1.5 Music 164 Private M u s i c Instruction 1.5 Music 176 Improvisation 1.5 Music 180 C l a s s Piano 1.5 Music 178 Repertoire 3 M u s i c 198 Improvisation Ensemble 1.5 Music 195 C o m m e r c i a l Relations in M u s i c 3 10 5 SECOND TERM M u s i c 101 Theory VI 3 Music 151 Ensemble 3 Music 165 Private M u s i c Instruction 1.5 Music 181 C l a s s Piano 1.5 Music 177 Improvisation 1.5 M u s i c 179 Repertoire 3 Music 158 Orchestration...' 3 Music 194 History of Rock 1.5 Music 199 Improvisation E n s e m b l e . . . 1.5 19.5 THIRD T E R M M u s i c 200 Theory VII 3 Music 252 Ensemble 3 Music 264 Private Music Instruction 1.5 Music 270 Arranging 3 Music 280 C l a s s Piano 1.5 M u s i c 254 Repertoire 3 M u s i c 276 Improvisation 1.5 Music 298 Improvisation Ensemble. . 1 . 5 FOURTH T E R M Music 201 M u s i c 253 M u s i c 265 M u s i c 271 M u s i c 281 Music 255 M u s i c 277 M u s i c 299 1 8 0 Theory VIII 3 Ensemble 3 Private M u s i c Instruction 1-5 Arranging 3 C l a s s Piano 1.5 Repertoire 3 Improvisation 1.5 Improvisation Ensemble. . . 1 -5 18.0 ASSOCIATE IN ARTS AND SCIENCE DIPLOMA CREDIT LAB HOURS HOURS Major Program Requirements 60 24 General Education Requirements 24 84 24 LAB HOURS 20 FIRST TERM English 2 1 M u s i c 120 M u s i c 150 M u s i c 164 M u s i c 162 1 M u s i c 262 M u s i c 180 M u s i c 256 Elective Any transferable English course History I Ensemble Private M u s i c Instruction C l a s s Strings or C l a s s Woodwinds C l a s s Piano Theory III C h o s e n in consultation with the Co-ordinator . 4 S E C O N D TERM English 2 1 Music 121 Music 151 Music 165 1 M u s i c 163 Music 263 M u s i c 181 Music 257 Elective 4 2 1 Any transferable English course History II Ensemble Private M u s i c Instruction C l a s s Strings or C l a s s Woodwinds C l a s s Piano Theory IV C h o s e n in consultation with the Co-ordinator 3 3 3 1 1.5 3 1 1.5 3 2 2 3 21 6 3 3 3 1 1 5 1 5 2 3 1 3 . 2 3_ 21 6 THIRD TERM 2 1 6 2 1 English 200 Music 100 Music 252 Music 162 Literature to 1660 Theory V Ensemble C l a s s Strings or 3 3 3 2 1 M u s i c 262 Music 190 Music 164 C l a s s Woodwinds History III Private M u s i c Instruction C l a s s Piano C h o s e n in consultation with the Co-ordinator 3 3 1 1.5 1.5 2 3_ 21 6 Music 280 Elective 2 1 6 46 FOURTH TERM English 201 M u s i c 101 M u s i c 252 M u s i c 163 or M u s i c 263 M u s i c 191 M u s i c 265 M u s i c 281 Elective Literature since 1660 Theory VI Ensemble C l a s s Strings ASSOCIATE IN ARTS AND SCIENCE DIPLOMA CREDIT LAB HOURS HOURS CREDIT LAB HOURS HOURS ... 3 3 2 3 1 C l a s s Woodwinds History IV Private M u s i c Instruction C l a s s Piano C h o s e n in consultation with the Co-ordinator 3 3 Major program requirements General program requirements 1 16 All students entering music therapy must: 1. Comply with the general college entrance requirements. 2. Participate in an interview with the M u s i c Co-ordinator and a music therapy instructor. 3. Play an audition on his/her concentration instrument. 4. Take a theory placement test. Full acceptance into the Therapy option may be conditional on an adequate background in music and psychology and will be determined by the M u s i c faculty. In addition to the M u s i c Therapy coursework, appropriate music and psychology courses (to a maximum of 19.5 credit hours per semester) may be prescribed. S o m e of the extra-musical c o u r s e s may include: Human Development 155 Special Education 262 Medical Terminology-Anatomy & Physiology 162-3 Social Psychology 200 Psychology 100 Psychology of Aging 205 Theory of Personality 220 Abnormal Psychology 222 Sociology of the Arts 222 Social Structures 100 Concepts & Theories of Society 101 The following group of courses will provide Musicians with the knowledge and e x p e r i e n c e necessary for using m u s i c therapeutically with handicapped people of all ages. CREDIT LAB SEMESTER I HOURS HOURS 1.6 1.6 2 3 21 64.5 3 6 Both the commercial and music transfer programs offer students enrolled in other College programs a continuing education in music and elective credit. Numerous music courses are available for part-time students. All applicants for either the Career or M u s i c transfer Programs must do the following: 1. Comply with general admission requirements of Capilano College. 2. Participate in a private interview with the Co-ordinator of Music. 3. Write a theory placement examination. Applicants for the Commercial M u s i c Program must also: 1. Play an audition on their major instrument. N O T E : All Music students are expected to pay a lab fee. Information about amounts of lab fees will be available at the time of registration. All interviews, auditions, and placement tests will be held in May and August of 1977. Interested persons are asked to phone the Capilano College Music Department 986-1911 for further details. M u s i c 110 Music 140 Music 164 Music 176 M u s i c 366 Music 142 Music Therapy Program This program trains students to use music as a therapeutic medium in a variety of treatment settings. M u s i c therapists can be employed in psychiatric settings, schools and homes for retarded children and adults, general hospitals, facilities for handicapped people, correctional institutions, extended care units and geriatric hospitals, schools for emotionally disturbed and behaviour problem children as well as centres concentrating on preventitive medicine such as human growth and awareness institutes. SEMESTER 2 Music 102 Music 111 Music 141 Music 165 Students will be introduced to several established therapeutic models, will develop their musical and interpersonal skills, and apply these developing skills in practicum settings involving psychiatric, special education and chronic treatment for preschool children, adolescent, adults and geriatrics. Practicum work will be done at a number of centres including: Riverview Hospital; U.B.C. Psychiatric Day Care; The Maples; V G H Vanfield Extended Care; Jericho Hill School for the blind and deaf; the U.B.C. Pre-School for Special Children; the Burnaby Mental Health Pre-School Plus. Music 361 Music Appreciation Music Therapy 1 Private M u s i c Instruction Improvisation Practicum 1 Human Growth and Development in M u s i c Interpersonal Skills for M u s i c Therapists Music Appreciation Music Therapy II Private M u s i c Instruction Practicum II 3 3 1 1 1.5 15 6 -5 2 3 18 4.5 1.5 3 3 15 6 "T5 SEMESTER 3 Music 240 Music 264 Music 362 Music 242 Students will be expected to synthesize personal therapeutic approaches from their own values and abilities, as well as from the course information offered. Graduates will be equipped to design music therapy programs for any age group with mental, physical or emotional disabilities. The graduates can expect to work in such settings as schools, group homes, small treatment centre, or provincial treatment institutions, offering psychiatric, special education and some physiotherapy programs. M u s i c therapists should expect to earn salaries comparable with occupational therapists, psychiatric nurses, clinical psychologists depending on their delegated amount of responsibility on a therapeutic team. Music 243 SEMESTER 4 Music 241 Music 265 M u s i c 363 Music 364 M u s i c 244 Note: This program will be offered upon final approval from the Ministry of Education. 47 Music Therapy Techniques Private M u s i c Instruction Practicum III M u s i c Through the Creative Arts Abnormal Psychology for M u s i c T h e r a p i s t s . . . Professional Development. Private M u s i c Instruction Practicum IV Clinical Orientation G r o u p D y n a m i c s for Music Therapists - 1 .5 2 ""a? 3 1.5 6 .5 2 1.5 3 "15" 1 3.5 3 1 1.5 6 3 2 1 .5 3 1 16.5 ~TE The program will provide the graduate with skills required to plan and operate good outdoor recreation programs and to manage facilities and recreational land and water resources. Skills in summer, winter, and aquatic wilderness leadership will be developed in the skills development courses. Emphasis is placed on experience in the field situation. The program commences with a ten day backpacking expedition which serves as a lab for classroom work. Other trips are placed throughout the program. Outdoor Recreation Programs Each student's particular program concentration will be d e c i d e d in consultation with the program co-ordinator. Flexibility in the second year of the program enables students to specialize in their areas of interest. Students will be required to take first aid as part of their skills development program and will be required to pay an additional levy to cover partial costs of equipment, field trips, and skills development courses. In the fieldwprk courses, student attitude and leadership capacity will be taken into account in the instructor's evaluation profile. S p e c i a l i z e d interest areas in the program include parks and recreation area management, ski area management, leadership and programming, and environmental education. Students acquire working skills in specialized areas during their practicum placements. Outdoor Recreation is playing an increasingly important role in the social and economic life of British Columbia. A n increase in available leisure time and public interest in the preservation of natural areas have increased the need for qualified, well-trained graduates capable of planning and directing recreation programs, facilities and teaching outdoor activity skills. Applicants for the Outdoor Recreation Management Program should familiarize themselves with the following admission requirements: 1. 2. Outdoor Recreation Management Program 3. The Capilano College Outdoor Recreation Management Program trains Para-Professionals to work effectively in a variety of outdoor recreation employment situations Resource and facility management job opportunities exist in Provincial, and Municipal Park and Recreation agencies and in ski areas. Leadership, instructional and programming job opportunities exist in a variety of community, private and government agencies. Arrange an interview with the Co-ordinator of the program. (Interviews are held throughout the year.) In order to be considered for the program, applicants must be at least nineteen years of age at the date of entry into the program. After the interview, the Co-ordinator of the Outdoor Recreation Management Program will request the following documentation: a) At least two letters of reference, b) High school or Post-Secondary education transcripts where applicable, c) A letter of application, including a resume of past experiences, d) A doctor's certificate of health, including a chest x-ray. 48 ASSOCIATE IN ARTS AND SCIENCE DIPLOMA Major Program Requirements General Education Requirements CREDIT LAB HOURS HOURS 54.5 25 12 66.5 25 FIRST TERM C m n s 150 Recreation 150 Recreation 152 Recreation 154 Recreation 160 Recreation 161 Recreation 166 SECOND Basic Communications . . Outdoor Recreation » Areas Introduction to Outdoor Recreation Outdoor Recreation Facilities Physical Fitness in Theory and Practice Wilderness Backpacking I Environmental Education 3 3 2 3 Recreation 151 Recreation 153 Recreation 157 Recreation 159 Recreation 163 Recreation 164 THIRD TERM B S M G 173 Recreation 250 Recreation 254 Recreation 257 Recreation 259 FOURTH T E R M B S M G 175 Recreation 255 Communications in Recreation Outdoor Recreation Environments Work, Leisure and . Society Skills Development Outdoor Recreation Administration Wilderness First A i d I Nordic Skiing Organization Communications Outdoor Recreation Ecology Outdoor Recreation Program Planning Residential C a m p Management lab Introduction to Landscape Design and Techniques Skills Development Organizational Behaviour Outdoor Recreation Practicum Students will enroll in one course per term, and must successfully complete each course in order to continue in the program. Students must also obtain a B grade or better in order to progress to the next course. It is necessary that activity skills and leadership qualities be high in outdoor activities where leaders are responsible for peoples' lives. A student receiving a " C " grade may repeat the course or show proficiency in that activity during the following appropriate term, before continuing in the program. This must be arranged with the consent of the program Co-ordinator and the course Instructor. The period of Log Book Experience is undertaken in the spring or summer of the third term. The log book must be satisfactorily completed in order to achieve college certification. 3 3 A n additional fee is charged for each course to cover field trips and equipment costs. 3 3 2 18 2 TERM C m n s 154 followed by a third term course of Log Book experience (Practicum). Field trips are scheduled on weekends with classroom lectures on weekday evenings. WILDERNESS LEADERSHIP WILDERNESS NORDIC SKIING OPTION 3 CAPILANO C O L L E G E CERTIFICATE CREDIT HOURS —1|. 3 2 Major Requirements 3 1.5 3 WILDERNESS NORDIC SKIING OPTION FIRST TERM Recreation 161 Wilderness Backpacking I . . Recreation 163 Wilderness First Aid I Recreation 164 Wilderness Nordic Skiing I . 3 3 3 19.5 SECOND 5 TERM 3 Recreation 263 Wilderness First A i d II Recreation 264 Wilderness Nordic Skiing II 3 3 3 3 3 3 THIRD TERM Recreation 360 2 Log Book Experience 3 WILDERNESS CANOEING OPTION CAPILANO C O L L E G E CERTIFICATE 3 1.5 2 2 1.5 12.5 3 3_ 11 Major Program Requirements 18 18 WILDERNESS CANOEING OPTION RRST TERM Recreation 161 Wilderness Backpacking I . . Recreation 162 WildernessCanoeing I Recreation 163 Wilderness First Aid I SECOND 3 9_ 12 3 3 3 TERM Recreation 262 Wilderness Canoeing II Recreation 263 Wilderness First Aid II — 3 3 THIRD TERM Recreation 360 Log Book Experience 3 WILDERNESS BACKPACKING OPTION CAPILANO C O L L E G E CERTIFICATE Major Program Requirements Wilderness Leadership Program 15 15 WILDERNESS BACKPACKING OPTION The Wilderness Leadership Program is designed for the individual currently involved in recreation leadership, either as a vocation or as an avocation The goal of the program is to provide a means by which individuals realize Wilderness Leadership roles with confidence, safety and a sense of responsibility. Recreation 161 Wilderness Backpacking I . . Recreation 163 Wilderness First Aid I SECOND TERM Recreation 261 Wilderness Backpacking II Recreation 263 Wilderness First Aid II The courses are activity-oriented, based on the theory that wilderness leadership can best be promoted by experience over time. Each of the three program areas (Nordic, Canoeing and Backpacking) are covered over a three term period. Students gain experience during two terms of instruction, 3 3 . 3 3 THIRD TERM Recreation 360 Log Book Experience 49 3 Fashion 155 Retail Fashion Program Fashion 150 Fashion 170 Fashion 176 Although further on-the-job training is a s s u m e d once the student is in the field, the course provides in-depth experiences in all major areas of the fashion scene. Many different courses are recommended within the framework of the program to tailor the learning situation to the students' interests and needs Students who have had equivalent post-secondary courses may make arrangements with an advisor to substitute electives in lieu of prescribed courses. Electives in Art and Business programs are recommended. There will be a $10.00 lab fee charged for Fashion 153, 172, 176, 177, 256 and 265. The optional fourth hour mentioned in the following outline of courses indicates a student/instructor contact, other than an office hour, when a student may have course enrichment. This may take the form of assignment assistance, tutorials, field trips, special speakers or practical work. Basically, it is time programmed right into the Retail Fashion's time-table. Graduates of this program will have skills and knowledge necessary to enter a career in manufacturing, merchandising, or the promotion of fashion. ASSOCIATE IN ARTS AND SCIENCE DIPLOMA CREDIT HOURS Major Program Requirements 78 General Education Requirements 6 8 FIRST TERM C m n s 150 Fashion 152 Fashion 154 Basic Communications Fashion Work Experience I Personal Development for the Fashion Employee 4 3 3 3 3 3 History of Western Fashion Clothing Design and C o n struction I 21 SECOND TERM Cmns 151 Fashion 153 Fashion 172 The Retail Fashion program prepares students for direct employment in the field of fashion. The program relates directly to the existing fashion merchandising situation by presenting d e t a i l e d b a c k g r o u n d c o u r s e s , pertinent merchandising techniques, and practical on-the-job training. Basic Clothing Construction Methods Fashion and the Consumer Fashion 173 Fashion 177 Fashion 252 Fashion 256 Business Writing Fashion Illustration Fabrics for the Fashion Industry History of Furniture Clothing Design and C o n struction II Fashion Work Experience II Fashion Modelling 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 21 THIRDTERM CREDIT HOURS Essentials of Bookkeeping I 3 Non-Textiles and accessories 3 Organizational ComBus. Mgmt. 173 munications 3 Fashion 257 Merchandise Display 3 Fashion 259 Fashion Merchandising 3 Bus. Mgmt. 271 Retailing 3 Fashion 260 Fashion Work Experience III 3_ 21 FOURTH TERM Office Training 150 Fashion 258 Office Training 151 Fashion 259 Fashion 251 Bus. Mgmt. 230 Essentials of Bookkeeping II Fashion Merchandising 3 3 Fashion Promotion Salesmanship 3 3 Bus. Mgmt. 210 Small Business Mgmt 3 Fashion 261 Fashion Work Experience IV 3 Fashion 264 Introduction to Interior Design 3 NOTE: 21 For mature students with relevant fashion work experience an elective may be substituted for Fashion Work Experience upon consultation and approval of the Program Co-ordinator. O p e n courses are available to other than full time Retail Fashion students with the Co-ordinator's approval. • Chemical and Metallurgical Technology Program Through an arrangement with the Engineering Division of the British C o l u m b i a Institute of Technology the first year of a two year technology program may be obtained at Capilano College. Upon successful completion of a first year science program at Capilano College and two additional lab courses, a student may transfer to B.C.l.T. for the second and final year of the diploma program in C h e m i c a l and Metallurgical Technology. Students in this program will also take two additional chemistry lab courses. One course is a laboratory workshop and the other a course in C h e m i c a l Laboratory Techniques. These courses may be offered in the evening, during the day or during the summer. Persons interested in this program are to arrange for an interview with the Division Chairperson, Natural Sciences to determine the program of science courses to be taken at Capilano C o l l e g e in the first year. The program in C h e m i c a l and Metallurgical Technology provides instruction to those men and women wishing to enter the process industries — either in the laboratory, in the production department, in the Engineering department or in the technical sales department. A s the technology encompasses a broad range of industries and sciences, the training emp h a s i z e d mathematics, physics, and chemistry, and their application to general problems recurring in the chemical process industries, rather than to specific problems peculiar to a single industry. Consequently, the first year is general, but a Unit Processes course and a workshop course are unique to this program. In the second year the curriculum provides considerable analytical laboratory practice, together with s u c h production and engineering training as unit operations, process dynamics and unit projects. Typical of the chemical process industries that will engage graduates from the program are oil refineries, chlorine and caustic soda producers — beet and cane sugar refiners, cement producers, lime and gypsum producers, plastic and resin producers; copper, lead, z i h c and other metal smelters; aluminum, iron and steel, magnesium, and bronze smelters, metal fabricators and heat treaters, pulp and paper mills, and cellulose chemical producers, and mining companies engaged in both exploration and production Typical of the positions graduates would seek upon entering industry would be as chemist and analysts in research, commercial, and industrial laboratories, as engineering assistants in engineering departments of industrial and consulting companies, as production supervisor trainees in production plants, as technical sales trainees in the sales departments of chemical process industries or equipment manufacturers, or as specialists in waste disposal and pollution treatment. Vocational Programs COUNSELLING SERVICES Assistance and guidance is provided to those people interested in the types of programs available. Gary Siegrist, the Career Program Counsellor, is available to students who may have concerns about personal difficulties or questions relating to a c a d e m i c and career choices. Capilano College is offering Vocational Programs and Upgrading Courses under an agreement with the Department of Education, Province of British Columbia. The purpose of Vocational Education is to provide courses in business, the skilled trades, service occupations and commercial art to adults requiring s p e c i a l i z e d training as well as providing a service to employers throughout the Province. FEES GENERAL ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS F e e s for all pre-employment training courses are $15.00 per month. Applicants should be: (a) 16 years of age or over: (b) possess an interest in, and aptitude for, that particular occupation. Adults who have been 01 ol the public school system for more than a year are encouiaged to apply for training even if they are unable to meet the educational requirements outlined for a particular program or course, as other factors s u c h as work experience and maturity will be taken into consideration. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE PRE-EMPLOYMENT AND FULL-TIME UPGRADING PROGRAMS Prospective students who have been out of the regular school systems one year or more should seek counsel at the nearest Canada Manpower Centre, as under certain conditions training costs and income replacement may be provided to sponsored students. Persons not eligible for sponsorship by C a n a d a Manpower should s e e the Career Program Counsellor to determine other sources of financial assistance. All students who successfully complete vocational courses and who desire to apply credit for these courses towards a College Certificate or Diploma should contact a counsellor at the College. At the time of this Calendar compilation, income allowances paid to eligible adults under the terms specified by the Department of Manpower and Immigration are outlined below. A p plicants are advised to consult their local C a n a d a Manpower Centre for further information. Basic Allowance Regular Allowance One Dependent Two Dependents Three Dependents Four or More Dependents $44.00 per $68.00 per $82.00 per $90.00 per $100.00 per $109.00 per week week week week week week Under certain applicable conditions financial assistance may be obtained from a variety of agencies s u c h as Worker's C o m pensation, Social Welfare, Indian Affairs, and others. Enquiries should be address to the agencies concerned. Under certain conditions Unemployment Insurance benefits may be paid to students not eligible to receive C a n a d a Manpower training allowances. Consult Manpower Centres for full information. Manpower sponsored students who are enrolled in programs spanning the Christmas - New Year period may lose their wage-replacement allowance for up to four days due to closure of the institution. PROGRAMS OFFERED Although several additional vocational programs and upgrading c o u r s e s are being c o n s i d e r e d by the College, in consultation with the Ministry of Education, the following programs will be offered in the 1978/79 terms. Please consult the Registrar's office of the College for further information about new c o u r s e s and programs offered by the College. B a s i c Training Skills Development (B.T.S.D.) Basic J o b Readiness Training (B.J.R.T.) Career Alternatives Program (C.A.P.) Business Office Training Accounting Clerk — 6 months Bookkeeping — 4 months Upgrading — 6 weeks - 4 months Clerk Typist — 4 months Legal Stenographer — 8 month Vocational Program Legal Stenographer Upgrading — 4 month Vocational Program Medical Office Assistant — 8 month Vocational Program 52 The Business Office Training programme has a monthly intake of students. Prospective students should contact the Business Training and Career Development Department for more information and to place their names on the waiting list. Basic Training Skills Development (B.T.S.D.) Record Keeping Office Machines Human Relations Dicta-typing Business English Filing Mailing Receptionist Duties Career Planning Clerk Typist X X X X X X X X X X Bookkeeper X X X X X X X X X X X Accounting X X X X x X X X X X X Bookkeeping Typing The purpose of this program is to provide the opportunity for mature students to attain the equivalency of either Grade 8, 10 .or 12 in Mathematics, Science and English. This program will enable the student to qualify for employment or for vocational training. C o u r s e s are directed toward vocational goals. Instruction, is to a large degree, individualized. Students may be enrolled at the beginning of any month throughout the year. During the first month the interests, goals and previous educational experience are considered in determining which of the three levels is appropriate for the student. The program consists of the following three levels in Mathematics, Science and English: B.T.S.D. Level 2 - equivalent to Grade 8 B.T.S.D. Level 3 - equivalent to Grade 10 B.T.S.D. Level 4 - equivalent to Grade 12 Accounting Subjects Taken in E a c h Programme (approximately 6 months per level) X Legal Stenographer Basic Job Readiness Training (B.J.R.T.) VOCATIONAL - 8 M O N T H S The exacting field of law offers excellent career opportunities for students graduating as legal stenographers. Employment opportunities are plentiful since experienced office a s s i s t a n c e is not always readily available and busy lawyers to not have the time to train personnel themselves. VOCATIONAL — 8 W E E K S This program is designed to help individuals who have had difficulty in getting and keeping a job. It provides an opportunity for participants to learn about employment and training options. A s well, students will a s s e s s themselves and their skills; gain information about community resources; and spend two weeks on work practicums. Potential students should contact their local C a n a d a Manpower Centre Representative. The 8-month Legal Stenographer program at Capilano College covers three main categories of information: c o u r s e s which provide a fundamental understanding of the legal system in B.C.; shorthand and typing; and legal office procedures. Students should contact the college in early spring for September intake. CAPILANO C O L L E G E CERTIFICATE 39.0 CREDIT HOURS Career Alternatives Program (C.A.P.) FIRST T E R M (4 months CREDIT HOURS (Typing and Shorthand c o u r s e s will be assigned according to students' present level) 7.5 Office Legal M a c h i n e Training 180 Transcription 15 Office Directed Training 300 Work Experience 1 Communications Basic 150 Communications 3 Legal Studies Basic Litigation 152 Procedures 1 1.5 Legal Studies Basic Corporate 153 Procedures 1 1.5 Legal Studies 154 Land Registry S y s t e m . . . . 1.5 Legal Studies 157 Wills and Probate 1.5 Legal Studies Legal Office 176 Procedures I Z C A R E E R ALTERNATIVES P R O G R A M Vocational - 4 month Part time Program This program provides an opportunity for women to a s s e s s their current life styles and set goals based on their individual skills and interests. Participants develop their oral and written communication skills; get information about training and employment options; increase their confidence and self awareness through discussion and exercises. The c l a s s e s are held two mornings per week. In addition students have the option of spending one week in a directed work experience and taking an elective from any of the courses offered by the College. 2 2 0 LAB HOURS 8 S E C O N D T E R M (4 Months) (Typing and Shorthand c o u r s e s will be assigned according to students' present level) 6 Office Training M a c h i n e Transcription 181 ' (Legal) 15 Office Training Shorthand S p e e d 174 Development 3 Office Training Directed Work 301 Experience 1 Communications 151 Business Writing 3 Legal Studies Basic C o n v e y a n c e & 155 Mortgage P : j o e d u r e s . . .1.5 Legal Studies Basic Corporate 156 Procedures II 1.5 Legal Studies Basic Litigation 158 Procedures II 1.5 Legal Studies Legal Office 177 Procedures II ^3 .j. Additional typing credits will be assigned 2*-.Q 8 Business Office Training The Business Training and Career Development Department offers comprehensive Business Office Training with a Bookkeeping, Accounting Clerk, or Clerk-Typist specialty. In addition a general upgrading programme is available for people who already have clerical skills. Students interested in any of the specialties do a c o m m o n month of training in Typing, R e c o r d Keeping, Business English, Business Arithmetic, and Human Relations; before they proceed to take training in their program option. The Clerk-Typist Program normally involves 4 months of training, the Bookkeeper - 4 months, and the Accounting Clerk 6 months. Students may complete the programme in more or 'ess time depending upon their progress. 53 Communications 151 Office Training 180/181 Office Training 166 Office Training 252 VOCATIONAL • 8 M O N T H S Graduates from the Medical Office Assistant Program have a variety of employment options such as: Medical R e c o r d s Clerk, Ward Clerk, Medical Assistant, Medical Stenographer, Receptionist, Admitting Clerk, Laboratory Assistant. All applicants will have the opportunity to meet with the Program Co-ordinator prior to registration to meet with the Program Co-ordinator prior to registration to a s s e s s whether or not they have personal qualities and clerical skills n e c e s s a r y to be a s u c c e s s f u l Medical Office Assistant. Applicants to this program must have typing speed of 45 w.p.m. Students should contact the College in early spring for September intake. Office Training 301 Health 159 Health 161 Health 163 CAPILANO C O L L E G E CERTIFICATE 45.0 CREDIT HOURS FIRSTTERM Communications 150 Office Training 162 Office Training 180/181 Office Training 165 Office Training 300 Health 158 Health 160 Health 162 Health 164 CREDIT HOURS Basic Communications Typing II Machine Transcription (Medical) Typing S p e e d Development Directed Work Experience Medical Office Procedures Introduction to Health C a r e Anatomy and Physiology Medical Terminology CREDIT HOURS SECOND TERM Medical Office Assistant Health 165 LAB HOURS 3 4.5 1.5 1.5 2 3 3 3 3 24.5 54 Business Writing Machine Transcription (Medical) Typing S p e e d Development Office and Organizational Dynamics Directed Work Experience Medical Office Procedures II Introduction to Health C a r e II Anatomy and Physiology II Medical Terminology II 3 1.5 1.5 3 2 3 3 3 3 23 LAB HOURS 55 Community Education/Services work with other community agencies (educational and social service) to design community development educational programs which aim at making the community a better place to live, or assist individuals and groups to overcome economic and other obstacles, or help people to solve community problems. Such programs may deal with family life education, volunteer skills training, training programs for personnel in social service or other community agencies, and community action programs Capilano College exists to provide its district communities with the broadest possible range of educational sen/ices. Many residents of North and West Vancouver and Howe Sound school districts take advantage of the C o l l e g e ' s extensive offerings of post-secondary accredited courses and programs in A c a d e m i c Studies and Career/Vocational training. Others look to Capilano College to respond to their educational needs of a different nature. S u c h needs may be for specialized training in career skills, programs in personal development, leadership and assistance in solving community problems, learning how to use leisure time effectively, and programs which contribute to the enrichment of the cultural, intellectual and social life of the community. the C o l l e g e will assist in organization of public meetings, seminars and other presentations on subjects of current community concern and interest. Film series, concerts and other cultural events are presented where such events can complement other programs in the community. Community non-profit groups are invited to use the C o l l e g e facilities when available for special meetings or events. The C o l l e g e is committed and e q u i p p e d to provide such c o m munity education services. It aims to do this by involving itself, through the Community Education Division, in the everyday life of the community, to discover new needs for educational activities. A s a result of this involvement the College expects and is prepared to work with individuals and groups to organize courses, workshops, seminars and conferences, or less formal activities such as public meetings, concerts, lectures and other events on a variety of subjects. In short, the College wishes to find out what people want to learn and how they want to learn it. public and private organizations are invited to use the services and facilities of the C o l l e g e ' s Conference Centre to arrange conference activities for sharing information on current business concerns, organizational and technological change, and social issues. The C o l l e g e can provide program design and administrative services as well as facilities for conferences The three divisions of the C o l l e g e (Academic Studies, Career/Vocational and Community Education) share responsibility for program design and instruction. The more formal community education activities, such as courses and seminars, are non-credit in nature, that is they do not carry college postsecondary accreditation or certification. They are further characterized by being generally shorter in length than regular credit courses, and more concentrated in their schedules of presentation. Other than occasional provision for informal assignments, there are no requirements for evaluation, assessment and grading. SQUAMISH AND HOWE SOUND The College wishes to ensure that residents of all its district communities have convenient a c c e s s to its programs and services. In 1973, Squamish residents were provided with the first of a series of regular College credit courses. A program of such courses is now offered every Fall and Spring semester. In 1975, the College opened its Squamish Learning and Information C e n tre, which now accommodates the credit program, provides educational and community information services and allows Howe Sound residents to arrange for Counselling services A s needs and interests are identified, a variety of non-credit courses and other activities will be offered in Squamish and other Howe Sound communities to complement both the C o l l e g e ' s credit program and the Howe Sound Adult Education and Recreation programs. For ease of identification the program and service activities which comprise the C o l l e g e ' s community education activities are grouped as follows:- working with the business and professional communities in the public and private sector to identify short and long-term needs for training of employed persons The C o l l e g e is prepared to design and present custom-made courses and seminars in small business management and operation, management and supervisory skill development, and continuing professional education. INFORMATION ABOUT COMMUNITY EDUCATION Capilano College Community Education activities are a d vertised by means of brochures distributed periodically throughout the School Districts, as well as through newspaper advertising and directed mail. Community members are invited to contact the Community Education Division any time to determine current offerings or to suggest how the College can assist them with their learning needs and interests 986-1911 local 321 programs of non-credit short courses and workshops in the Creative and Liberal Arts and Leisure/Recreation for personal enrichment and enjoyment. 56 Students should c h e c k the transfer status of s u c h c o u r s e s at Registration, before enrolling. 3. Students may register only for those subjects in which they have p a s s e d the pre-requisite c o u r s e s or their equivalent. In unusual c a s e s a pre-requisite may be waived in writing by the Co-ordinator of the subject field. Pre-requisite Waiver Forms for this purpose are available in the Registrar's Office. 4. If no pre-requisites are listed in the Calendar, the course has no pre-requisite for admission. Course Numbering System No. 001-099 — Make-up c o u r s e s , including community service courses and c o u r s e s (or a series of courses) in preparation for specific certification outside the College. These are not transferable to university. No. 100-149 — C o u r s e s normally taken in the first college year of a university transfer program. C o u r s e s are transferable (with occasional exceptions — c h e c k transfer guide page 105) to the three B.C. universities. No. 150-199 — C o u r s e s normally taken in the first college year of a Career Program. These are not transferable to university, unless so stated in the c o u r s e description. No. 200-249 — C o u r s e s normally taken in the s e c o n d college year of a program for university transfer. No. 250-297 — C o u r s e s normally taken in the s e c o n d college year of a Career Program. These are not transferable to university, unless so stated in the course description. No. 198, 199, 298 and 299 — Reserved for special projects usually carried after consultation and with written permission of the subject Co-ordinator. No. 300-309 — Workshops, laboratory courses, field work, etc. when taken apart from a specific theoretical c o u r s e . Class Descriptions CODE On the right hand side of each class description, there is a series of code letters and number, for example: Mathematics X Y Z C a l c u l u s (F)(3,0,0) Chemistry M N P BioChemislry (F,S)(3,3,0) Psychology A B C Abnormal (F,S,SUX3,0,1) Interpretation: The first letter(s) indicate the Term in which the class will be offered. E x a m p l e : F - F a l l , S - S p r i n g , S U - S u m m e r . Thus, Mathematics X Y Z is to be offered in the Fall term; Chemistry M N P , is to be offered in the Fall and Spring term; Psychology A B C , is to be offered in Fall, Spring and Summer term. NOTE: Students planning to take a c a d e m i c c o u r s e s should carefully note the following: 1. There are a few c o u r s e s which, though a c a d e m i c in nature, are not intended to be transferable to the universities. Credits earned for such c o u r s e s count toward an A s s o c i a t e in Arts and S c i e n c e Diploma. These are designated: " T h i s course is not transferable to university." S e e Transfer Guide page 105. 2. There is a number of new c o u r s e s for which transfer status is being negotiated at the time of printing the Calendar, but for which transferability has not yet been granted. S u c h c o u r s e s are designated: "University transfer credit being applied for." The first number indicates the number of credit hours granted for the course and the number of hours taught per week, the second number denotes the number of lab hours per week, and the third number denotes the number of seminar/tutorial/4th instructional hours per week. Thus, Psychology A B C , is offered three times a week for three hours with no lab time and with one hour per week of seminar/tutorial. Chemistry M N P , is offered for three hours per week with three hours of lab per week with no seminar/tutorials. 6i 58 Art Anthropology Students who intend to major or minor in Anthropology should take both Anthropology 120 and 121 if they will be attending the University of British Columbia, Simon Fraser University or University of Victoria. Anthropology 200, 202 a n d 204 receive unassigned Anthropology credit at the above universities. Anthropology 249 receives Anthropology credit at the University of Victoria and S . F . U . ANTHROPOLOGY 120 - INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL A N THROPOLOGY (F,S) (3,0,1) A survey of the discipline to include the study of human evolution and our place among the primates; structure and organization of society and the individual and society. Emphasis will b e placed on the comparative study of social institutions of non-Western cultures. PRE-REQUISITES Where pre-requisites are indicated it should be understood that these may be waived in writing by either the Program C o ordinator or the instructor concerned when it is felt that a student p o s s e s s e s the ability to cope with the requirements of any given course ANTHROPOLOGY 121 - INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL A N THROPOLOGY (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Anthropology 120 or by written permission of the Instructor. FOURTH INSTRUCTIONAL HOUR An examination of anthropological concepts and theories of culture, as well as the analysis of cultural institutions s u c h as kinship, economics, religion and politics. A N T H R O P O L O G Y 200 THROPOLOGY (F) (3,0,1) INTERMEDIATE A n additional and optional fourth hour of instruction will be offered in each three credit hour course but will not necessarily follow the regular three hour instructional period. This extra educational opportunity may take the form of a workshop, seminar, field-trip or similar activity, at the discretion of each instructor and as circumstances allow. Students should understand that fourth hour activities will not be a factor in determining final grades. Attendance will be on a voluntary basis. SOCIAL A N - Pre-requisite: Anthropology 120 or by written permission of the Instructor. A study of the social structure and organization of various cultures of the world. Emphasis on the dynamics of culture, the cross-cultural approach, and theoretical issues in anthropology. HISTORY O F ART C O U R S E S Students in the Art Program may wish to consider the following courses offered elsewhere in this Calendar under, "Fine Arts". Fine Arts 100, Fine Arts 101, Fine Arts 200 and Fine Arts 2 0 1 , and Fine Arts 210. These courses provide transferability of credits to U.B.C. and to certain other institutions. A N T H R O P O L O G Y 202 - INTRODUCTION TO C U L T U R A L E C O L O G Y (s) (3,0,1) The study of people, culture, environment. Themes will include the archaeological record; ecology of early food production; adaptive strategies of hunters/gatherers, pastoralists, and peasants; current ecological c o n c e r n s from an anthropological perspective. ART 059 - POTTERY FOR BEGINNERS I (F)(3,0,1) A n introductory course for those with little or no previous experience. Instruction in the basic pottery p r o c e s s e s of clay preparation, hand building, wheelwork, application of glazes, kiln loading and firing and studio disciplines. A N T H R O P O L O G Y 204 • ETHNIC RELATIONS (F)(3,0,1) A study of the relations between ethnic groups including an examination of how ethnic groups come to be defined, how they are maintained, stereotyping, and how these processes interrelate with other social variables s u c h as economics, education, violence, and the family. The focus will usually be on B.C. Students will be engaged in some primary research. ART 060 - POTTERY FOR BEGINNERS II (s)(3,0,1) Pre-requisite: A R T 059 Further development of basic pottery skills. A n introduction to wheelwork, glaze theory and application. A N T H R O P O L O G Y 249 - C O M P A R A T I V E C U L T U R E S : A FIELD STUDY IN A N T H R O P O L O G Y / G E O G R A P H Y (SU) (3 or 6) ART 100 • INTRODUCTION TO T H E VISUAL ARTS I (I) (3,0,1) A n introduction to the c o n c e p t s of visual arts, art theories and the development of painting, sculpture and architecture b a s e d on the historical survey of Occidental Art from the pre-historic to the Gothic period. Emphasis on developing visual a w a r e n e s s and understanding of creative process, aesthetic a n d critical appreciation of formal and social aspects of visual arts a s needed by practicing artists. Pre-requisite: Anthropology 120 or by written permission of the Instructor. A n interdisciplinary c o u r s e to consider in depth a particular geographic a r e a a n d its people. Comparative institutions, cultural ecology, the landscape, methods of observation a n d study. Students and instructors study in the field; e a c h year will alternate between British C o l u m b i a / C a n a d a a n d another country. Not offered 78/79. Note: This c o u r s e combined with Art 101 carries 3 transfer units to U.B.C. 59 ART 163 - POTTERY I (F) (3,3,1) An introduction to basic p r o c e s s e s of pottery, including pinch, dug-out, coil a n d slab, elementary wheelwork, glaze theory and application, kiln loading and firing. ART 101 • INTRODUCTION T O T H E VISUAL ARTS II (s) 0,0,1) Pre-requisite: A R T 100 Further study of C o n c e p t s and development of Occidental Art. Major art movements from the late Gothic to the late 18th Century. Further investigation of the vocabulary of visual arts and the creative p r o c e s s against the socio-historical background. Note: This course combined with Art 100 carries 3 transfer units to U.B.C. ART 164 - G E N E R A L DRAWING II (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: A R T 154 Further exploration of drawing media and techniques with an emphasis on a more conceptual a n d interpretive approach, developing themes for drawings aimed at illustration a n d reproduction. Study of drawing styles a n d modes of graphic expression, interpretive stylization and distortion. Drawing with pen and ink; w a s h e s , ink and brush, felt markers, mixed media. Study of m a s s , light and dark, plane, depth and s p a c e , and their graphic representation through various drawing techniques. ART 152- LIFE DRAWING (F)(3,0,1) The study of drawing from the observation of the human figure; e x e r c i s e s in developing visual perception, memory a n d basic drawing skills. Study of the proportions of human body. Structure and action drawings with emphasis on empathy and perception of graphic elements; instinctive a n d structured rendering; developing thought-hand co-ordination. Study of line and line characteristics in pencil, pen, conte a n d c h a r c o a l techniques on newsprint, manilla and cartridge paper. Contour, cross-contour, gesture and volume drawings from draped and undraped model. Note: This course carries 1.5 transfer units to B.F.A. Studio Program at U.B.C. Note: This course carries 1.5 transfer units to the B.F.A. Studio Program at U.B.C. ART 165 • POTTERY II (S) (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: A R T 163 Further study of wheelwork with progressively more adv a n c e d shapes and designs. An introduction to glaze theory and exploration of glaze materials. ART 154 - G E N E R A L DRAWING I (F) (3,0,1) The study of primary drawing media a n d basic techniques, including pencil, pen a n d ink, and brush and ink. Study of perspective drawing from direct observation, printed reference material, a n d the imagination. Study of representational rendering techniques of objects, structures, surfaces and textures. Learning to visualize in graphic terms, symbolizing, stylizing in terms of line and line characteristics. Developing power of observation and graphic sensitivity. ART 166 • A N A T O M Y I (F) (3,0,1) The main purpose of this c o u r s e is to teach the students to draw and understand the human body. Teaching will be concentrated on drawing the bones a n d muscles to enable the students to gain insight of their functions so they will be able to apply this knowledge in their Fine a n d Applied Arts Courses. In both semesters special attention will be paid to the application of anatomical knowledge to the problems a n d functions of fashion, illustration and interior design. For this purpose we will use projections, charts and the live model. Note: This course carries 1.5 transfer units to the B.F.A. Studio Program at U.B.C. ART 158 DESIGN l(F)(3,0,1) A n introduction to the concepts and principles of visual art fundamentals with analytical and creative study of basic elements of pictorial organization. P r o c e s s and nature of visual communication, form characteristics (shape, line, value, texture, colour, mass) are investigated with reference to fine arts, crafts a n d applied arts. Exercises in creating meaningful graphic communications on set and freely c h o s e n topics will be employed. Media will include pencil, paint, ink, collage materials and mixed media. Note: This c o u r s e carries 1.5 transfer units to B.F.A. Studio Program at U . B . C Note: This course carries 1.5 transfer units to the B.F.A. Studio Program at U.B.C. ART 167 • S C U L P T U R E I (F,S)(3,3,1) The study of fundamentals of sculpture a n d three dimensional form. E x e r c i s e s in sketching and modelling in clay on the basis of direct observation from the model. The study of 3 dimensional form through the investigation of inner structure surface a n d mass. A n introduction to the p r o c e s s of plastermould makeup will be a component of the c o u r s e . ART 160 • FABRIC PRINTING I (F) (3,0,1) The study of hand printing techniques on fabrics, block printing, batik and silk-screening. U s e of these techniques for repeat yardages and wall-hangings with the addition of quilting. Study of different types of dyes. Note: This course carries 1.5 transfer units to the B.F.A. Studio Program at U.B.C. Students taking Art 174 during the Fall Term take Art 167 during the Spring and visa v e r s a ART 168 • WEAVING I (F)(3,0,1) An introduction to the materials a n d primary equipment of weaving, including spinning and dyeing, projects on the branch loom, Salish loom, board and frame weaving. The history of weaving. Weaving a tapestry. ART 161 • FABRIC PRINTING II (S)(3,0,1) The study of resist dyeing of fabrics, including tie-dye and paste resist for garments or yardages. U s e of these dyeing techniques with the addition of stitching, padding and applique for wall-hangings. ART 162 • LETTERING AND T Y P E (F) (3,0,1) Historical origins of the alphabet, numerals and letter styles. Proportion and spacing. Lettering indication in pencil, brush, chalks and felt markers. Comprehensive and reproduction lettering. ART 169 - WEAVING II (S) (3,0,1) Introduction to the mechanical loom. The basic w e a v e s a n d their derivatives, pattern drafting, gauze a n d leno weaves. A n approach to texture and colour. Garment weaving. 60 ART 178 - D E S I G N II (S) (3,0,1) ART 170 GRAPHIC A R T S I (S)(3,3,1) Pre-requisite: A R T 175 A basic course in graphic arts p r o c e s s e s , including letterpress, gravure, lithographic and silkscreen reproduction. Instruction in the technology of color reproduction by four color process and by pre-separation. Students will produce line and halftone negatives and offset plates and perform basic negative stripping operations a n d silkscreen printing. Field trips to printers and plate makers. Pre-requisite: A R T 158 ' Further study of design principles, pictorial organization, characteristics of visual form and media. Extensive study of form and colour characteristics as a means of expression and communication of moods, attitudes, and associations derived from non visual experiences. Study of form symbolism in contemporary society. Individual and group projects aimed at community and environment improvements. Introduction to three-dimensional s p a c e and form. Experiments with various materials and exploration of the principles of design a s applied to crafts, fine and applied arts. Note: This course carries 1.5 transfer units to B.F.A. Studio ART 171 • PAINTING I (F) (3,0,1) Investigation of the characteristics and possibilities of acrylic and oils through exercises and experiments dealing with paint chemistry, mixing, application and control. Development of knowledge of elements of picture making s u c h as form, c o m position and structure, colour, volume and s p a c e through projects using figurative, abstract and non-figurative themes. G r o u p and one-to-one discussions and analysis of the student's own objectives, problems regarding imagery, content, methods, scale, media and materials. Examination of traditional a n d contemporary methods and styles through slides, personal research, gallery and studio visits. Program at U.B.C. ART 182-PRINTMAKING l(F)(3,0,1) A foundation course for those with little or no experience. A n introduction to the basic techniques of hardground, softground, drypoint and aquatint. Lino, wood, relief and mono prints. Most work will be produced in black and white, with some discussion of the u s e of coloured inks. Note: This c o u r s e carries 1.5 transfer units to the B.F.A. Studio Program at U.B.C. Note: This course carries 1.5 transfer units to the B.F.A. Studio Program at U.B.C. A R T 183 - PRINTMAKING II (S)(3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Art 182 Concentrated study of black and white and colour printing methods. Study of ink formulation and grinding, single and multiple plates and the collograph. ART 172 - PAINTING II (S)(3,0,1) Students will be encouraged to be self-motivated and to develop a personal style. Continued experiment with new and traditional painting media through individual and group projects, investigating possibilities of mixed media, large scale, environmental and dimensional painting, etc. Group critiques and lectures, artist visitors and studio and gallery visits and field trips, accumulation of personal ideas and information in sketch books, preliminary sketches and series of works. Note: This c o u r s e carries 1.5 transfer units to the B.F.A. Studio Program at U.B.C. ART 184 - LIFE DRAWING II (S)(3,0,1) Pre-requisite: A R T 152 Further study of drawing from the direct observation of the human figure. E x e r c i s e s in perceiving a n d graphically interpreting the elements of plane, mass, rhythm and form; relating perceptual elements to drawing media. Reportage of visual experience and graphic interpretation of personal attitudes. Investigation of more complex drawing techniques and materials. Perceiving graphic elements in life form and action; drawing from memory a n d imaginative reflection upon visual experience. Student's individual experimentation with drawing materials related to effects aimed at. effects aimed at. Note: This course carries 1.5 transfer units to the B.F.A. Studio Program at U.B.C. A R T 174 • S C U L P T U R E II (F,S)(3,3,1) Further study and practice of sculpture, investigating threedimensional form. Introduction to wood-carving with emphasis on basic design concepts and individual expression. Note: This course carries 1.5 transfer units to the B.F.A. Studio Program at U.B.C. Note: This course carries 1.5 transfer units to B.F.A. Program at U.B.C. Students taking Art 174 during the Fall Term take Art 167 during the Spring term and visa v e r s a . ART 188 - ART A N A T O M Y II (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: A R T 166 Further study of human anatomy as applied to the visual arts, including the study of anatomy for pragmatic purposes in contemporary design. In this term s p e c i a l emphasis will be given to the muscular a s p e c t s of male and female anatomy. S o m e study will be given to the structure of the human head as it relates to human portraiture. ART 175 - P H O T O G R A P H Y FOR T H E GRAPHIC ARTS (F) (3,3,1) B a s i c photography with emphasis on optical and c h e m i c a l principles, to prepare students for Graphic Arts I in the spring term. The use of the 35 mm c a m e r a . ART 176 • STUDIO A N D LOCATION Note: This course carries 1.5 transfer units to the B.F.A. Studio Program at U.B.C. P H O T O G R A P H Y (S) (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: ART 175 Instruction in studio lighting and procedures. Photography on location and a d v a n c e d darkroom techniques for black and white film. Introduction to close-up photography and the effective exposure of colour film. A R T 192 • APPLIED DESIGN I (F)(3,0,1) An introduction to visual communication and the role of professional designers. Design principles, layout techniques, learning tools, methods, materials and media. Emphasis will b e on concept rather than on " c o m p r e h e n s i v e " finish. 61 A R T 193• APPLIED DESIGN II (S)(3,0,1) Pre-requisites: A R T 158, A R T 192 ART 252 - APPLIED DESIGN III (F) (3,3,1) Pre-requisites: A R T 178, A R T 193 A c o u r s e in techniques relating to presentation of ideas at a professional level. Making rough layouts and tight c o m p s . Ideas evaluated against criteria established. The application of design a n d rendering skills to the development of solutions to print advertising. Explores c o m panies, products, s e r v i c e s , corporate identification a n d their relationship to print advertising layouts a n d tight comps prepared for c l a s s critiques. ART 204 - A D V A N C E D S T O N E CARVING I (F) (3,3,1) Admission by instructor: A study of traditional and contemporary approaches to stone carving including experience with hand tools, air-powered carving guns a n d grinders, and electrical tools. The investigation of personal m o d e s of expression a s related to the stone carving p r o c e s s . Emphasis on three-dimensional design concepts, the efficient u s e of tools, materials a n d equipment. Students will be required to purchase their marble from the college. A R T 253 • APPLIED DESIGN IV (S)(3,3,1) Pre-requisite: A R T 252 Advertising agency oriented. The interweaving of illustration photography, graphics a n d television into advertising' packaging, a n d point of purchase. Consultation on student portfolios. A R T 206 • FOUNDRY PRACTICE I (S) (3,3,1) Admission by instructor. Experience in the use of the lost wax method of casting using c e r a m i c shell molds. Information for designing and operating a small foundry suitable for casting pieces in aluminum and/or bronze. ART 216 - A D V A N C E D EDITIONING • INTAGLIO A N D RELIEF I (F)(3,0,1) Admission by Instructor Designed to meet the needs of the student/artist who, although trained in etching techniques, has not matured as an intaglio image-maker owing to lack of a c c e s s to suitable equipment, facilities a n d guidance. The student will develop procedures arising from individual needs, enabling the production of finished editions of prints and an expansion of knowledge with respect to the intaglio process Extended studio time will be a feature of this course. A R T 217 • A D V A N C E D RELIEF II (S) (3,0,1) Admission by Instructor EDITIONING • INTAGLIO A N D Essentially a continuation of Art 216, this c o u r s e will c o n centrate on the needs of the individual who wishes to develop personal editioning procedures and bridge the gap between the student-artist and the exhibiting-artist. The practical problems of establishing a relationship with a gallery and putting on a oneman show will be discussed, as will other methods of gaining recognition by appropriate agencies It is anticipated that practising artists and gallery personnel will appear as guest speakers. ART 255 - PAINTING MEDIA II (S)(3,0,1) Further study and practice of painting in the medium of the students individual choice. Sustained development of ideas and themes through sketch books, notebooks, studies, etc. Discussion will take place on a one-to-one tutorial basis. Models will be available for nude a n d c u s t u m e painting. Continuing investigation of contemporary art and materials (as well as talks on artists from the past and present). Studio and gallery visits. Note: This c o u r s e carries 1.5 Transfer units to the B.F.A. Studio Program at U.B.C. ART 257 - S C U L P T U R E III (F) (3,3,1) A study of classical and modern sculpture; the investigation of modern sculpture forms through the student's work; experimentation and work in several media: metal, plastics, wood, cloth, paper, stone and those producing both soft and hard three-dimensional forms and constructions. Note: This course carries 1.5 transfer units to the B.F.A. Studio Program at U.B.C. A R T 260 - 19TH A N D 20TH C E N T U R Y A R T I (F) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Fine Arts 100 a n d 101, or Humanities 100 a n d 101,orArt100and101. A study and discussion of key movements and figures in the 19 and early 20 Centuries. A study in depth of trends, philosophies, styles and schools from the N e o - c l a s s i c i s m to the Pre-Raphaelites. Emphasis on preparing the student to understand the formal a n d artistic problems through studio experimentation; on appreciating the deep changes and new trends in the philosophy a n d technology of visual Arts since 1775. A R T 250 - PAINTING MEDIA I (F) (3,0,1) The investigation of painting media on the basis of student interest a n d preference. Spontaneous a n d sustained approaches to a variety of themes derived from nature, objects and the imagination. Introduction to painting the nude model. Students should be prepared to become involved in o c c a s i o n a l group or set projects. Investigation of materials, colour, problems of pictorial structure and composition, the art of the past a n d present. Note: This course combined with Art 261 carries 3 transfer units to B.F.A. Studio Program at U.B.C. Note: This c o u r s e carries 1.5 transfer units to the B.F.A. Studio Program at U.B.C. ART 261 - 19TH A N D 20TH C E N T U R Y A R T II (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: A R T 260 ART 251 - EXPERIMENTAL ILLUSTRATION I (F) (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: A R T 164, A R T 184 The growth of two a n d three-dimensional design in 20th Century art movements from " A r t N o u v e a u , " Bauhaus a n d through all contemporary European and North A m e r i c a n trends and movements. Survey of Canadian Art and new directions in global art of the present day. Combining drawing skills and the use of a variety of mediums to create concepts for book and magazine illustration, murals a n d illustration a s it relates to merchandising. A n emphasis is put on learning to s e e and draw objects correctly and in proportion and to render them professionally and imaginatively. Note: This course combined with Art 260 carries 3 transfer units to B.F.A. Studio Program at U.B.C. 62 ART 262 • A D V A N C E D LIFE DRAWING I (F)(3,0,1) A R T 274 • POTTERY IV (S) (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: A R T 184 Life drawing with emphasis on an interpretive and creative approach, study in depth of drawing techniques a n d styles in reference to contemporary trends in fine a n d applied arts. Further exploration of graphic elements derived from observation of the human body, action a n d character to expand perception and control of different media in order to develop a personal style in drawing. Note: This course carries 1.5 transfer units to the B.F.A. Studio Program at U.B.C. Pre-requisite A R T 273 Increasing emphasis on craftsmanship a n d design. A n exploration of more complex forms, mainly made on the wheel; development of original glazes. Note: This c o u r s e carries 1.5 transfer units to the B.F.A. Studio A R T 263 - A D V A N C E D LIFE DRAWING II (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: A R T 262 Further study and practice of interpretative and creative life drawing, including stylization and abstraction of human form; design element in figurative drawing, experiments with drawing media. Individual a n d c l a s s criticisms, discussions a n d demonstrations regarding techniques and experimentation with materials to broaden the individuals u s e of a wide range of materials. Students will be encouraged to be self-motivated and develop a personal style or direction in their work. Program at U.B.C. ART 277-1 • ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN I (F)(3,0,1) Pre-requisites: A R T 164, A R T 178 This section is intended to give the student an insight into the procedures involved in the design of small c o m m e r c i a l retail structures s u c h a s boutiques a n d service shops in shopping centres and malls. Model-building techniques are studied a s well a s the use of colour in merchandising a n d display. During this section the emphasis is on exterior design. ART 278 - GRAPHIC A R T S II (F) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: A R T 170 Supervised exploration of graphic arts a n d printing techniques a n d the application of these to real or simulated reproduction problems. Contact with outside trades a n d suppliers in the c o u r s e of completing assignments. Note: This course carries 1.5 transfer units to the B.F.A. Studio Program at U.B.C. Note: This c o u r s e carries 1.5 transfer units to the B.F.A. Studio Program at U.B.C. A R T 265 - S C U L P T U R E IV (S) (3,3,1) A d v a n c e d problems in sculptural forms. Students will be encouraged to experiment in the media of their c h o i c e and to develop their individual style. Field trips to galleries and, when possible, to sculptors studios. ART 279-2 - ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN II (S)(3,0,1) Pre-requisite: A R T 277 For the duration of this section the student will work on the design of the interior of a shop plus methods of presentation. The psychology of colour in merchandising will be covered a s well as the use of indoor signing a n d insignia for shop identification. Designer-client relationships will be d i s c u s s e d with methods of presentation. Note: This course carries 1.5 transfer units to the B.F.A. Studio Program at U.B.C. ART 267 - WEAVING III (F) (3,0,1) A d v a n c e d Loom Techniques: Double W e a v e , Moorman Technique, Rug W e a v e s , Ikat Explorations of the techniques with increasing emphasis on craftsmanship and design in order to create wallhangings. Study of contemporary work in B.C. and abroad. ART 280 • PORTFOLIO STUDIO (S) (3,3,1) Pre-requisites: A R T 252, A R T 278 Students will prepare personal portfolios a n d samples for display as well as designing a n d producing specific items. Projects will be selected to capitalize on the student's acquired knowledge and skills and will involve their contact with outside ' agents and suppliers. The student will be responsible from initial concept to finished product. ART 268 • WEAVING IV (S)(3,0,1) Study of the evolution of non-loom p r o c e s s e s . Creating fiberstructures with a variety of techniques: coiling, crochet, knotless netting, basketry a n d Sprang. Emphasis will be on three-dimensional design concepts. Field trips to weaver studios, Art Galleries and potential work situations. ART 282 - PRINTMAKING III (F) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Art 183 or instructor's permission. A comprehensive study of Intaglio and relief printing methods, this course is primarily designed for the advanced etching student. Other areas that come under consideration will include dimensional prints, photographic techniques, the lucite print, uninked embossing etc. ART 269 • EXPERIMENTAL ILLUSTRATION II (S)(3,3,1) Note: This course carries 1.5 transfer units to the B.F.A. Studio Program at U.B.C. Pre-requisite: ART 251 The continuation and expansion of ART 251. A R T 283 - PRINTMAKING IV (S)(3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Art 282 or instructor's permission. Designed for the advanced printmaking student, the main concern will be with combination techniques based upon the individual's needs. This course will also help familiarize the student with print exhibitions, competitions, printmaking societies, workshops, etc. The students will mount a show of their work as a final project. ART 273 • POTTERY III (F) (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: A R T 165 Further exploration of pottery techniques, particularly wheelwork and glaze materials; study of contemporary styles and creative c e r a m i c s Field trips to c e r a m i c studios a n d art galleries. Note: This c o u r s e carries 1.5 transfer units to the B.F.A. Studio Program at U.B.C. Note: This course carries 1.5 transfer units to the B.F.A. Studio Program at U.B.C. 63 ART 284 • FABRIC PRINTING III (F)(3,0,1) A challenge examination for Biology 110/111 is held during the first week of c l a s s e s in September. Those passing this exam receive a pre-requisite waiver for Biology 110/111, enabling them to register directly in s e c o n d year biology c o u r s e s at Capilano College. No credit, however, is given for Biology 110/111. The pre-requisite waiver exam is not intended for those students who must have credit in first year biology for their subsequent educational goals. A complete selection of second year c o u r s e s is available which meet the requirements of all three B.C. universities. (Consult the Biology Department for specific course requirements for third year transfer.) More in-depth colour experiments with dyes. Using fabric in sculptural relief combined with printing a n d stencilling techniques. Using more a d v a n c e d methods of stencil and screen printing techniques for repeat yardage design. ART 285 - FABRIC PRINTING IV (S)(3,0,1) Study of different printing inks. Photographic s c r e e n printing methods both for repeat design and for use in three dimensional projects combining' printing, applique and more a d v a n c e d stitchery techniques. All Biology courses require weekly laboratory periods and/or field trips unless otherwise stated. There is a lab fee for these courses. ART 295 • ADVERTISING ILLUSTRATION I (F)(3,3,1) Pre-requisite: A R T 164, A R T 184 A comprehensive study of techniques a n d materials from presentation. contemporary illustration original concept to final BIOLOGY 1 0 4 - H U M A N BIOLOGY(F)(3,3,1) Pre-requisite: None The first semester of a course designed as a laboratory science elective for students who do not plan to take further courses in the biological sciences except for Biology 204. Basic principles of human biology will be presented and the impact of the environment upon humans will be evaluated. Major topics will include human physiology, human genetics and disorders of both. ART 298 • ADVERTISING ILLUSTRATION II (S)(3,3,1) Pre-requisite: A R T 295 Further exploration of illustration techniques using a variety of mediums and techniques with the emphasis on actual studio working methods. Biology BIOLOGY 105 - ENVIRONMENTALBIOLOGY (S)(3,3,1) Pre-requisite: None The second semester of a course designed as a laboratory science elective for students who do not plan to take further courses in the biological sciences. Basic principles of ecology will be developed and the impact of contemporary society on the environment will be a s s e s s e d . Major topics include: ecological concepts and environmental issues. BIOLOGY 110 - INTRODUCTORY BIOLOGY (F)(3,3,1) Pre-requisite: None: however, at least Biology 11 is strongly recommended. The standard introductory biology course for students who plan to take further courses in this area. Major topics will include the origin of life; cell structure and function; the types of cell division; introductory genetics; and the process of development. BIOLOGY 111 - INTRODUCTORY BIOLOGY (S)(3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Biology 110 A continuation of Biology 110 which further develops the discussion of basic biological c o n c e p t s including biological systems, evolution and ecology. BIOLOGY 200 - GENETICS (S)(3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Biology 110 and 111, however, Biology 214 is strongly recommended. A study of the principles of inheritance, Mendelian and nonMendelian; the chemical nature of the gene, gene structure and function, gene duplication in bacteria and viruses as well as some study of higher organisms including man. There is no laboratory with this course. BIOLOGY 204 • E C O L O G Y I (F) (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Biology 105 or 111. The first term of an introductory course in general ecology, stressing biotic-environmental relationships at the ecosystem level; concept of the ecosystem, its components and dynamics; energy flow in ecosystems, nutrient cycling, biogeoclimatic zones with emphasis on British Columbia, vegetation analysis. Emphasis is on principles of plant ecology and on problems in this field. Course includes a 2-day field trip to Manning Park and the Southern Okanagan Valley. Capilano College Biology Department offers a variety of courses. First year students may take the Biology 104/105 series to meet the science requirements for Arts students. Those planning to major in Biology or some other Life Science (Dentistry, Medicine, Agriculture, Home Economics, etc.) should enrol in Biology 110/111. 64 BIOLOGY 205 - E C O L O G Y II (S) (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Biology 204 A continuation of Biology 204, with emphasis on principles and problems of animal ecology. Included are selected nonBritish Columbian e c o s y s t e m s ; soils; population dynamics, the human population explosion; ecological a s p e c t s of animal behaviour. C o u r s e includes a 3-day field trip to the Tofino A r e a , Vancouver Island. Business Management BIOLOGY 210 • M O R P H O L O G Y O F V A S C U L A R P L A N T S (F) (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Biology 110 and 111 A comparative study of the vascular plant groups, the pteridophytes, gymnosperms and angiosperms with emphasis on the evolution, morphology, ecology and function of each of the groups. Discussion of problems in plant morphology. BIOLOGY 212 - INVERTEBRATE Z O O L O G Y (F) (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Biology 110 and 111 A comparative survey of the invertebrates. Major phyla and classes, with emphasis upon evolutionary trends, adaptive biology and ecology of each group. The course is designed around the major unifying concept of evolution. Problems of contemporary interest in the field of invertebrate zoology. The course will include a 3-day field trip to the Bamfield Marine Station. BIOLOGY 213 • V E R T E B R A T E Z O O L O G Y (S) (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Biology 110 and 111 A continuation from invertebrate zoology, covering the vertebrates and protochordates. Emphasis again on evolutionary trends, especially in regards to morphology, function and ecology of each class Current concepts and problems will be stressed. The lab is designed to examine representative specimens of existing c l a s s e s of vertebrates. The morphology and evolutionary trends in organ s y s t e m s will be emphasized. BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 150 • BUSINESS MATHEMATICS (F) (3,0,1) Mathematical topics including: basic number theory; sets, relations, and functions; linear algebra and matrix operations; algorithmic methods, numeric analysis and financial mathematics. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 151 - STATISTICAL ANALYSIS A N D APPLICATION (S) (4.5,0,1.5) The theory and application of statistics as it applies to b u s i n e s s including: data presentation a n d description; probability theory and distributions; tests of hypnothesis; and predictive and analytic techniques. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 153 - PROBABILITY T H E O R Y INTERMEDIATE (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Business Management 171 or equivalent. A continuation of statistical analysis introduced in Business Management 171. Intermediate level statistical analysis with an emphasis on applied problems encountered in a business enrivonment. BIOLOGY 214 • C E L L BIOLOGY (F) (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Biology 110 and 111 and concurrent registration in Chemistry 200, if not already completed. A n integrated study of cell structure and function a s determined by electron microscopy; ultrastructure will be related to cell physiology and biochemistry. The interrelations among the various components will be d i s c u s s e d from an evolutionary viewpoint. Laboratory exercises will concentrate on the u s e of light vs. electron microscopy and through this comparison develop an appreciation tor micro units. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 158 - MARKETING I (F,S)(3,0,1) An introduction to the marketing environment and marketing institutions; detailed study of the basic marketing functions, market research, product planning, selection of trade channels, merchandising advertising, sales promotion and salesmanship, with emphasis on the marketing of industrial as well as consumer goods. BIOLOGY 215 - C E L L BIOLOGY (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Biology 214 and concurrent registration in Chemistry 201, if not already completed. An examination of the biochemistry of the cell beginning with the fundamentals of thermodynamics. The bioenergetics of a living unit will be related to ultrastructure. Emphasis will be placed on the interaction of exergonic and endergonic reactions There is no laboratory with this course. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 159 • MARKETING II (F,S)(3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Business Management 158 or by written permission of the Instructor and/or Co-ordinator. A continuation of the work begun in Business Management 158. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 161 - CREDIT A N D C O L L E C TIONS (F,S) (1.5,0,-5) A study of various types of credit and their u s e by retail businesses, commercial enterprises and consumers, including sources of information; credit policy; control; analysis and collection techniques. BIOLOGY 220 - PRINCIPLES O F MICROBIOLOGY (F) (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Biology 110 and 111, Chemistry 110 and 111. Transfer to U.B.C. requires Chemistry 200/201 A comprehensive treatment of introductory microbiology. The origin, basic structure, function, diversity and immunological features of micro-organisms will be d i s c u s s e d . The lab provides practical experience in standard microbial techniques. BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 163 • PRINCIPLES O F SUPERVISION AND LEADERSHIP (F,S)(3,0,1) Study of human elements in organizations, with emphasis on group behaviour Concepts in persuasion, guidance and understanding of the individual within the group. Applications of human relations management, i.e. leadership, power, authority, group dynamics, formal and informal organization, communications, conflict, and the introduction of change. BIOLOGY 221 • PRINCIPLES O F MICROBIOLOGY (S) (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Biology 220. A continuation of Biology 220, emphasizing the growth, genetics and ecology of micro-organisms. Micro-organisms in agriculture, forestry, various industries, health and sanitation. 65 BUSINESS MANAGEMENT B O O K K E E P I N G I (F) (3,1.5,1) 165 • ESSENTIALS OF BUSINESS MANAGEMENT BEHAVIOUR (F,S) (3,0,1) 175 - ORGANIZATIONAL A n introductory course designed to cover basic terminology, techniques and applications of accounting, including the theory and practice of keeping adequate records; use of special journals; controlling accounts and subsidiary ledgers; periodic a d justments, closing procedures and preparation of financial statements. The course will include 3 hours of lecture and discussion material and 1 1/2 lab hours per week. The focus of this c o u r s e is on human b e h a v i o i r within organizations. Students will actively participate in role playing and other simulated activities dealing with organizational a n d personal factors that influence different types of work behaviour, specific topics s u c h a s motivation, leadership, change within organization, a n d formal a n d informal organizations will be explored. BUSINESS MANAGEMENT COUNTING I (F) (3,1.5,1) BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T DUSTRY (F,S) (3,0,1) 166 • PRACTICAL AC- 176 - M A N A G E M E N T IN IN- Pre-requisite: Bookkeeping 12, " C " grade or better; or by written permission of the Instructor, and/or Co-ordinator. Pre-requisite: Business Management 172, or by written permission of the Instructor and/or Co-ordinator. A review of the basics of accounting, with emphasis on practical pyoblehi-solving. Material will include s p e c i a l i z e d journals, adjustments, closing procedures, financial statements, payrolls and other matters related to the accounting function. A n orientation into the nature of business in the private enterprise system, with emphasis on the role and interaction of the three levels of government with business; the role of financial intermediaries and the Capital Market in influencing the behaviour of firms; and the financial function of management. BUSINESS MANAGEMENT COUNTING II (S) (3,1.5,1) Note: Business Management 172 and Business Management 176 taken together receive 3 semester hours credit in C o m merce at S.F.U. 167 - PRACTICAL AC- Pre-requisite: Satisfactory completion of Business 152; a grade " B " or better in Business 150; or by written permission of the Instructor, and/or Co-ordinator. Further development of work started in the first term, including balance sheet accounts, emphasizing such problem areas as cash, receivables, depreciation, inventory evaluation; partnerships, budgeting, income tax. BUSINESS MANAGEMENT BOOKKEEPING II (S) (3,1.5,1) 168 - ESSENTIALS OF Pre-requisite: Business 150; or by written permission of the Instructor, and/or Co-ordinator. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 180 - INTRODUCTION TO DATA PROCESSING (F,S) (3,0,1) Provides a basic understanding of important E D P concepts, terminology a n d techniques used in business. Provides a general orientation to the computer — what it is, how it functions, and what it c a n and cannot do. Provides an understanding of the " B A S I C " Programming Language a s it relates to the solution of problems a n d tasks in the mathematical a n d business application areas. A continuation of work begun in Business 150 with emphasis on cash, receivables, payroll and other basic bookkeeping functions Note: Students taking this course will receive 1.5 hours transfer credit for C o m m e r c e 191 at U.B.C. The course will include 3 hours of lecture and discussion material and 1 1/2 lab hours per week. BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 181 PROGRAMMING IN " B A S I C " (F,S) (3,0,1) BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 170 • MATHEMATICS BUSINESS A N D F I N A N C E (F) (4.5,0,1.5) OF A review of basic mathematics and a study of fundamentals of analytic geometry, functions and managerial planning; elements of calculus with business applications; discounts, markups, margin, selling price, mark-downs, simple interest, compound interest, discounting negotiable instruments, instalment purchases, depreciation, insurance. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T STATISTICS (S) (4.5,0,1.5) 171 - APPLIED • ADVANCED Pre-requisite: B u s i n e s s Management 180 or by written permission of the Instructor or Co-ordinator. This course is an extension of B M 180 strengthening the student's knowledge of programming in the " B A S I C " programming language to solve business problems. A r e a s of study include: program flowcharts, program organization, table handling techniques, file maintenance, disk file organizations, a c c e s s methods, and programming efficiently. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 182 - S Y S T E M S ANALYSIS & APPLICATION I (F,S) (3,0,1) BUSINESS Provides a basic understanding of s y s t e m c o n c e p t s including the life-cycle and the concept of a business as an information system. Introduces the skills that a r e the working tools of systems analysis including form design, coding, charting, flowcharting and written and verbal communication. Provides a detailed understanding of the four life-cycle phases (Study, Design, Development a n d Operation) through their application in a detailed continuous c a s e study. Provides an understanding of the logical approach to solving a problem. A n examination of frequency distributions; averages; index numbers; probability; linear correlation; reliability and sampling. BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 172 - ADMINISTRATIVE PRACTICES AND ORGANIZATION (F,S) (3,0,1) A n introduction to the basic nature of business problems and to the administrative process involved in handling them. Study and discussion of actual business situations selected to illustrate typical problems met in industry requiring managerial analysis, decision and action. BUSINESS (6,0,2) Note: Students taking this course will receive 1 1/2 hours transfer credit for C o m m e r c e 190 at U.B.C. MANAGEMENT 183 • PROGRAMMING I (S) Pre-requisite: Business Management 180 BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 173 COMMUNICATIONS (F) (3,0,1) - This c o u r s e provides the student with a practical training in the application of the R P G II programming language to solve business problems. A r e a s of study include programming fundamentals, compilation, desk-checking, debugging a n d basic R P G II programming c o n c e p t s a s well a s multi-file p r o c e s s i n g , control breaks, internal sub-routines, a n d table a n d array handling. ORGANIZATIONAL This course provides a basic understanding of organizational communication. Continuity of ideas and content is provided by starting with the individual communication p r o c e s s and then expanding through the two-person relationships to groups a n d finally to the total organizational level. 66 BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 184 • ACCOUNTING I (F.S) (4.5,0,1.5) The principles and methods of bookkeeping and accounting including the recording of transactions, adjustments, the preparation of basic financial statements, and the operation of subsidiary ledgers. A c c o u n t i n g principles used in the valuation of a s s e t s and the matching of revenues and expenses. Special problems of limited companies and unincorporated business. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 230 - S A L E S M A N S H I P (3,0,1) BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 185 - ACCOUNTING (4.5,0,1.5) Pre-requisite: Business Management 184. A continuation of Business Management 184. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 231 - E L E M E N T S O F MERCHANDISING (F,S) (3,0,1) A survey course of widely ranging merchandising techniques and strategies covering many commodities. Where possible extensive use of successful merchandisers as guest lectures will be made. A n introduction to professional selling. Communication including effective listening, probing, problem finding and solving and creativity will be covered. S p e c i f i c t e c h n i q u e s of professional selling including prospecting, qualifying and contracting prospects. The course will also cover, in depth, the organization and management of sales activities. II (F,S) Analysis of funds flows, both c a s h a n d working capital. Management uses of accounting: c a s h budgeting, forecasting, profit planning, and responsibility accounting. Accounting for manufacturing operations. Note: W h e n both Business Management 184 a n d 185 are completed, they receive 6 s e m e s t e r hours credit in C o m m e r c e at S . F . U . and 1.5 hours credit for C o m m e r c e 151 and 1.5 hours unassigned C o m m e r c e credit at U.B.C. BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 232 - C H A N N E L S OF DISTRIBUTION (F,S)(3,0,1) Provides a basic understanding of the C h a n n e l s of Distribution and the distributive pipe-line. A r e a s of study include: classification, definition of M / C alternative channels, functions performed in channels, transactions in the distributive pipe-line. BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 187 • ESSENTIALS O F MANAGERIAL PRACTICES (SU) (3,0,1) (This course is a condensation of the theoretical aspects of Business Management 172 and B u s i n e s s Management 176.) In this course the five key tasks in managing an enterprise, i.e., Planning, Acquisition of Resources, Organization, Activation and Control are explained. In addition, the key organizational functions of Marketing, Production, Finance and Personnel are covered. The course is essentially an overview of the theoretical framework of the task management BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 190 • M A T H , A N D F I N A N C E LAB I (F) (1.5,0,.5) BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 233 INTERACTIVE F O R E C A S T I N G (F,S) (3,0,1) Provides a background in forecasting within an active market area. A r e a s of study include a day-to-day use of business statistics, forecasting models in a lower mainland operating business. BUSINESS (3,0,1) MANAGEMENT 240 - BUSINESS LAW I (F,S) This course will e m p h a s i z e the application of legal principles to business relationships through the study of Court decisions (case law) and respective legislation. The areas of study to be particularly covered are the Law of Contract, Law of Commercial Transactions and Sale of Goods Act, Secured Transactions and the Bill of Sales Act of Conditional Sales A c t , Creditors Remedies and the Execution Act. ACCOUNTING and BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 191 - M A T H , A C C O U N T I N G AND F I N A N C E LAB II (S)(1.5,0,.5) A weekly two-hour lab session in which the student with the aid of a lab assistant performs homework assignments in the three aforementioned subjects. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 241 - BUSINESS L A W II (F.S) (3,0,1) This course will e m p h a s i z e the application of legal principles to business relationships through the study of Court decisions (case law), and respective legislation. The areas of study to be particularly covered are the Law of Partnership, Admiralty Law, Company Law and the B . C . Companies Act, Torts and Insurance, and Real Property. BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 210 - S M A L L BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T (F,S) (3,0,1) This c o u r s e offers students a special opportunity to develop skills a n d c o n c e p t s in areas of " S m a l l B u s i n e s s M a n a g e m e n t " where they recognize specific, personal needs. They will learn down-to-earth techniques for dealing with many of the multiplicity of demands placed upon the manager of a small business. Further, there will be a significant opportunity for students to shape the emphasis of this dynamic set of minicourses. After a three to four session survey of s u c h issues as Small B u s i n e s s S u c c e s s a n d Failure, Methods a n d F o r m s of Organization, Purchase of F r a n c h i s e s a n d Going C o n c e r n s ; topical emphasis will be determined by the class. Topics will be selected from the following areas: 1. Canadian Small Business Management 2. Marketing for Small Business 3. Financial Management for Small B u s i n e s s 4. E c o n o m i c s for Small B u s i n e s s 5. Retail Management for Small Business 6. Taxation for Small Business 7. Public Relations for Small B u s i n e s s 8. Personnel Management for Small Business 9. C o m m e r c i a l Law for Canadian Small B u s i n e s s 10. Advertising for Small Business 11. Interactive Forecasting on H.P. 3000 12. Work Sampling I (F,S) BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 242 - C O N S U M E R L A W (F.S) (3,0,1) This c o u r s e will deal with the protection a n d remedies available to a consumer with regard to everyday transactions, emphasizing both the common law and existing legislation. The areas that will be particularly dealt with are the Law of Contract, Sale of Goods Act, Consumer Act, and the Small Loans Act. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 252 - A S P E C T S O F TAXATION A N D P E R S O N A L INVESTMENT F U N D A M E N T A L S (F,S) (3,0,1) A n examination of the methods of record keeping and tax reporting. An attempt to acquaint the student with some aspects of tax accounting which will allow him to take advantage of current tax-saving alternatives. The investment fundamentals will provide the student with information necessary to establish a personal or family financial plan using such vehicles a s stocks, bonds, mutual funds, insurance, real estate to achieve financial objectives. i BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 255 • FINANCIAL COUNTING I (F,S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Business Management 184/185 BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 220 - BUSINESS A W A R E N E S S AC- This course studies the theories underlying financial statement presentations, and is a logical continuation and reinforcement of the material covered in Business Management 184/185. The course encompasses the study of Financial A c counting at the intermediate level. (S)(1.5,0,-5) This course summarizes a n d integrates the 3 distinct Business Management options with emphasis on career goals, planning and effective job placement procedures. 67 BUSINESS MANAGEMENT COUNTING II (F,S)(3,0,1) 256 • FINANCIAL AC- BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 266 - CANADIAN FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS AND M O N E Y M A R K E T S (F,S)(1.5,0,.5) Examination of financial intermediaries and their role in the commercial structure of society. Money and capital ma kets as allocators of credit. A firm's and individual's a c c e s s to these resources. This course is a logical sequel to Business Management 255 in that it studies current developments in financial accounting and their effects on financial statement presentation. The course encompasses the study of Financial Accounting at a level beyond Business Management 255. BUSINESS MANAGEMENT BEHAVIOUR (F,S) (3,0,1) BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 257 • T H E CORPORATION A N D SOCIETY (F,S)(3,0,1) 268 • ORGANIZATIONAL A study of the interaction of business firms with societies of which they are part; an examination of social responsibility, legitimacy, a c c o u n t a b i l i t y a s related to profit making organizations; the firm's responsibility with consumers, shareholders, labour, the community and government. This course deals with the nature of organizations, how they begin, grow and develop and their effects on individual members, constituent groups, other organizations. Further emphasis is p l a c e d on the following t o p i c s : D e c i s i o n m a k i n g , Organizational change and development, Organizational conflict, Management of objectives, Time management and Working with unions. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 258 • PRINCIPLES O F ADVERTISING, MERCHANDISING AND S A L E S I (F,S) (3.0,1) BUSINESS MANAGEMENT M A N A G E M E N T (F,S) (3,0,1) Emphasis in the first term is placed on understanding the principles and practices of advertising, from a creative and managerial viewpoint. Examination of advertising's effectiveness as a marketing tool, its place in our society, economically and socially, its planning and creation. Areas of study include print and electronic media, with emphasis on theoretical and practical aspects of layout, art, copy, production, planning, media selection and buying, research and testing. This course will explore management skills development in the personnel field. Heavy emphasis will be placed on providing the students with practical tools and experiences in s u c h interviewing areas as recruitment, selection, placement of personnel, job descriptions and analysis; training and performance appraisal; wage and salary administration; union management relations, etc. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 259 - PRINCIPLES O F ADVERTISING, MERCHANDISING A N D S A L E S II (F,S) (3,0,1) The second term applies knowledge of advertising and management techniques to merchandising and salesmanship, and examines the inter-relationship of these three elements. Areas of study include merchandising, promotion principles and techniques, the role and requirements of the sales person, the relationship of promotion to sales and resulting budgeting principles and techniques. This course is designed to acquaint the student with the retailer's role in the distribution process, the types of retail establishments and their relative strengths and weaknesses, the analysis of a trading area, site location, store layout, the influence of changing life styles on consumer demand patterns, techniques for determining customer demand, policy formulation, store image, the organization and operation of a retail establishment. 270 - PERSONNEL BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 271 - RETAILING (F,S) (3,0,1) BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 272 - C O N S U M E R (F,S) (3,0,1) BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 260 - FINANCE I (F,S)(3,0,1) Business risk and uncertainty. Financial measurements. A n nual rate of return. Net present value, internal rate of return. A n nual cost. Pay-back Period. Anticipating financial needs of the firm. C a s e studies covering financial problems will form a major part of this course. BEHAVIOUR This course is to 1) acquaint the student with the basic concepts of consumer behaviour, 2) explain the inter-relationship that exists between the important variables 3) develop an understanding of consumer decision processes. More specifically the course will analyze the foundation for consumer behaviour, the individual, the environmental influences on consumers, business effects, and consumer purchase decisions. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 261 • FINANCE II (F.S) (3.0,1) Acquiring financial resources, cost of capital, internal financing. Allocating financial resources within the firm. Leverage and liquidity. Administering circulating capital. Financial aspects of mergers and take-overs. Tax considerations. C a s e studies will form an integral part of this course. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 273 - E L E M E N T S VERTISING S T R A T E G Y (F,S) (3,0,1) O F AD- The purpose of this course is to treat advertising as an accepted part of marketing and to indicate to management and the public the place of advertising in modern society. More specifically the course will cover advertising concepts, advertising strategy, the preparation of the advertisement, media mix, research, the integration of advertising programs and legal aspects. BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 263 • A D V A N C E D DATA PROCESSING (F) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Business Management 180. This course is an extension of Business Management 180. A r e a s of study include the measurements a n d costs of resources, the criteria for establishing specifications, the criteria for evaluating resources, the resources available on the West Coast, installing a computer system a n d managing the computer system. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 274 - C O S T A N D MANAGERIAL A C C O U N T I N G II (F,S) (3,0,1) A more indepth study of subjects covered in Business Management 264. Cost determination for manufacturing operations, Planning and Cost Control Systems, Performance Evaluation Methods, strategic decision making methods. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 264 • C O S T A N D MANAGERIAL A C C O U N T I N G I (F,S)(4.5,0,1.5) BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 275 - MARKETING R E S E A R C H (F,S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Business Management 184/185 or by written permission of the Instructor and/or Co-ordinator. The purpose of this course is to relate how to make the most effective use of marketing research in business More specifically the course will cover the nature and scope of research, research design, basic methods of collecting data, marketing research procedures and selected applications of marketing research. Decision-making and planning in organizations using accounting tools. The nature of accounting controls. Common control methods. Measures of management performance. The role of the management cost accountant. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 265 • QUANTITIVE AIDS TO DECISION MAKING (F.S) (3,0,1) BUSINESS MANAGEMENT M A N A G E M E N T (F,S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Mathematics 150/151 or by written permission of the Instructor and/or Co-ordinator. 276 - MARKETING This course introduces the student to the approaches and problems of the marketing decision making under conditions of uncertainty Marketing planning and strategy, buyer behaviour, product strategy, distribution strategy, promotional strategy, pricing strategy and integrated programs will be evaluated. Quantitive tools in use in modern management Inventory models, E O Q , buffer levels and lead times, project planning. PERT, linear regression as a forecasting tool linear programming as an optimization technique 68 BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 277 • INTERNATIONAL MARKETING (F,S) (3,0,1) A study of the mechanics of international trade, foreign exchange rates, tariffs, etc. Product-distribution-promotion mixes for export markets of Canadian Industry with emphasis on Pacific Rim and U.S.A. market influences. Adapting domestic marketing techniques to foreign conditions. BUSINESS (6,0,2) M A N A G E M E N T 294 - PROGRAMMING IV (S) Pre-requisite: Business Management 2 9 2 This course is an extension of B M 292. strengthening the student's knowledge of C O B O L Areas of study include: table handling techniques, master file updates, file maintenance, program instructions related to disk file handling techniques and programming for efficient execution. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 278 - S A L E S M A N S H I P II (F,S) (3,0,1) The scope of this course includes all of the activities which the person in charge of an outside sales force is likely to encounter. More specifically it covers sales organization, operations, planning, analysis and evaluation, and salesmanship techniques. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 296 FORMATION S Y S T E M S (S) (4.5,1,1.5) MANAGEMENT IN- Pre-requisite: Business Management 182, B u s i n e s s Management 263 Business Management 183, Business Management 291 Business Management 293, Business Management 292. This c o u r s e brings together the various computer concepts that have been studied in the previous three semesters. It involves a n indepth computer study of a company situation. Topics include integrated information systems, integrated data bases, controls, distributed processing, feasibility studies, systems development p h a s e s a n d project management iconcepts. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 280 - AUDITING I (F,S) (3,0,1) Objectives, principles and procedures of auditing for internal and external application. The audit of cash, receivables, inventories, investments, prepaid expenses, tangible assets, liaibilities and equity. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 282 - AUDITING II (F,S) (3,0,1) This course covers auditing procedures for intangibles, proprietorship, financial statement preparation, the audit report, legal requirements, audit procedures for small businesses, share capital and changes in surplus. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 284 • TAXATION (F.S) (3,0,1) A study, largely depending upon the case study method of the Income Tax Act and determination of taxable income and tax payable, thereon for individuals and corporations. Strategic planning to achieve tax minimization is an integral part of this course. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 289 • BUSINESS DYNAMICS I (S) (3,0,1) Provides a capstone for this Business Management program. The objectives are to integrate and inter-relate a wide variety of management c o n c e p t s and skills. It is the usual experience of students that this c o u r s e contributes significantly to their preparation for a career in the real world, competitive environment. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 291 • PROGRAMMING II (F) (6,0,2) Pre-requisite: Business Management 183 This c o u r s e is an extension of B M 183, strengthening the knowledge of R P G II. A r e a s of study include disk file organizations, a c c e s s methods, file maintenance and matching record processing. All Chemistry courses include weekly three-hour laboratory periods unless otherwise stated. There are lab fees for Chemistry courses BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 292 • PROGRAMMING III (F) (6,0,2) Pre-requisite: Business Management 183. Provides the student with a practical training in the organization and writing of programs in the C O B O L language. Topics include: program organization, program flowcharts, program instructions, compilation, desk checking a n d debugging. CHEMISTRY 030 - A N INTRODUCTION T O CHEMISTRY (F) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: None. (No University transfer credit.) This course is designed for those students who have had no previous chemistry, and who wish to go on in Sciences. No labs are given. The atom, atomic weights, the mole, chemical formulas, ionic and covalent bonding Balancing equations, simple mathematical solutions, acids, bases and salts, equilibrium. BUSINESS M A N A G E M E N T 293 • S Y S T E M S ANALYSIS & APPLICATION II (F) (3,0,1) CHEMISTRY 104 - F U N D A M E N T A L S O F CHEMISTRY (F) (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: None, but some chemistry helpful A course specifically designed for nonscience students which also fulfills first-year chemistry requirements for nursing, home e c o n o m i c s and physical education, etc. (consult chart on page 31). A study of c h e m i c a l principles; stoichiometry; oxidationreduction, solids, liquids and gases; the c h e m i c a l bond; atomic structure; c h e m i c a l periodicity. Pre-requisite: B u s i n e s s Management 262 This course is an extension of B M 262 furthering the student's ability to analyze the managerial requirements of information systems. It provides a practical experience in the detailed design of on-line systems for business applications. Topics include on-line concepts, security, audit controls, file management, screen design and system documentation. 69 CHEMISTRY 205 • INTRODUCTION INORGANIC CHEMISTRY (S) (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Chemistry 204 CHEMISTRY 105 • F U N D A M E N T A L S O F CHEMISTRY (S) (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Chemistry 104 TO PHYSICAL A study of electrochemistry; galvanic cells, oxidationreduction in biological systems; macromolecular systems, main group systematic chemistry; transition elements and c o ordination complexes. This course includes three hours of laboratory work per week. A study of electrochemistry; introductory thermodynamics; representative inorganic chemistry; equilibrium; acids, bases and salts; organic chemistry. CHEMISTRY 110 • PRINCIPLES A N D M E T H O D S O F CHEMISTRY (F) (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Chemistry 11, Chemistry 12, or Chemistry 030, and Mathematics 12. Mathematics 110 must be taken concurrently if not already completed. CHEMISTRY 210 - PHYSICAL INORGANIC I (F) (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Chemistry 111 a n d M a t h e m a t i c s 1 1 1 . Mathematics 230 must be taken concurrently, if not already completed. Quantum mechanics, wave equation. Schrodinger equation and Hamiltonian operators, particle in a box derivations. Quantum mechanics applied to hydrogen atoms, Electron spin effects. Valence bond theory, crystal field and molecular orbital theory as a quantum mechanical basis for interpretation of coordination chemistry. A course for students who plan careers in science. A study of stoichiometry: the gaseous state; solids; liquids; solutions; atomic structure; the periodic system; chemical bonding. CHEMISTRY 110 • SPL • PRINCIPLES A N D M E T H O D S O F CHEMISTRY (F,S) (3,3,0) Pre-requisite: Chemistry 11, Chemistry 12 or Chemistry 030, and Mathematics 12. Mathematics 110 must be taken concurrently, if not already completed. A self-paced learning course equivalent in content to Chemistry 110, open to any student but designed to be of particular value to those students who are unable to attend the Lynnmour Campus, or a satellite centre, on a regular basis. Not offered 78/79. CHEMISTRY 211 • PHYSICAL INORGANIC II (S)(3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Chemistry 210, Mathematics 231 must be taken concurrently, if not already completed. Co-ordination chemistry: nomenclature, history, symmetry, preparation, reactions and mechanisms. Valence bond theory, crystal field theory, orbital splitting and its application, Jahn Teller effects, molecular orbital theory. Thermodynamic stability and co-ordination complexes. C h e m i c a l kinetics, enzyme catalysis Reaction rates related to crystal field theory and valence bond theory. CHEMISTRY 111 - PRINCIPLES A N D M E T H O D S O F CHEMISTRY (S) (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Chemistry, 110. Mathematics 111 must be taken concurrently if not already completed. Thermodynamics, equilibrium, acids, bases, and salts; redox equations, electrochemistry; transition metals and their complexes; organic chemistry. Not offered in 78/79. Communications CHEMISTRY 111 - SPL • PRINCIPLES A N D M E T H O D S O F CHEMISTRY (F,S) (3,3,0) Pre-requisite: Chemistry 110. Mathematics 111 must be taken concurrently if not already completed. A self-paced learning course equivalent in content to Chemistry 111 and designed to be of particular value to those students who are unable to attend the Lynnmour Campus, or a satellite centre, on a regular basis. CHEMISTRY 200 • ORGANIC CHEMISTRY (F)(3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Chemistry 105 or 111 A study of nomenclature; structure; identification and spectroscopy of organic molecules, arkanes, alkenes, alkynes, organometallic compounds, alcohols, aldehydes, ketones, ethers, acids. CHEMISTRY 201 • ORGANIC CHEMISTRY (S)(3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Chemistry 200 Optical isomerism; carbohydrates; amines, amides, nitriles, nitro, azo. diazo and related compounds; protein chemistry; electrophilic aromatic substitution; heterocyclics; polymers; natural products. CHEMISTRY 204 - INTRODUCTION T O PHYSICAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY (F)(3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Chemistry 105 with " B " standing or Chemistry 111, and Matehmatics 111. A course for students majoring in the biological sciences and for those planning careers in medicine, dentistry, agriculture or forestry. A study of thermodynamics, thermochemistry; equilibrium; acids and bases, p H determinations, solubility products, qualitative inorganic analysis, c h e m i c a l kinetics. Biological application of these topics stressed. This course includes three hours of laboratory work per week. The Communications Program of Capilano C o l l e g e has the broad objective of providing students in the Career/Vocational Programs with competence in the use of the English language and in media communications. Basic technical writing, research papers, spoken presentations, business reports, press reports, and briefs are some of the topics studied in a communications course. 70 COMMUNICATIONS 150 - BASIC COMMUNICATIONS (F,S) (3,0,1) A course in the development of writing and speaking skills, with material largely related to specific career goals. Practice in improving English basics, numerous writing assignments, and at least one spoken presentation. Counselling Group COMMUNICATIONS 151 - BUSINESS WRITING (S) (3,0,1) A course in the b a s i c s of business writing: resumes, business letters, a n d reports. Attention is paid to businesswriting formats a n d to developing an effective style. Spoken presentations may be required. COMMUNICATIONS 152 - T E C H N I C A L WRITING (S) (3,0,1) A course in the b a s i c s of technical writing: research proposals, technical reports, abstracts, and research methods. Some attention is given to presentation of technical material to non-technical readers. Spoken presentations may be required. COMMUNICATIONS 153 - COMMUNICATIONS A N D T H E A R T S (S) (3,0,1) A course in the use of language in combination with graphic and other arts. Some attention will b e paid to graphics and language a s u s e d in advertising and propaganda. Spoken presentations using audio-visual aids will be required. COMMUNICATIONS 154 - COMMUNICATIONS IN RECREATION (S) (3,0,1) A course in writing and s p e e c h a s they relate to Outdoor Recreation Management: reports, press releases, articles and briefs. Spoken presentations may be required. COMMUNICATIONS 155 - COMMUNICATIONS IN EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION (S) (3,0,1) A course in effective verbal and non-verbal communication, and in the writing of letters, reports and briefs. Spoken presentations may be required. COMMUNICATIONS 156 • MEDIA RESOURCES COM- MUNICATIONS (S) (3,0,1) A course in specific writing and speaking skills related to the M e d i a Resources student. Emphasis will be placed on interviewing t e c h n i q u e s , s t o r y - b o a r d i n g , c a p t i o n i n g , a n d adaptive writing. Several in-class presentations will be required. COMMUNICATIONS 170 • PUBLIC SPEAKING (F,S) (3,0,1) A c o u r s e in researching, organizing, and presenting different kinds of s p e e c h e s . Attention will be paid to voice training, nonverbal communication, a n d public speaking in various contexts. Counselling and Learning Assistance offer non-credit Group Programs as a service to students and the community without charge. The goals of these programs are to provide people with an opportunity to expand self-awareness, personal and career options. The programs combine elements of personal development and skills acquisition Some programs have limited enrollment. Registration information may be gained from the Counselling Reception desk or the Group Programs brochure COMMUNICATIONS 190 - ARTICLE WRITING (F,S) (3,0,1) A course in researching and writing articles intended for publication in news media a n d magazines, especially "trade" and special interest periodicals Attention will be paid to analysis of magazine readership, techniques of research and interviewing, the current market for articles, and the development of an effective prose style. The student will be expected to write at least three articles, in suitable format, and to submit them for publication in established periodicals. C O U N S E L L I N G G R O U P P R O G R A M 010 • DEVELOPING A C A R E E R (F,S) (0,0,2) A ten week group program devoted to individual career decision making. The first half will assist students in an evaluation of life goals and decisions about desirable life styles. The second half will concentrate on choice of career paths to realize the chosen lifestyle. This will include information gathering, career strategies, alternative careers and career plan. The group will respond to the concerns of students in a relatively unstructured format. The program may be taken separately, but would be especially beneficial if taken concurrently with the seminar on Developing Personal Potential. 1 71 C O U N S E L L I N G GROUP P R O G R A M 011 - V A L U E S A N D LIFESTYLES (S) (0,0,2) This group program will explore issues that effect our perspective on life, s u c h as values, formation and purpose and meaning of life. The goal of the program is to raise our awareness of the world that "tends to s q u e e z e us into its mold." A second purpose is in consequence from the first. "to allow for renewal of ourselves from within." Topics s u c h a s : despair, h o p e l e s s n e s s , death, our experience of evil, survival of personal life, the will to meaning and the valuing process will be d i s c u s s e d . W e hope to involve resource persons from the college and community. C O U N S E L L I N G GROUP P R O G R A M 012 • DEVELOPING A WINNING LIFESTYLE • A S M A L L G R O U P EXPERIENCE EMPLOYING T R A N S A C T I O N A L ANALYSIS (F,S) (0,0,2) Transactional Analysis is a method for improving understanding of human relationships developed by Dr. Eric Berne, author of G a m e s People Play. In the course, T.A. will be utilized to assist participants to increase effective communication between themselves and others. Group members will, through sharing with one another, be able to gain information regarding the verbal and non-verbal messages they are sending, and how each can "take c h a r g e " of his/her own life. Enrollment will be limited. A n interview with M . Penn is necessary. Economics is a social science concerned with the allocation of scarce resources and involving the production, distribution, and consumption of wealth. Economics 100 and 101 are introductory courses which raise and explore the kinds of questions economists deal with. They also serve as an introduction to the study of formal economic theory in the 200-level courses. C O U N S E L L I N G G R O U P P R O G R A M 013 • DEVELOPING P E R S O N A L POTENTIAL (F,S) (0,0,2) The program will consist of a series of small group exercises which are designed to help the participants clarify their values and life goals, and to investigate areas of strength. The emphasis will be on the discovery of capacities, talents and abilities which each individual has, but is often not aware of or is not using fully. If these potentialities are discovered and allowed to develop, the result is likely to be a more vital, creative and satisfying life. The program might be especially useful to those who are faced with decisions of vocational choice. The program may be taken separately, but would be especially beneficial if taken concurrently with the seminar of Developing a Career C O U N S E L L I N G GROUP W O R K S H O P (F.S) (0,0,2) PROGRAM 014 - S t u d e n i ; who plan to major in Economics or C o m m e r c e should complete Economics 200 and 201, before proceeding to third year courses at U . B . C , S.F.U., or elsewhere. Students who plan to major in Economics at S.F.U. are also advised to c o m plete Economics 120 and 121. ECONOMICS (3,0,1) 100 • INTRODUCTION T O E C O N O M I C S (F) A course that involves the identification and study of current economic issues. Reference is made to the nature and historical development of capitalism and how it has been changing and to the contrasts of capitalism and socialism. Government fiscal and monetary policies and simple economic concepts such as supply and demand are dealt with. SEXUALITY A short term workshop on a fascinating and beautiful part of life will be offered for students; the program will e m p h a s i z e the inter-personal aspect of sexual relationships We intend to provide for maximum participation of the group in meaningful content and ideas. Several guests from outside the college will participate in the workshop E C O N O M I C S 101 - CANADIAN E C O N O M I C S M A C R O A N D MICRO CONSIDERATIONS (S)(3,0,1) An examination of the contemporary structure of the Canadian economy with some historical reference. The importance of international trade and tariffs; the effects of foreign investment and ownership; the problems of regional disparities and poverty; the interplay of business, government and unions and federalprovincial relations and taxation policies are considered. Focus is on the hard economic choices the people of C a n a d a now face ' Not offered in 78/79. C O U N S E L L I N G GROUP P R O G R A M 017 • W O M E N O N T H E M O V E (F,S) (0,0,2) Find out how other women handle returning to college in this discussion group. This is for women who want to meet others like themselves, in search of new goals, ideas and plans for their future. This is an informal group designed for women who will enjoy sharing their support and s u c c e s s e s with one another. E C O N O M I C S 120 • ECONOMIC INDUSTRIAL ERA (F)(3,0,1) Co-sponsored with Women's Resource Centre. HISTORY O F T H E PRE- A broad sweep of economic history from man's earliest beginnings to the Industrial Revolution. The economics of pre-historic man, the River civilizations, Greece, Rome and Europe in the Middle A g e s are studied, while emphasis is placed on the transition from European Feudalism to early forms of capitalism. C O U N S E L L I N G GROUP P R O G R A M 018 • SELF-DISCOVERY (F,S) (0,0,2) Through a series of structured exercises and small group discussions, this program will provide a setting where participants can explore those factors which have been significant in their self-development. W e will be investigating such areas as formative influences in childhood, personal characteristics, attitudes to self and others, and interpersonal roles. This program is designed to give participants a better understanding of themselves, their relationships with others. E C O N O M I C S 121 • ECONOMIC DUSTRIAL ERA (S) (3,0,1) HISTORY O F T H E IN- A study of the Industrial Revolution and subsequent economic growth to the present in context of several countries including Canada Contrast is made between the paths of development of today's industrial nations and those nations that are now attempting to industrialize. 72 EDUCATION 153 - P R O G R A M D E V E L O P M E N T II (S)(3,2,1) E C O N O M I C S 130 and 131 (transfer credit being applied for.) A year-long introductory course d e s i g n e d specifically for students enrolled in the Business Management Program. E m phasis will be placed on understanding the organization and operation of mixed economies, and the role of government in pursuing policies of full employment, stable prices and balance of payments equilibrium. Students are advised to complete at least one 100-level course before enrolling for Economics 200 and Economics 201. ECONOMICS 200 — PRINCIPLES O F MACROECONOMIC THEORY (S) (3,0,1) The formal Keynesian theory of national income determination and some contemporary critiques of this theory. Included is the study of the possible causes of and solutions to unemployment and inflation and the importance of international trade. Government fiscal and monetary policies are examined in detail. ECONOMICS 201 — PRINCIPLES O F MICROECONOMIC THEORY (S) (3,0,1) A study of the theoretical constructs of consumer behaviour and the operation of business firms in the market economy under conditions of perfect competition, oligopoly, monopoly and monopolistic competition. Included is the analysis of the firm's equilibrium position and the determinants of income distribution. Education Pre-requisite: Education 152 and 155 Further study of program planning and development with particular reference to day care and to meeting the needs of the individual child in a group setting. Consideration will be given to the child under three, the three to five year old child and to school age children. Lab sessions provide further involvement with materials and activities. EDUCATION 154- H E A L T H A N D NUTRITION I (F)(3,0,1) The first of a two part study of the young child with a particular emphasis on physiology and the common d i s e a s e s and disorders of childhood. Twelve lectures of this series are concerned with first aid practices and procedures applicable in the preschool setting. A fee will be levied to cover costs associated with the St. John's Ambulance First A i d Certificate (Exceptions will be made for people with current First A i d Certificates). EDUCATION 155 • H U M A N G R O W T H A N D D E V E L O P M E N T I (F) (3,0,1) The first half of a two-part sequence. A study of human growth and development from birth to the end of the pre-school years. A n introductory study of theories, principles of development and child study techniques. EDUCATION 156 • H U M A N G R O W T H A N D D E V E L O P M E N T M (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Education 155 A continuation of Education 155 following the pre-schooler through the middle years of childhood, a d o l e s c e n c e a n d launching into adulthood. EDUCATION 157 - T H E CHILD A N D FAMILY LIFE (F) (3,0,1) Sociological perspective on the family in our culture and others. Examination of differences and similarities in family life and socialization of the young child related to ethnic, racial, socio-economic groupings, cultural values and ideology. Foeus on the nuclear family, single parents, the elderly, contemporary lifestyles — conventional a n d counter cultural. Implications for the pre-school teacher. EDUCATION 164 - H E A L T H A N D NUTRITION II (S)(3,0,1) The second of a two-part study of the pre-school child with particular emphasis on the nutritional needs of early childhood and how they c a n be met in the pre-school setting. EDUCATION 165 • FIELD SURVEY (S)(3,0,1) A course whose major goals will be to familiarize students with various types of facilities for the developmentally handicapped. The survey will include observations, seminar reports and discussions dealing with programs and services designed for those with special needs from infancy to adulthood. EDUCATION 250 • P R O G R A M D E V E L O P M E N T III (F)(3,2,1) Pre-requisite: Education 153 and Education 156 or by written permission of the program co-ordinator A detailed look at children's early concept development in science, social studies and mathematics. Students will work on individual and group presentations of materials, activities and experiences for the young child. Emphasis will be placed on the integration of these with other curriculum areas to achieve a balanced, flowing, creative program. Included is a weekend field trip early in the term and weekly lab experiences. A n additional fee will be levied to cover costs of the field trip. EDUCATION 151 - LITERATURE F O R Y O U N G CHILDREN (S) (3,2,1) Pre-requisite: Education 152 or by written permission of the Program Co-ordinator. A course designed to familiarize students with books, poetry and stories for children. Emphasis will be placed on the development and stimulation of language and thought in young children. A brief history of children's literature will be analyzed including its reflection of the cultural attitudes of the day. Students will present many assignments in small groups and make u s e of audio visual aids. EDUCATION 252 - CREATIVE A R T S F O R T H E Y O U N G CHILD (F) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Education 153 and Education 156 or by written permission of the Program Co-ordinator. A course which combines theory and participation in Art, Music and Movement for young children. The course builds on the experience and knowledge gained in previous c o u r s e s . It is designed to extend the concept of activity plans and to further the student's teaching skills. EDUCATION 152 • P R O G R A M D E V E L O P M E N T I (F) (3,2,1) An introduction to the planning and development of programs for pre-school centres (with major focus on Day Care). Attention will be given to activities that encourage exploration, experimentation, self-expression and self-esteem. Basic principles and methods of guidance will be studied. Weekly lab sessions provide direct involvement with materials. 73 EDUCATION 254 • FOUNDATIONS O F E A R L Y CHILDHOOD EDUCATION (F) (3,0,1) English A n overview of historical sources and modern impacts which are reflected in present pre-school procedures. EDUCATION 262 • SPECIAL EDUCATION (S) (3,2,1) Pre-requisite: Education 153 and Education 156 or written permission of the Program Co-ordinator. A course whose major goals will be the introduction to and general study of special needs of children in order that the student may increase her/his abilities to identify and work with exceptional pre-school children in regular or special programs. Special emphasis will be placed on community facilities serving exceptional children and application will be made to the gifted, developmentally delayed, neurologically handicapped, emotionally disturbed and multi-handicapped child. G E N E R A L INFORMATION 264 - P R E S C H O O L ADMINISTRATION (S) Students intending to transfer to universities should take two first year English courses other than 176, 177, 190, 191. Those bound for Simon Fraser University can obtain transfer credits for 010, if they desire. Administration and management of pre-schools with major focus on day care. Topics studied will include licensing regulations; procedures for setting up a centre; financial operation; personnel policies; staff relationships and supervision; working with a board of directors. Intending majors and honours students should complete English 2 0 0 and 201, and are encouraged to take another second-year English course. English 2 0 0 and 201 are sometimes required for certain Arts and Education programs; students should seek university calendars and help from A d visors in determining requirements. EDUCATION 268 - INTERPERSONAL RELATIONSHIPS IN T E A C H I N G (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Education 153 and Education 156 or by written permission of the Program Co-ordinator. The following English c o u r s e s are not offered in 1978-79. They will be reactivated when there is sufficient student interest. If you seriously wish to take one of these c o u r s e s , inform the English Department. A n examination of the role of the pre-school teacher in establishing meaningful relationships with parents, colleagues and community representatives. Specific communication skills will be developed through the group process, role play, sociodrama and interviewing techniques. Community resources and referral procedures will also be studied. English 160/161 Readings in the 19th and 20th Century Novel, 165/166 Journalism: College Newspaper Production, 176/177 Ancient a n d Mediaeval Mythology/Folk Tales a n d Legends, Humanities 100/101. EDUCATION (3,0,1) ENGLISH P L A C E M E N T TEST Those students who wish to enroll in English, Humanities General or General Studies courses in the A c a d e m i c Division must submit the results of the B . C . Government English Placement Test with their registration forms. EDUCATION 270 - V O L U N T E E R P L A C E M E N T (F)(3,0,1) A course designed to provide practical experience of a volunteer nature in a special needs facilities. Supervision will be provided through weekly seminars and reports. Those students who have not taken the B.C. Government English Placement Test are required to take the Capilano College English Screening Examination before registering for any English, Humanities General or G e n e r a l Studies course. EDUCATION 271 - INDIVIDUAL PROJECT (S) (3,0,1) In consultation with the instructor the student will undertake an in-depth study of a program or an area of individual development related to the special needs person. S c h e d u l e s of English Screening Examinations will be posted in the reception area, Student Info Centre and the Humanities Division. EDUCATION 364 • PRACTICUM I (F) (6,0,2) Pre-requisite: Taken concurrently with Education 152 or by written permission of the Program Co-ordinator. ENGLISH 010 - L A N G U A G E SKILLS (F,S) (3,0,1) The first of a four-part practicum sequence. During the first half of the term the student observes in the C o l l e g e Day Care Centre, focusing on individual differences among children and developing skill in observing and recording the behaviour of young children. In the second half of the term the student participates in a community pre-school centre as a student assistant 75 hours. Weekly seminars are held throughout the term. Note: Credit sections of this course are transferable to Simon Fraser Drop-in sections are non-credit. An intensive Writing Workshop in the basic language skills to enable the student to proceed without difficulty through a regular college program. Curriculum will evolve from the a s s e s s e d needs of the students. Most work will be practical. Students may enter the drop-in sections Writing Workshop during the semester by signing a list posted in the Humanities Division for an individual half-hour appointment. EDUCATION 365-PRACTICUM II (F,S)(6,0,2) Pre-requisite: Education 364. Taken concurrently with Education 153 or by written permission of the Program Co-ordinator. ENGLISH 090 - ENGLISH A S A N ADDITIONAL L A N G U A G E (F,S) (3,0,1.5) Note: S e e separate listing at the end of English. Supervised participation in one program for young children 80 hours. Weekly seminars throughout the term. ENGLISH 091 - ENGLISH A S A N ADDITIONAL L A N G U A G E F(,S) (3,0,1.5) Note: S e e separate listing at the end of English. EDUCATION 366- PRACTICUM III (F)(6,0,2) Pre-requisite: Education 365. Taken concurrently with Education 250 or by written permission of the Program Co-ordinator. The student participates as a student assistant in one centre. 80 hours. Weekly seminars throughout the term ENGLISH 100 - COMPOSITION (F,S) (3,0,1) A course in the fundamentals of good writing, giving students intensive practice in writing for a variety of purposes, with e m phasis on the essay form. Throughout the term, much attention is given to precise, appropriate and effective selection of words, with p r o g r e s s i v e l y i n c r e a s i n g e m p h a s i s on e f f e c t i v e organization and development of material. P r o b l e m s in mechanics of writing are dealt with individually, by revision of essays, and, if necessary, by group or individual drill. EDUCATION 367- PRACTICUM IV (S) (6,0,2) Pre-requisite: Education 366. Taken concurrently with Education 262 or by written permission of the Program Co-ordinator The student visits a number of different centres for children with special needs and spends an extended block of time in one s u c h centre. 80 hours. Weekly seminars throughout the term. 74 ENGLISH 104 • FICTION (F,S)(3,0,1) A study of selected twentieth-century short stories and novels, each of intrinsic literary merit. The chief aim of the course, beyond broadening and deepening the student's understanding and appreciation of literature, is to encourage original responses to literary expression, and to increase the student's ability to express those responses in well-developed oral and written criticism. ENGLISH 201 • ENGLISH LITERATURE SINCE 1660 (F,S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Two of English 100, 104, 105, 106, 108; or instructor's written permission. English 2 0 0 recommended, but not required. A course similar to English 200, but covering the later period indicated. ENGLISH 202 • CANADIAN LITERATURE (F) (3,0,1) ENGLISH 105 • POETRY (F,S) (3,0,1) A study of selected major and significant minor twentiethcentury poets whose poetry is of intrinsic literary merit. The chief aim of the course, beyond broadening and deepening the student's understanding and appreciation of literature, is to encourage original responses to literary expression, a n d to increase the student's ability to express those responses in welldeveloped oral and written criticism. ENGLISH 106 • DRAMA (F,S) (3,0,1) A study of selected and representative twentieth century plays especially since 1950. The chief aim of the course, beyond broadening and deepening the student's understanding and appreciation of literature, is to encourage original responses to literary expression, and to increase the student's ability to express those responses in well-developed criticism. Pre-requisite: Two of English 100, 104, 105, 106, 108; or instructor's written permission. A course designed to familiarize the student with major, representative authors from the colonial beginnings of Canada to World War II. A n investigation of various themes and styles which evolved through the early literature and which are reflected in contemporary Canadian literature. Examples of significant French-Canadian works studied in translation. ENGLISH 203 CANADIAN LITERATURE (S)(3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Two of English 100, 104, 105, 106, 108; English 202 recommended but not required; or instructor's written permission. The continuation of English 202, becoming more intensive in its investigation of individual major, modern authors of poetry, novels and plays in Canada since World War II. A study of the e m e r g e n c e in modern form of themes and attitudes of a s e n sibility uniquely Canadian ENGLISH 108 • T H E M E S IN C O N T E M P O R A R Y LITERATURE ENGLISH 204 - MAJOR AMERICAN WRITERS T O 1850 (F) (F,S) (3,0,1) A study of twentieth-century works, each of intrinsic literary merit, arranged under a thematic heading of significance in the contemporary world. The theme heading for each section of the course will be announced at the time of registration. Works wilf be drawn from various genres and will be studied as artistically formed expressions of feelings and ideas, both separately and in relation to one another. ENGLISH (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Two of English 100, 104, 105, 106 or 108; or instructor's written permission. A course designed to familiarize the student with the writings of selected major representative American writers, a n d to provide the student with a broad historical and critical frame of reference. Texts considered both for their own literary merits and in historical context. > 110 • INTRODUCTION T O LINGUISTICS I (F) ENGLISH 205 - M A J O R A M E R I C A N WRITERS SINCE 1850 (3,0,1$ Note: S e e Separate heading under LINGUISTICS ENGLISH (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Two of English 100, 104, 105, 106 or 108; or instructor's written permission. English 204 recommended, but not required. A course similar to English 204, but covering the period from 1850 to 1930. 111 - INTRODUCTION T O LINGUISTICS II (S) (3,0,1) Note: S e e separate heading under LINGUISTICS ENGLISH 206 • S E C O N D Y E A R DRAMA (F,S) (3,0,1) ENGLISH 190 - CREATIVE WRITING (F,S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Two of English 100, 104, 105, 106, 108 (preferably 106); or instructor's written permission. This course continues from English 106, in investigating various forms of dramatic literature chosen largely from a pre20th century reading list. Students will explore specific elements of style and form, various periods of drama history, and various s u b genres of drama This course has transfer credit at U.B.C. and U. Vic. Note: This course is transferable to U.B.C. and the University of Victoria. A n intensive workshop course designed to help students develop their skill in self-expression and craftsmanship in poetry, fiction, and drama. Students are required to write extensively in their chosen genre, and to develop an awareness, through written practice of at least one of the other genres. Students are also required to submit their writing regularly for group discussion. Students will be encouraged to develop their work to the point at which it should become acceptable for publication in T H E C A P I L A N O R E V I E W and other literary magazines. ENGLISH 212 - READINGS IN WORLD LITERATURE T O 1880(F) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Two of English 100, 104, 105, 106 or 108; or instructor's written permission. A course to acquaint students with a variety of major and influential works of literature from the classical Greek era to the end of the 18th Century and to provide the student with a broad historical and critical frame of reference. Texts considered both for their own literary merits and in historical context. ENGLISH 191 - CREATIVE WRITING (S) (3,0,1) Note: This course is transferable to U.B C . and the University of Victoria. A continuation of English 190. ENGLISH 213 • READINGS IN W O R L D LITERATURE SINCE ENGLISH 200- ENGLISH LITERATURE T O 1660 (F,S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Two of English 100, 104, 105, 106, 108; or instructor's written permission. A study of texts in all major genres from selected major authors between mediaeval times and 1660 A n attempt to provide the student with a broad historical and critical frame of reference as well as some in-depth study of individual works. 1880 (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Two of English 100, 104, 105, 106, 108; or instructor's written permission. English 2 1 2 recommended, but not required. A course similar to English 212, but covering the period from 1880 to 1960. 75 ENGLISH 215 • POETRY A N D POETICS, PRIOR TO T H E 20TH CENTURY (F)(3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Two of English 100, 104, 105, 106, 108 (preferably 105); or instructor's written permission. This course offers an investigation of poetry before the 20th century. Students will have an opportunity to read long works and/or to concentrate on three or four major poets. Transfers to U. Vic. and S . F . U . ; transfer to U.B.C. being applied for. ENGLISH 091 • ENGLISH A S A N ADDITIONAL L A N G U A G E (F,S) (3,0,1) Note: This course is not transferable to University. Pre-requisite: English 090 or written permission of the instructor. ? This course is similar in all respects to English 0 9 0 e x c e p t that the student should have a higher level of ability in the English language, and the stress of study will be on writing and discussion. Please contact the Department of Modern Languages for more information, (local 282). ENGLISH 216 • POETRY A N D POETICS O F T H E 20TH C E N T U R Y (S) (3,0,1) HUMANITIES 100/101 • A R T A N D LITERATURE IN T H E 20TH C E N T U R Y (2,3,1.5) Pre-requisite: Two of English 100, 104, 105, 106, 108 (preferably 105); or instructor's written permission. The English component of this course explores through a rotation of lectures, seminars and workshops, selected groups and figures from recent literature The composition and literature component offers exemption from English 100 at the University of British Columbia provided it is taken at the equivalent of 3 hours per week over two terms. The Art component of this course is equivalent to Art 100 offered in the Career Arts Program at Capilano College and, if the two semesters' study is complete, to Fine Arts 1 71 offered at the University of British Columbia. This course offers a study of theories of writing, theories of language, systems of thought and understanding of tradition as they relate to 20th century poetry and poetics. Not a survey, this course presents the opportunity'for intensive study of several significant poets or of the development of a particular form. Transfers to U. Vic. and S . F . U . ; transfer to U.B.C. being applied for. ENGLISH 290 • CREATIVE WRITING • POETRY (F) (3,0,1) Not offered in 78/79. Pre-requisite: English 190 or 191, or the instructor's written permission. LINGUISTICS 110/111 See separate heading under LINGUISTICS. This course offers an intensive workshop in the writing of poetry. It will concentrate on furthering the student's knowledge of current poetic forms while at the same time increasing his/her awareness of his own voice, this individual ground for writing, and the development of his/her own poetic. Students will be expected to do a certain amoung of reading of contemporary work, both poems and statements poets have made about their own poetics or aesthetics. In their writing they will have the opportunity of trying a variety of forms, for instance, the short lyric, the serial poem, narrative verse, prose poetry. Fine Arts i Note: This course has transfer credit at U.B.C. and U. Vic. ENGLISH 291 - CREATIVE WRITING - FICTION (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: English 190 or 191 or the instructor's written permission. <<4 This course offers an intensive workshop in the writing of fiction. It will concentrate on furthering the student's knowledge of the state of current fiction while giving him/her practise in developing his/her own voice, his/her awareness of word choice and rhythm, his/her ability to use authentic dialogue, to shape character, to experiment with points-of-view. Students will, then, be expected to do a certain amount of reading of contemporary fiction and to d i s c u s s various techniques In their writing they will have the opportunity of trying out these techniques in both short and extended forms of fiction. Note: This course has transfer credit at U.B.C. and U. Vic. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION • ENGLISH G E N E R A L INFORMATION All Fine Arts Courses are transferable to the Fine Arts Department at the University of British Columbia and receive elective credit at Simon Fraser University. ENGLISH 090 • ENGLISH A S A N ADDITIONAL L A N G U A G E (F,S) (3,0,1) A c a d e m i c students have the option to take the following University of British Columbia transfer course in the Careers Art Program: Note: This course is not transferable to University. A course designed to provide the student whose first language is not English, with verbal and written skills in English. The course will proceed with the patterns set by the students needs, generally beginning with a review of basics. Included in the course of study are: reading and oral comprehension, sentence structure, paragraphs and short essays, composition, vocabulary, spelling and verbal communication. ART 100-1 (Equivalent to Fine Arts component of Humanities 100-1) 1 ART 260-1 (Equivalent to Fine Arts 210-11) A c a d e m i c students may also take studio art courses and a p ply these to transfer credit at U.B.C. For details s e e Capilano College Equivalency guide. Note: Students should also s e e Humanities 100/101 Art and Literature in the 20th Century. Please contact the Department of Modern Languages for more information, (local 282). 76 FINE ARTS 100 • T H E HISTORY O F ART I (F) (3,0,1) French A n historical survey of art from prehistoric times to the late Gothic Period with consideration given to the painting, architecture and sculpture of each s u c c e s s i v e era as well as the artists themselves, their social context. Problems in style and period classification will be d i s c u s s e d . FINE ARTS 101 • T H E HISTORY O F ART II (S) (3,0,1) A consideration of painting, architecture and sculpture from the Renaissance to the present. The approach pursued in Fine Arts 100 is continued. Although students are encouraged to take Fine Arts 100 first, it is possible to enroll in the second semester offering. French streams at Capilano College: 1 Audio-lingual: French 102/103 - 1st level French 2 0 2 — 2 0 3 - 2nd level 2. Audio-visual: FINE A R T S 200 • NORTH AMERICAN A R T A N D ARCHITECTURE I (F) (3,0,1) This course is an in-depth survey of the Art and Architecture of America and Canada from 1600 to 1900 The background to the styles manifested during this period in these two countries will be examined, and the course will e m p h a s i z e major trends and major figures rather than seek to cover an enormous range of material in a superficial manner. 3. Grammar-Literature: Not offered in 78/79. FINE A R T S 201 - NORTH CHITECTURE II (S) (3,0,1) AMERICAN A R T A N D AR- A continuation of Fine Arts 200. This course is a topical exploration of Canadian and American Art and Architecture in the 20th Century. Fine Arts 200 is a recommended pre-requisite. Note: Specific transfer credits for Fine Arts 200-201 have been arranged with the Fine Arts Department at the University of British Columbia. Dialogue Canada French 160/161 - 1st level French 260'261 - 2nd level French 110/111 - 1st level French 210/211 - 2nd level F r e n c h 290/291 - 2nd level Other special French c o u r s e s offered: F R E N C H 170/171 - Q U E B E C C U L T U R E S.F.U. Students who wish to proceed to S.F.U. and to pursue further courses in French are reminded of the present equivalency standards. Elective credit will be given at S.F.U. for all Capilano College French Courses. Exemption from and placement in higher courses are determined by the results of a placement test or other assessment procedure. A s a result of the placement test, area credit may be granted which would count toward a major in French. C o u r s e s which do not qualify toward a major will be awarded elective credit only. FINE ARTS 211 - MODERN ART (20TH C E N T U R Y ) (S) (3,0,1) U.B.C. N.B. Students going into French 160 who have never taken F r e n c h must attend an Information Meeting during the first week of c l a s s e s . Students with French Grade 11 who wish only to satisfy the U.B.C. Faculty of Arts language requirement need Capilano College French 102 and 103. Should they plan to major in French, they should take French 202 and 220 during their third year at U . B . C , by permission of the U.B.C. French Department. Students with French Grade 12 who intend to major at U.B.C. should complete French 110 and 111, as well as French 210 arid 211. They may then proceed to U.B.C. French 220, which may be taken during their third year by permission from the Department. This course is a continuation of Fine Arts 210, concentrating on the art of the 20th Century in Europe and its subsequent development in the United- States. This half of the course may be taken without pre-requisite. Note: A l l French courses include a total of five and one-half hours of instruction per week, made up of three hours of lectures; one and one-half hours of laboratory practice; and one hour of conversation practice with a native speaker. This course is equivalent to Art 261 offered in the Career Art Program. Fine Arts 210/211 has transfer credit to the Fine Arts Program at the University of British Columbia. Native speakers of French, German or Spanish who wish to take first or second-year courses in these languages must consult with the Language Co-ordinator first. University rules governing such students differ within departments, but the Language Co-ordinator has correspondence dealing with matters relevant to credit transfer and point of entry; in order to avoid any misunderstanding, such students are invited to d i s c u s s these problems with the Language Co-ordinator prior to enrollment. Students who have received training in French outside B.C. will be placed in the appropriate course after consultation with the Language Co-ordinator. Not offered in 78/79. FINE A R T S 210 - M O D E R N ART (19TH CENTURY) (F) (3,0,1) This course is an in-depth study of European art of the 19th Century. It considers artists from France, Germany, Spain and England, focuses on important art movements and countermovements s u c h as Neo-classicism, Romanticism, Realism and Impressionism. This course is equivalent to Art 260 offered in the Career Arts Program. FINE A R T S 250/251 - R E N A I S S A N C E A N D MANNERIST ART: DIRECTED STUDY A B R O A D IN F L O R E N C E A N D ROME (Summers) (6,0,1) * To be offered, depending on enrolment, in May-June 1979. This five week survey of Italian Art and Architecture from the Early R e n a i s s a n c e (1400) through M a n n e r i s m (1600) considers the work of major artists who lived in Florence and Rome as it can be seen in collections and learned about through regular slide presentations. Emphasis will be given to a study of the formation of the High R e n a i s s a n c e style by Leonardo a n d Michelangelo. Side trips to important sites (Rome, Arrezzo, etc.) will be arranged. The c o u r s e is five weeks long; an extra week is included for free travel. S o m e requirements prior to a n d after the c o u r s e (in terms of preparation through lecture attendance) complete the six-week credit unit. Interested persons may contact the Humanities Division a n d leave a m e s s a g e for Josephine J e n s e n or A n n Rosenberg, (locals 218,281) F R E N C H 102 INTRODUCTORY F R E N C H (F.S)(3,1.5,1) Pre-requisite: Normally French 11 or some previous experience of French or written consent of instructor. A course d e s i g n e d to give spoken fluency and reading facility as well as some writing of the language, based on the audiolingual approach. F R E N C H 103 - INTRODUCTORY F R E N C H (S) (3,1.5,1) Pre-requisite: French 102 or some previous experience of French, or written consent of Instructor. This course should be taken, whenever possible, in the term following French 102. A continuation of French 102. See also Humanities 100/101. Not offered in 78/79. 77 F R E N C H 110- INTERMEDIATE F R E N C H (F)(3,1.5,1) Pre-requisite: French 12 or French 102 and 103 or p r e v i o u s written/oral experience. G r a m m a r revision; e x e r c i s e s , dictation, weekly assignments; some French and French-Canadian stories. F R E N C H 261 •DIALOGUE C A N A D A (F,S) (3,1.5,1) Pre-requisite: French 2 6 0 or written permission of the Instructor. A continuation of French 260. French 260 and French 261: U B C 115 (3), S F U U n a s s i g n e d Credit F R E N C H 111 - INTERMEDIATE F R E N C H (S)(3,1.5,1) Pre-requisite: French 110. This course should be taken, whenever possible, in the term following French 110. A continuation of the work of French 110; including composition, and an in-depth study of at least two major 20th C e n tury novels. F R E N C H 160 • DIALOGUE C A N A D A (F,S) (3,1.5,1) This is a course designed by Canadian linguists within a Canadian context. Speak a n d understand F r e n c h by the Audiovisual method " D i a l o g u e C a n a d a . " The method emphasizes the spoken language. This c o u r s e is intended for those with a limited knowledge of the language. F R E N C H 161 - DIALOGUE C A N A D A (F,S) (3,1.5,1) Pre-requisite: French 160 or written permission of the Instructor. A continuation of the c o u r s e French 160. At this level the students will be expected to start writing small compositions. F r e n c h 160 and F r e n c h 161: U B C F r e n c h (3), S F U Unassigned Credit, U. of V i c : F r e n c h 100 (3) F R E N C H 170 • Q U E B E C C U L T U R E I (F,S) (3,0,0) The a i m of the c o u r s e is to familiarize the student with the important aspects of Q u e b e c culture, from its origins to the present day. The student should gain a feeling of continuity of the culture, its rapid transformation since 1960, and its place within Confederation. This will be done by exploring Q u e b e c via its history, its politics, its literature, its music and its arts. F R E N C H 171 Q U E B E C C U L T U R E II (F,S)(3,0,0) Pre-requisite: French 170 or written permission of the Instructor. F R E N C H 290(F)(3,0,0) Pre-requisite: F r e n c h 261 or written permission of the Instructor. This c o u r s e is intended a s a follow-up to F r e n c h 261. The ultimate goal of F r e n c h 290-291 is to bring the student to a level of oral/written proficiency which will enable the student to pursue his/her own study of the language. Oral and written proficiency will be e n h a n c e d via the following methods; oral presentations, dictation, recording sessions, a variety of corrective grammatical e x e r c i s e s , the study of articles and seminars on the structure of the language. F R E N C H 291 (S) (3,0,0) Pre-requisite: French 290 or written permission of the Instructor. This c o u r s e is intended a s a follow-up to French 290. The goals of F r e n c h 291 are (1) to pursue the students' oral and written proficiency (2) to gain a better knowledge of Q u e b e c via its literary works. Oral and written proficiency will b e e n h a n c e d via the following methods: study of literary works, oral presentations, composition, dictation and grammatical presentations and exercises where applicable. F r e n c h 290 a n d French 2 9 1 : U B C 2 1 5 (3), S F U Unassigned Credit. General Studies This c o u r s e is a continuation of French 170 F R E N C H 202 - A D V A N C E D F R E N C H (F) (3,1.5,1) Pre-requisite: French 102 and 103 or French 12. A n advanced course to continue oral fluency with grammar review; some dictation and oral composition; continues the work of French 103. F R E N C H 203- A D V A N C E D F R E N C H (S) (3,1.5,1) Pre-requisite: French 202. This course should be taken, whenever possible, in the term following French 202. A continuation of the work of F r e n c h 202, with further e m phasis on oral expression. F R E N C H 210 - A D V A N C E D F R E N C H (F) (3,1.5,1) Pre-requisite: French 110, 111 or considerable previous experience in written and oral work. A n advanced course with emphasis on written work, including formal translation, stylistic exercises, dictation, and weekly written assignments. Literary works chosen from 20th Century novels will be studied, requiring some background reading. F R E N C H 211 • A D V A N C E D F R E N C H (S) (3,1.5,1) Pre-requisite: French 210. This course should be taken, whenever possible, in the term following French 210. A continuation of the work of French 210; literary texts will be chosen from 20th Century French-Canadian works; some background reading required. G E N E R A L STUDIES 100 & 101 C A P A C a p A is one of the C o l l e g e ' s most exciting offerings. It consists of two terms' work, with nine (9) credit hours granted for each term. This kind of program allows for a great deal of both collective and individual learning experiences, and for a great variety of approaches to teaching (lectures, seminars, tutorials, workshops, etc.) Each year, the students and three instructors explore a topic through a wide range of methods and a p proaches. F R E N C H 260 • DIALOGUE C A N A D A (F,S)(3,1.5,1) Pre-requisite: French 102 - 103 or French 160-161 or written permission of the Instructor. A continuation of the c o u r s e " D i a l o g u e C a n a d a " French 160161. At this level the student will be expected to study various articles or texts, give oral presentations and write compositions. 78 G E O G R A P H Y 200 • T E C H N O L O G Y A N D E C O N O M I C E N VIRONMENTS (S) (3,1,1) A n examination of the concepts and themes of economic geography in terms of production and consumption. The traditional primary, secondary, tertiary, and quaternary divisions in economic geography are reviewed in terms of contemporary issues s u c h a s development versus underdevelopment, poverty, and the location of industrial activities. Geography courses are planned for students who wish to major in this field as well as for those who wish electives. More than one geography course may be taken simultaneously. Students intending to transfer to U.B.C. may combine Geography 111 and 200 to receive credit for U.B.C. Geography 200/201. Students planning to transfer to S.F.U. may take the geography c o u r s e s in any sequence with the exception of Geography 216, 2 2 0 a n d 221 c o u r s e s which require prerequisites. Geography 112 and 114 are equivalent to Geography 101 at U.B.C. a n d fulfill the lab s c i e n c e requirement at U.B.C. and U. V i c . NOTE: A l l geography courses have university transferability. G E O G R A P H Y 106 • BRITISH COLUMBIA: A REGIONAL ANALYSIS (F,S) (3,1,0) A regional analysis of the geography of British C o l u m b i a which examines the criteria for defining regions; the historical development of settlement in the Western Cordillera; resource extraction and other forms of current activity; environmental perception and man — land relationships in the British C o l u m b i a landscape. G E O G R A P H Y 110 - T H E S C O P E O F G E O G R A P H Y (F) (3,1,0) A course concentrating on the development and present-day use of geographic methods of inquiry and techniques of analysis in the study of mankind in his physical and human environments. A combined d i s c u s s i o n group-laboratory course, in which students are encouraged to apply learned concepts in field research. G E O G R A P H Y 111 • H U M A N G E O G R A P H Y (F)(3,1,0) An examination of human cultural characteristics and a c tivities in different environmental situations. The distribution and characteristics of human populations are examined in both a global a n d contemporary North A m e r i c a n context. C o n c e p t s s t r e s s e d will be those of perception, culture a n d diffusion in man-land relationships. G E O G R A P H Y 112 • INTRODUCTION T O E A R T H ENVIRONMENTS (F,S) (3,2,1) A n introduction to Physical Geography using films, lectures, labs and field trips to explain processes in geomorphology and biogeography. Some of the environments to be considered are: glacial, volcanic, coastal, arid and fluvial. M a p s and aerial photographs will b e used to illustrate the various features. E m * phasis will be p l a c e d on Canadian examples and the interactions between man and his physical environment. G E O G R A P H Y 201 - U R B A N STUDIES (S)(3,1,0) A course based on the themes and problems encountered in the field of urban geography recognizing the increasing interdisciplinary nature of urban area analysis and examining urbanization as an historic and rapidly continuing process. This course also examines the growth of urban regions and patterns of settlement; the dynamics of urban structure and land use; and the critical problems that face mankind today due to past developments in the spatial, economic and social organization of cities. E x a m p l e s will b e taken from many parts of the world, though special attention will be made to the Lower Mainland of E-O G E O G R A P H Y 216 • OUR A T M O S P H E R I C ENVIRONMENT (F.S) (3,2,1) A n expansion of the concepts outlined in Geography 114. Large and small scale atmospheric phenomena are d e s c r i b e d , and the p r o c e s s e s leading to their forms and distributions are d i s c u s s e d . Films, lectures, labs and d i s c u s s i o n groups will be used to explain some basic physical laws and how they can b e applied to the p r o c e s s e s we observe. The subjects of atmospheric energy, moisture and motion will be covered, with an aim to provide the student with a d e e p e r understanding of the atmosphere and its interactions with the Earth environment. Pre-requisite: Geography 114 or Instructor's permission. G E O G R A P H Y 220 - C A N A D A : ITS REGIONS, P E O P L E S AND P R O B L E M S (F,S) (3,1,0) Pre-requisite: any one of Geography 106, 110, 111, 112 or 114. This course deals with C a n a d a as a political region, and d i s c u s s e s regional issues b a s e d on C a n a d a ' s historical, social and economic development. The course is designed to present information on past and contemporary Canadian issues, and draws on films, slides, and guest lecturers to complement selected readings. i Transfer Credit for this course is available to all local Universities, as well as the Canadian Studies program at Simon Fraser University. GEOGRAPHY 221 • M A P A N D A I R P H O T O INTERPRETATION (F.S) (3,3,1) Pre-requisites: Geography 112 and 114 or Outdoor Recreation 150 and 151 or written permission of the Instructor. This course deals with the u s e of maps a n d aerial photography to interpret natural and man-made phenomena. Major topics: Physical landscapes, Urban development and Regional land use. Lecture and labs will include topographic and geologic maps; vertical and oblique air photos; and black/white and colour photography. Land-use maps and multispectral remote sensing techniques will be additional topics covered. Transfer to S . F . U . ' s 250. G E O G R A P H Y 249 - C O M P A R A T I V E C U L T U R E S : A FIELD STUDY C O U R S E IN G E O G R A P H Y (SU) (3 Pre-requisite: Depends upon study area or written permission of instructor. This course applies the tools, techniques, concepts a n d methods of the geographer to examining the landscape. The focus is primarily on these field research techniques as they apply to a study area; and the study area will alternate e a c h year between B.C. and/or C a n a d a and foreign countries. N O T E : B e c a u s e of costs, instructor expertise, and the overall ability to offer all geography courses it should be noted that this course may not be offered in some years; and may not be interdisciplinary. G E O G R A P H Y 114 • W E A T H E R AND CLIMATE (F,S) (3,2,1) A course introducing students to the study of our atmospheric environment. Principles of climatology and meteorology will be explained (using films, lectures, labs and d i s c u s s i o n groups), to permit a basic understanding of the weather we experience daily Emphasis will be placed on Canadian examples, and the interactions between climate and other elements of our e n vironment, including man. 79 U.B.C. In the case of U.B.C. present equivalent standards provide transfer on the following basis: Capilano College German 100 and 101 (3 credits each) German 2 0 0 and 201 (3 credits each) U.B.C. 100 (3) 200 (3) T h e student w i s h i n g to major fulfills departmental requirements with German 223, which may be taken in the third year by permission of the Department. Note: All courses in German include a total of five and one-half hours of instruction per week, made up of three hours of lectures; one and one-half hours of laboratory practice; and one hour of conversational practice with a native speaker. Geology courses include weekly two-hour laboratory periods or equivalent field projects. These courses are designed for students who wish to gain a general knowledge of the earth's structure, composition, and history, as well as for those who intend to proceed to further studies in earth sciences at a university. Students planning to transfer to U.B.C. may combine Geology 110 and 111 to gain credit for U . B . C Geology 105. Native speakers of German who wish to take a first or secondyear German course must consult with the German instructor first. University rules governing s u c h students differ within departments, but the Language Department has correspondence dealing with matters relevant to credit transfer and point of entry; in order to avoid any misunderstanding, such students are invited to d i s c u s s these problems with the department prior to enrollment. G E O L O G Y 110 PHYSICAL G E O L O G Y (F) (3,2,1) G E R M A N 100 • FIRST Y E A R G E R M A N (F) (3,1.5,1) Topics to be studied include: structure and identification of common minerals; economic mineral deposits; origin and classification of rocks; weathering and erosion; development of landforms; composition and structure of continents and ocean basins; volcanoes and earthquakes; palaeo-magnetism, continental drift, sea-floor s p r e a d i n g and t e c t o n i c s of lithospheric plates, internal constitution of the earth; origin of the earth. A comprehensive introduction to the German language using a multiple approach: emphasis on understanding and speaking with reinforcement through reading and writing. As these topics entail the study of chemical and physical processes acting upon earth materials, students who have a little s c i e n c e background should consult the instructor to determine how they c a n best learn the needed principles. G E R M A N 101 - FIRST YEAR G E R M A N (S) (3,1.5,1) Pre-requisite: German 100, or its equivalent with written permission of the instructor. This course should be taken, whenever possible, in the term following German 100. R e c o m m e n d e d also for those who are considering taking German 200 at a later date and need review work. G E R M A N 200 - S E C O N D YEAR G E R M A N (F) (3,1.5,1) G E O L O G Y 111 - HISTORICAL G E O L O G Y (S)(3,2,1) Pre-requisite: Geology 110 or equivalent. Pre-requisite: German 101, or its equivalent with written permission of the Instructor. The geological evolution of continents and ocean basins constitutes the main theme of this course. Topics to be studied include: relative and absolute age of minerals and rocks; fossils and stratigraphic palaeonotology; geologic time-scale; ancient environments and organic evolution; geological history of the North American continent and the Atlantic and Pacific oceanbasins; geological history of our immediate environment. A course which includes conversation, grammar, composition and the study of modern literary selections. G E R M A N 201 - S E C O N D YEAR G E R M A N (S)(3,1.5,1) Pre-requisite: German 200, or its equivalent with written permission of the instructor. This course should be taken, whenever possible, in the term following German 200. A continuation of the work in German 200. S.F.U. Students who wish to proceed to S.F.U. and to pursue further courses in German are reminded of the present equivalency standards. Elective credit will be given at S.F.U. for all Capilano College German courses. Exemption from and placement in higher courses are determined by the results of a placement test or other assessment procedure. A s a result of the placement test, area credit may be granted which would count toward a major in German. C o u r s e s which do not qualify toward a major will be awarded elective credit only. H E A L T H 158 - MEDICAL O F F I C E P R O C E D U R E S (F S)(3 0 1) This is an introduction to office procedures c o m m o n ' t o general medical offices and hospitals. Students will gain expertise in making appointments; keeping medical records' keeping financial records; billing; dealing with patients, etc. etc' Students will also b e c o m e familiar with the professional ethics of thepara-medical. 80 H E A L T H 159 - MEDICAL O F F I C E P R O C E D U R E S (F,S) (3,0,1) Continuation of Health 158. HISTORY 107 • E U R O P E IN WORLD HISTORY II (S)(3,0,1) A course designed to follow History 106, a n d covering the period from approximately 1500 A . D . to the present. HISTORY 108 - ISSUES A N D T H E M E S IN U.S. HISTORY I (F) H E A L T H 160 • INTRODUCTION T O H E A L T H C A R E (F,S) (3,0,1) Students will learn about clinical procedures pertinent to the doctor's office a n d the hospital setting. The c o u r s e includes general information about physical a n d mental health; medications and health products. Students will also learn how to use a n d maintain medical office equipment. Half the time is spent on First A i d , and students will receive a Standard First A i d Certificate upon completion of this phase of the c o u r s e . (3,0,1) A study of U.S. history, 1620 to 1877, focussing on selected themes a n d topics. Emphasis is placed on the growth of an " A m e r i c a n " culture. HISTORY 109 - ISSUES A N D T H E M E S IN U.S. HISTORY II (S) (3,0,1) A c o u r s e designed to follow History 108, a n d covering the period from 1860 to the present. H E A L T H 161 • INTRODUCTION T O H E A L T H C A R E (F,S) HISTORY 110 - C A N A D A B E F O R E C O N F E D E R A T I O N (F) (3,0,1) (3,0,1) A n overview of the history of N e w F r a n c e and British North A m e r i c a , with special e m p h a s i s given to the problems of a colonial culture and the development of C a n a d i a n society. Continuation of Health 160. H E A L T H 1 6 2 - A N A T O M Y A N D PHYSIOLOGY (F,S) (3,0,1) A study of the structure, function and inter-relationships of the organic systems of the body. C o m m o n medical disorders, operative procedures and related terminology will be studied in conjunction with the systems. H E A L T H 163 • A N A T O M Y A N D PHYSIOLOGY (F,S) (3,0,1) Continuation of the work begun in Health 162. H E A L T H 164 • MEDICAL TERMINOLOGY (F,S) (3,0,1) A n introduction to G r e e k and Latin prefixes, suffixes, roots and combining forms common to medical terminology. H E A L T H 165 - MEDICAL TERMINOLOGY (F,S) (3,0,1) Continuation and reinforcement of terminology in Health 164. HISTORY 111 - C A N A D A SINCE C O N F E D E R A T I O N (S) (3,0,1) A c o u r s e designed to follow History 110, and to f o c u s on the development of a C a n a d i a n culture and identity. HISTORY 200 • T H E CITY, 1350 -1850 (F) (3,0,1) A n analysis of Western European urban life, including the mediaeval, mercantile a n d early industrial eras. Special e m phasis is placed on the English City. HISTORY 201 • T H E CITY, 1800 T O T H E P R E S E N T (S) (3,0,1) A study of North A m e r i c a n urban life, with special emphasis p l a c e d on the history of C a n a d i a n cities. HISTORY 203 • L O C A L HISTORY SEMINAR (S,SU) (3,0,1) A c o u r s e on the North Shore a n d Lower Mainland in the context of British C o l u m b i a history. S p e c i a l e m p h a s i s is p l a c e d on methodology and on r e s e a r c h techniques. Not offered 78/79. Humanities Students planning to major in history should have at least two history courses at the College. These can be any two courses, although the potential major is advised that a good program of study would include at least one each of courses in Canadian, U.S. and European history. A n intended major should also have a broad sampling of courses in the Social Sciences and Humanities. Students planning to major in history at Simon Fraser University should take six history courses in the first two years. Students planning to take honours should acquire a reading knowledge of an appropriate non-English language. HUMANITIES 100 • A R T A N D LITERATURE IN T H E TWENTIETH C E N T U R Y (3,2,1.5) Humanities 100 is an interdisciplinary course meeting in a rotation of lectures, seminars, and workshops. Selected works and the important artistic movements of 19th and 20th century art and literature will be studied. Not offered in 78/79. HUMANITIES 101 • A R T A N D LITERATURE TWENTIETH C E N T U R Y (2,3,1.5) HISTORY 103 - Q U E B E C IN C A N A D A (S,SU) (3,0,1) A n historical approach to the conflicts between English a n d F r e n c h C a n a d i a n s and between " f e d e r a l i s t " a n d " s e p a r a t i s t " French Canadians. Not offered 78/79. IN T H E A continuation of Humanities 100, with an exclusive focus on 20th century art and literature. NOTE: University Transfer credit approved. To obtain equivalent credit for Fine Arts 171 and English 100 at the University of British Columbia, the student must d o both terms. These courses fulfill first year English requirements and carry equivalency for 6 hours credit in Fine Arts in the Career Art Program (Art 100-1). Not offered in 78/79. HISTORY 106 • E U R O P E IN W O R L D HISTORY, I (F)(3,0,1) A study of s e l e c t e d themes in Western European social a n d political history from approximately 500 A . D . to 1500 A . D . , with special e m p h a s i s given to Europe's contacts and relations with other nations, cultures and peoples. 81 In addition, there a r e a wide variety of labour education c o u r s e s offered on a non-credit basis, including personal service c o u r s e s designed to help the worker in dealing with dayto-day financial and legal problems. The Labour Studies Program is committed to meet the special education needs of B.C. workers, their organizations, and the labour movement in general. From its inception in 1974, the Labour Studies Program has been a co-operative venture of Capilano College and the B.C. Federation of Labour. C o u r s e s in Labour Studies are offered on both a credit and non-credit basis. The Fall program is offered in October a n d November and the Spring Program in February through April. Each Fall and Spring a special brochure describing the c o u r s e s to be offered is issued. This brochure is available by writing the Program or telephoning 986-1911, L o c a l 334. C o u r s e s are offered in the evening and on weekends. Many participants in the Program have their registration fees paid by the Education Department of their union. S p e c i a l labour education requests. Trade unions which wish special short c o u r s e s or seminars a s part of their in-house education program for members or stewards have available the services of the Labour Studies Program. W e offer a wide variety of labour and labour-related educational programs: trade union history, e c o n o m i c s , law, occupational health a n d safety, civil rights, parliamentary procedure and public speaking, corporate financial analysis, Canadian politics, race and ethnic relations, and a host of other subjects specially tailored to trade unions needs. Learning Assistance Programs S o m e of the credit c o u r s e s offered in the Program a r e a s follows: INTRODUCTION T O E C O N O M I C S FOR T R A D E UNIONISTS (LSP100) Introduction to the basic c o n c e p t s of e c o n o m i c theory with special emphasis o n their u s e for labour. In addition to basic analytical c o n c e p t s the c o u r s e will look at the problems of employment, inflation, recession, government fiscal intervention, trade and tariffs etc. LABOUR LAW: B.C. LABOUR C O D E A N D PUBLIC SERVICE LABOUR RELATIONS A C T (LSP 110) Fundamentals of labour law for unions under the provincial jurisdiction. S p e c i a l emphasis on skills n e c e s s a r y for arbitration procedures as well as main elements of the Code. LABOUR LAW: C A N A D A LABOUR C O D E (LSP 111) Fundamentals of labour law for unions under the federal jurisdiction. S p e c i a l emphasis on teaching the unionist how to research and assert C o d e and contract rights. ISSUES IN O C C U P A T I O N A L H E A L T H A N D S A F E T Y (LSP 115) A general overview of the main social, medical, e c o n o m i c , technical a n d legal issues involved in the health a n d safety issues facing workers. Part of the c o u r s e will deal specifically with the provincial and federal jurisdictions on a separate basis. THE WORKERS' COMPENSATION ACT AND W O R K E R S ' C O M P E N S A T I O N B O A R D (LSP 116) The Learning A s s i s t a n c e Centre offers daytime and evening workshops a n d c o u r s e s to college students a n d community members. For more information and/or registration forms, visit or call the Learning A s s i s t a n c e Centre. LEARNING A S S I S T A N C E P R O G R A M 010 - LEARNING A N D STUDY SKILLS W O R K S H O P S (F,S,SU) (0,0,2) E a c h workshop series consists of six hours of instruction and discussion. Learning and Study Skills W o r k s h o p topics include time management, note-taking, d i s c u s s i o n skills, concentration building, examination techniques and e s s a y writing. LEARNING A S S I S T A N C E P R O G R A M W O R K S H O P S (F.S.SU) (0,0,2) 011 - READING Through a series of intensive reading workshops, students learn a n d practise essential reading techniques. These workshops a r e designed to increase reading s p e e d a n d c o m prehension. THE A look at the statutory framework providing for Workers' Compensation in B.C. a n d the procedures for claims and appeals under the statute. LEARNING A S S I S T A N C E P R O G R A M 012 - V O C A B U L A R Y EXPANSION (F,S,SU) (0,0,3) INTRODUCTION T O U N E M P L O Y M E N T P R O C E D U R E S (LSP 117) This c o u r s e provides a methodology for systematically developing a n effective vocabulary. It is expected that the course will be of benefit to those seeking higher college grades, better employment opportunities, or overall self-improvement. INSURANCE Introduction to the general theory and principles behind UIC with practical information on benefits, claims, appeals etc. HISTORY O F T H E LABOUR M O V E M E N T IN C A N A D A (LSP 140) LEARNING A S S I S T A N C E P R O G R A M 013 - E F F E C T I V E S P E E D READING F O R BUSINESS A N D P R O F E S S I O N A L P E O P L E (F.S.SU) (0,1,2) A survey of the history of the labour movement in C a n a d a from the formation of the working class in the 19th century through the period of mass industrial unionism. Each period will highlight the struggles the labour movement had to wage to gain its rights to organize, obtain union recognition, bargain collectively. A n 18-hour c o u r s e offered throughout the year. The a i m of this c o u r s e is to develop reading skills which will b e particularly useful to business and professional people. Reading c a s s e t t e s , pacers, a n d accelerators a r e used to increase reading s p e e d and comprehension. Materials used in the c o u r s e generally reflect a business orientation. Co-sponsored by the Community Education Division. 82 L E G A L STUDIES 157 -WILL AND P R O B A T E (F,S) (1.5,0,1.5) The course will illustrate and teach procedures in obtaining letters probate and letters of administration from the Supreme Court of British Columbia. Principles, practice and documentation will enable a legal assistant to probate a simple estate after the lawyer has interviewed the executor. The course will also include general principles of a simulated estate fact patent. Legal Studies L E G A L STUDIES 150 - INTRODUCTION T O L E G A L STUDIES I (F) (3,0,1) This c o u r s e is an introduction to legal concepts and legal reasoning. It will cover the historical development of legal institutions and the principles of c o m m o n law and equity. The interpretation of statutes, the doctrine of precedent, and the roles of lawyers and courts. There will b e a critical analysis of the system and its strength and w e a k n e s s e s . The development of the laws of negligence through various court decisions will be d i s c u s s e d . The c o u r s e will also cover some a s p e c t s of procedure, basic rules of evidence, capacity and status of parties a s well a s s o m e a s p e c t s of criminal law. L E G A L STUDIES 151 - L E G A L STUDIES II (F,S) (3,0,1) This c o u r s e is a continuation of Legal Studies 150 and is an introduction to private law. The areas covered will include law of contracts, sale of goods, partnership and company law. Although some statutes will be considered, emphasis will be on c a s e law and current development in the law. L E G A L STUDIES 152 • BASIC LITIGATION I (F) (1.50..5) (formerly Commerce 282) Introduction to the judicial process, basic pleading and trial procedure in civil and criminal litigation; correct use of Supreme Court Rules; procedures in pre-trial preparation and documents; precedents; forms of citation used in c a s e law. L E G A L STUDIES 153 - BASIC C O R P O R A T E I (F,S) (1.5,0,1.5) An examination of the British Columbia Companies Act and the various documents that a legal assistant or secretary must be familiar with in order to incorporate a company and attend to routine filings and resolutions. Records, office requirements, annual proceedings, preparing share certificates and registration. L E G A L STUDIES 154 - LAND REGISTRY S Y S T E M (F,S) (1.5,0,-5) History and examination of the land registry system in British C o l u m b i a . L a n d Registry A c t requirements; documents necessary for registration; the nature and effect of transfers and charges; search procedures will be among the topics presented. L E G A L STUDIES 158 • BASIC LITIGATION II (S) (1.5,0,1.5) Continuation of work begun in Legal Studies 152 For secretarial students only. Legal Assistant students should register for Legal Studies 162. L E G A L STUDIES 159 - A C C O U N T I N G F O R T H E L E G A L ASSISTANT (F,S) (3,0,1) This course is designed for the Legal Assistant who wants to understand basic accounting principles without taking a formal introductory accounting course. The student completing this course can expect to have a good understanding of the a c counting function, the services it can provide the Legal Assistant, and how to interpret statements, reports, budgets, etc. in the preparation of files in the law office. Through lectures and problem-solving labs the student is exposed to the accounting cycle, and the analysis of financial statements. E m p h a s i s on this accounting course is placed on the interpretation, analysis and use of accounting data. The mechanics of bookkeeping will not be a function of this course. L E G A L STUDIES 160 • L E G A L T H E O R Y (F,S) (3,0,1) This course is an introduction to the major theories of law, the nature of legal obligation, and the relationship between law and morality. Although it is a course in legal philosophy, the principle studies will be d i s c u s s e d in the context of s u c h practical issues as defending the guilty, obeying immoral laws, legislating morals, penal reform, law and social change, and the use and abuse of legal technicalities. The emphasis will be on the role the legal system plays in our society, and the role it ought to play. LEGAL STUDIES 161 • LEGISLATIVE PROCESS I (F) (1.5,0,1.5) A study of the electoral process in relation to the formation of federal and provincial statutes. Analysis of the relationship between legislative, administrative tribunals and the courts, the nature and limits of executive, legislative and judicial power, articulation of government policy in statutory form, translation of public policy into legislation and legal problems in implementing legislated policy. L E G A L STUDIES 162 • LITIGATION P R O C E D U R E S (F,S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Legal Studies 152 This course, designed for para-legal personnel assisting in litigation, will deal with problems encountered in the p r o c e s s of litigation and how to anticipate or intercept difficulties, and will cover Criminal, Divorce, Enforcement and Appeal Procedures. Those students with work experience in this field may challenge the pre-requisite. L E G A L STUDIES 155 • BASIC C O N V E Y A N C E A N D MORT G A G E P R O C E D U R E S (F,S) (1.5,0,-5) This course covers Interim Agreements, interim and long-term financing; L a n d Registry A c t requirements; procedures, documents and forms involved in conveying secure title and registering various charges. Emphasis will be on preparing a c ceptable documents, d e e d s of Land, Mortgages, Agreements for Sale and necessary related forms. L E G A L STUDIES 163 • C O R P O R A T E P R O C E D U R E S (F,S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Legal Studies 153 This course includes a study of extra-provincial companies, reporting companies and various problems encountered in corporate procedures. Work students with legal office experience in this field may challenge the pre-requisite. L E G A L STUDIES 156 • BASIC C O R P O R A T E II (S) (1.5,0,1.5) Continuation of work begun in Legal Studies 153. For Secretarial students only. Legal Assistant students should take Legal Studies 163. 83 L E G A L STUDIES 165 • M O R T G A G E S A N D C O N V E Y A N C I N G (F,S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Legal Studies 154 This course is a continuation of Legal Studies 154 with a more intensive and in-depth approach to A L L Land Registry documents and difficult title conveyances, statements of a d justments, reconciliation. Emphasis will be placed on client a p proach, preparation of documents, fee structure, transfer and mortgaging of Equities, power of attorney, sub-Right to Purchase, Strata Title, transfers foreclosures discharges. L E G A L STUDIES 179 • T H E R O L E O F T H E ASSISTANT IN T H E L E G A L P R O C E S S (S) (3,0,1) LEGAL This course will comprise guest lectures on various aspects of the role of the legal assistant; ethics; responsibilities of legal assistants. Students will gain practice in dealing with clients in relation to the type of information required to a c c o m p l i s h a specific task. Simulated interviews will be conducted by students. L E G A L STUDIES 180 - C O N T R A C T S I (F,S) (3,0,1) L E G A L STUDIES 169 • CITIZEN A D V O C A C Y (F,S) (3,0,1) A practical course encompassing law and community action; the law relating to civil liberties; legal aid services; the examination of the "lawyering p r o c e s s , " analysis of skills n e c e s s a r y for i n t e r v i e w i n g , e x a m i n i n g w i t n e s s e s a n d negotiating. This c o u r s e is designed to give the student exposure to the law of contract. It will cover all major a s p e c t s of the law of contracts. In the p r o c e s s , students will be made aware of how law in general and the law of contracts in particular fits into the overall pattern of society, and its pursuits. To this end students will d i s c u s s critically in the c l a s s a s many c a s e s a s time will permit. L E G A L STUDIES 191 • C O N T R A C T S II (F,S) (3,0,1) L E G A L STUDIES 170 • L E G A L R E S E A R C H (F,S)(3,0,1) This course will acquaint the legal assistant with the techniques and methodology of legal research and will include functions such as reading briefs and legal documents using encyclopediae, annotated reports, restatements, law reviews case comments; locating decisions and citations E « r?n*« 11.5,0,5) S T U D I E S 1 7 1 • LEGISLATIVE PROCESS II (S) Continuation of L e g a l Studies 161. L E G A L STUDIES 172 • L E G A L D O C U M E N T S (F,S) (3,0,1) The aim of this course is to enable students to write and to read legal documents with some fluency. Course work includes the drafting of agreements; methods for the rapid reading of legislation and solicitors' and stationers' documents; the drafting of claims and defences in litigation proceedings; and a study of the rules of statutory interpretation. Emphasis will be p l a c e d on developing a general style, rather than obtaining a detailed knowledge of the specific law. L E G A L STUDIES 176 - L E G A L O F F I C E P R O C E D U R E S I (F,S) (3,0,1) A course to prepare legal stenographer a n d legal assistant students for positions in law offices. Instruction in timekeeping and accounting systems, preparing Court a n d Land Registry documents, completion of forms a n d styles of legal c o r r e s p o n d e n c e , u s e of transcripts, legal briefs, u s e of a law library, library indexing, use of data processing equipment in the law office, ethical responsibilities, legal terminology a n d other procedures particular to the legal profession. This c o u r s e is a continuation of Legal Studies 180. Students will be able to expand their knowledge from Legal Studies 180 in order to achieve greater depth a n d sophistication in the field and to learn various a s p e c t s of b u s i n e s s law. Topics c o v e r e d will include s p e c i a l types of c o n t r a c t s s u c h a s agency, bailment and insurance; credit transactions s u c h a s chattel mortgages and conditional s a l e s and partnership a n d c o m p a n y law. L E G A L STUDIES 250 - L A W IN SOCIETY (F,S) (3,0,1) (formerly Commerce 279) This course will examine how the law h a s affected certain groups in our society, our lives, and the world in which w e live. The course is a seminar and d e a l s with important and topical issues related to the law. Other areas that will b e examined: Law and Ecology, Law and Media, Law and Computers, Law and the Native People of B . C . L E G A L STUDIES 252 • T O R T S (F,S) (3,0,1) A n introductory study of "torts": the protection of personal interest from interference and the way in which the courts meet this need in a changing society. Principal topics to b e studied are: intentional torts, negligence, strict liability, defamation and nuisance, concepts of standard of care, causality, duty a n d remoteness. Students will b e required to pre-read c a s e s for d i s c u s s i o n in class. L E G A L STUDIES 253 - C O M P A N Y LAW (F,S)(3,0,1) The law relating to corporations and partnerships in C a n a d a historical formation, structure and reorganization of a corporation; authority and fiduciary obligation of management legal characteristics, rights and duties of officers, directors and shareholders. L E G A L STUDIES 254 • MUNICIPAL LAW (F,S), (3,0,1) L E G A L STUDIES 177 • L E G A L O F F I C E P R O C E D U R E S II (F,S) (3,0,1) How to make a legal office run more efficiently; an examination of office machines, printed forms and human resources available in small and large law firms; an examination of bookkeeping and accounting systems for a law office inluding trust accounts, filing and communications systems; u s e of office equipment and relating costs of machinery and services; special stationery. N O T E : Students who have not taken Legal Studies 176 at the College but who d o have legal office experience can challenge the pre-requisite by either preparing assignments or writing an examination. A functional study of the legislative and administrative process of local government; the power of municipal by-laws and their validity; municipal taxation; planning, zoning land u s e and development. L E G A L STUDIES 255 • R E A L P R O P E R T Y (F,S)(3,0,1) The c o m m o n law relating to real property, a s modified by legislation including the Land Titles Act a n d The Conveyancing and Law of Property A c t , will be studied in this c o u r s e using the c a s e analysis method. Concurrently, seminars will be held o n more complex conveyancing problems. Prerequisites: Legal Studies 165 (Mortgages and Conveyancing) or conveyancing experience in a law firm. L E G A L STUDIES 256 • FAMILY LAW I (F,S)(3,0,1) Law and the family; marriage and its dissolution; rights and duties of spouses and parents; the law in respect to child care; custody, assess, guardianship, adoption; the role of family court; juvenile courts and human resource agencies. Mathematics L E G A L STUDIES 257 - E S T A T E LAW (F,S)(3,0,1) The law of Wills, S u c c e s s i o n , Intestate S u c c e s s i o n , principles of probate a n d administration of estates a n d miscellaneous estate problems. L E G A L STUDIES 258 - CRIMINAL P R O C E D U R E S (F,S) (3,0,1) A n examination of the criminal C o d e , theory of criminal responsibility; legal elements of a crime; criminal procedure; the law respecting the u s e of force, rules of evidence, confession; identification procedures and sentencing. This course will receive 3 general elective credits at S.F.U. L E G A L STUDIES 266 - FAMILY LAW II (F,S) (3,0,1) Continuation of Legal Studies 256. L E G A L STUDIES 268 - CRIMINAL LAW (F,S) (3,0,1) Substantial elements of selected criminal offenses and consideration of the rules of evidence. Particular subjects include the nature of real and circumstantial evidence, burden of proof, hearsay, confession and admission, competence, comellability and witnesses. This course will receive 3 general elective credits from S.F.U. L E G A L STUDIES 269 - H U M A N RIGHTS II (F,S) (3,0,1) A n extensive study of Human Rights Legislation and practice in Canada. The acts will be examined as well as the operation of the Commissions. A l s o the work and role of a human rights officer will be studied. Students will learn how to investigate a case, to determine its validity, and to proceed with an action. Public education, specific interest groups, and organizations, a s well as the expanding field of Civil Liberties Law will be explored. The Mathematics Department offers c o u r s e s primarily a i m e d at the first a n d s e c o n d year university level. For students requiring refresher c o u r s e s in mathematics or mathematics upgrading through the G r a d e 12 level, two options are available: Option 1: Math 009, 0 1 0 , 0 1 1 , 0 1 2 These c o u r s e s are offered in the Mathematics R e s o u r c e Centre on a self study format. Diagnostic tests, workbooks, audio tapes and individualized instruction a r e available. Registration for e a c h c o u r s e is ongoing throughout the a c a d e m i c year. For placement within the series it is suggested that you consult with a mathematics instructor. Post secondary institutions in B . C . recognize the sequence Math 010, 011 a n d 0 1 2 a s a Mathematics 12 equivalent. These courses receive no transfer credit at U.B.C. or U. Vic. but the sequence Math 010, 011 a n d 012 receives transfer credit for S . F . U . ' s Math 100. Option 2: Math 105 Math 105 is a precalculus c o u r s e at the Mathematics 12 level which is recognized by post-secondary institutions in B . C . a s a Mathematics 12 equivalent. It is run on a regular c l a s s r o o m format and requires a " C " grade or better in Mathematics 11 a s a pre-requisite. Math 105 receives no transfer credit to U.B.C. or U. Vic. but does receive transfer credit f o r S . F . U . ' s Math 100. L E G A L STUDIES 270 • LABOUR LAW (F,S) (3,0,1) Union-Management relations; the collective bargaining process; arbitration and conciliation procedures. The course will include detailed consideration of the B.C. Labour C o d e and a study of decisions of the B.C. Labour Relations Board. Entering students should u s e the following two sections, Parts A and B, a s guidelines for selecting mathematics c o u r s e s at the first year level. D u e to the specialized needs of some programs at the universities the Mathematics Department advises students to consult the university calendar and to seek guidance from a College Counsellor or Mathematics instructor for the appropriate c o u r s e selection. A . S T U D E N T S P L A N N I N G T O P R O C E E D IN S C I E N C E , MATHEMATICS, ARCHITECTURE, ENGINEERING A N D FORESTRY. These students normally take Mathematics 110, 111 during their first year.Comments: Mathematics 1 0 1 , 102 are recommended by some s c i e n c e departments at S . F . U . 2. S c i e n c e students should consider taking Mathematics 103 a s an elective in their first year. 3. The c o m m e n t s included in many c o u r s e descriptions regarding duplicate credit a r e due to the fact that most courses have been renumbered over the past two years. 4. Math 110, 111 replace the previous calculus s e q u e n c e Math 1 1 2 , 1 1 3 , 1 1 4 . S T U D E N T S P L A N N I N G T O P R O C E E D IN A R T S O R C O M MERCE PROGRAMS Students planning to pursue a program in the Faculty of Arts, who wish to satisfy a one-year s c i e n c e course elective, normally take one of the following packages: Mathematics 101 and 100 Mathematics 101 and 102 Mathematics 101 and 103 (not for S.F.U.) Mathematics 100 and 103 (not for S.F.U.) LINGUISTICS 110 - INTRODUCTION T O LINGUISTICS I (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: English 100 This course offers an introduction to language with emphasis on the history a n d development of the English language. A discussion of various problems related to language will be introduced. The course also examines the intellectual and cultural significance of language a n d meaning, a n d presents various ways of recording language. LINGUISTICS 111 - INTRODUCTION T O LINGUISTICS II (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: English 100, Linguistics 110 recommended. The objective of this course as an extension of Linguistics 110, is to survey the various approaches to language study, from normative grammar to generative grammar, and from historical linguistics to formal linguistics. The emphasis will be on contemporary studies in transformational grammar a n d in structural and formal linguistics. 85 Students planning to pursue a program in the Faculty of C o m m e r c e normally take: a) for transfer to U . B . C , one of the following p a c k a g e s : Mathematics 101 and 100, or Mathematics 101 and 102 b) for transfer to S . F . U . , one of the following c o u r s e s : Mathematics 100, or Mathematics 105. For Honours Economics: Mathematics 110. (In addition, Mathematics 101 is advised.) The Mathematics Department advises students to begin a two-course s e q u e n c e in Mathematics 101 since this provides the option of Mathematics 100, 102 or 103 the following term. Students planning to study E c o n o m i c s at U.B.C. must take Mathematics 110. Mathematics 111 is also required for Honours E c o n o m i c s at U.B.C. MATH 104 (3,0,1) E L E M E N T S O F C O M P U T E R S C I E N C E (S) Pre-requisite: Mathematics 103 A study of computer organizations, machine, assembler a n d programming languages; algorithms; applications to numerical and non-numerical problems. MATH 105 - P R E C A L C U L U S M A T H E M A T I C S (F,S) (3,0,1) NOTE: This c o u r s e is non transferable to U.B.C. Pre-requisite: Mathematics 11 with at least a " C " grade. A review of algebra and a discussion of functions, graphs a n d trigonometry. Primarily for students who anticipate taking calculus c o u r s e s or who wish to take an introductory course in physics but are weak in mathematics. MATH 009 • ARITHMETIC (F,S) (1,0,0) Pre-requisite: None MATH 110 - C A L C U L U S I (F,S)(4tt,0,1tt) Pre-requisite: Mathematics 12 or Mathematics Mathematics 030. A review of the basic arithmetic operations. Applications to percentage, ratio, proportions, areas and volumes. This is a selfstudy c o u r s e primarily intended for returning students w h o require a basic math refresher. A brief review of functions; trigonometry; analytic geometry; the derivative, techniques of differentiation, applications of the derivative to MAX-MIN a n d related rate problems, the definite integral, logarithmic and exponential functions. MATH 010 • E L E M E N T A R Y A L G E B R A (F,S) (1,0,0) Pre-requisite: Math 009 or permission of instructor MATH 111 — C A L C U L U S II (F,S)(4Vi,0,1 Vi) Pre-requisite: Mathematics 110 Reviews and develops basic algebraic skills n e c e s s a r y in the solution of algebraic equations a n d the factorization of polynomials. Introduction to analytic geometry with emphasis on straight lines. This c o u r s e is offered on a self-study format. A study of the anti-derivative; the integral; techniques of integration and applications of the integral; vector algebra, the calculus of vector valued functions, complex numbers, sequences, infinite series and Taylor's Theorem. THE MATHEMATICS DEPARTMENT O F F E R S A FULL S E C O N D Y E A R UNIVERSITY T R A N S F E R P R O G R A M IN M A T H E M A T I C S . MATH 011 - INTERMEDIATE A L G E B R A (F,S) (1,0,0) Pre-requisite: Math 010 or permission of instructor This c o u r s e continues the development of the algebraic skills introduced in Math 010. Inequalities; functions, exponential and logarithmic functions; systems of linear equations; analytic geometry with emphasis on the conic sections. This c o u r s e is offered on a self-study format. MATH 012 • TRIGONOMETRY (F,S) (1,0,0) Pre-requisite: Math 011 or permission of instructor Introduction to the trigonometric functions, trigonometric identities; inverses; triangles; vestors a n d applications. This course is offered on a self-study format. linear M A T H 215 — INTRODUCTION T O ANALYSIS I (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: At least a " B " average in Mathematics 110 a n d 111 programming; A c o u r s e for students who plan to p r o c e e d in mathematics. Logic, sets, functions, limits of s e q u e n c e s a n d series; introduction to continuity, Riemann Integral. Students will not receive credit for more than one of the following: Mathematics 115, Mathematics 132, Mathematics 215. M A T H 230 - C A L C U L U S III (F)(3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Mathematics 111 with at least a " C " grade. Mathematics 200 should be taken concurrently, if not already completed. MATH 102 - STATISTICAL M E T H O D S (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Mathematics 101 Analytic geometry of three dimensions; partial differentiation, applications; double a n d triple integration; transformations to various coordinate systems. A study of important statistical methods commonly used in the analysis of research data, including: t-tests and their nonparametric competitors, one and two-way analysis of variance, chi-square tests and regression analysis. TO MATH 200 - L I N E A R A L G E B R A (F) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Mathematics 111 with at least a " C " grade. A study of vector s p a c e s , linear transformation, matrices, determinants, eigenvalues, quadratic forms. A n introduction of groups, rings, fields, complex numbers, polynomials, the fundamental theorem of algebra. Not offered in 1978/79. MATH 101 INTRODUCTION T O STATISTICS (F,S)(3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Mathematics II or written consent of instructor A n introduction to the language of statistics a n d s o m e statistical methods, including random variables and their distribution; random sampling; normal distribution; estimation of parameters and testing hypotheses. MATH 103 — I N T R O D U C T I O N PROGRAMMING (F,S) (3,0,1) S T U D E N T S P L A N N I N G TO T A K E 200 L E V E L M A T H E M A T I C S S H O U L D SEEK ADVICE F R O M MATHEMATICS INSTRUCTORS. MATH 201 - A B S T R A C T A L G E B R A (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Mathematics 111 MATH 100 - INTRODUCTION TO C O L L E G E MATHEMATICS (F.S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Mathematics 11 A study of set theory; matrices, probability, optimization techniques. 105 or MATH 231 - C A L C U L U S IV (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Mathematics 230 COMPUTER Line a n d s u r f a c e integrals; G r e e n ' s Theorem; vector fields; divergence theorem; Stoke's Theorem; applications. Pre-requisite: Any first year Mathematics c o u r s e which may be taken concurrently. M A T H 232 - INTRODUCTION T O ANALYSIS II (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Mathematics 2 1 5 or Mathematics 115 or Mathematics 132 with at least a " C " grade. A n introduction to BASIC programming for simple scientific calculations, a s well as various data processing problems in statistics a n d accounting to provide a general understanding of computers and specific experience in writing and executing programs. Continuity, differentiation, integration, mean value theorem, fundamental theorem of calculus, boundedness, power series. Not offered in 1978/79. 86 MATH 235 - INTRODUCTION TO DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Mathematics 230 and Mathematics 200 with at least a " C " grade in e a c h . A n introduction to ordinary differential equations; first order equations; s e c o n d order linear equations; first order linear systems; phase plane; applications to physics, geometry a n d electrical circuits. Media MEDIA 060 - GRAPHIC APPLICATIONS (F.S.SU) (1,0,.5) (OPEN) The u s e of graphics as it applies to media production. Lettering, silkscreening and other forms of graphics will be studied as they apply to media such as film, TV, slide tape, overhead transparencies. MEDIA 061 • SLIDE - T A P E PRODUCTIONS (F,S,SU) (1,0,.5) (OPEN) A course designed for people wishing to improve their present skill in slide tape productions. Students will produce a slide tape using their own slides and sound tracks. MEDIA 062 - P H O T O G R A P H I C U S A G E (S) (3,0,1) (OPEN) A n introduction for beginning photographers. The course will cover such topics as exposure, depth of field, treatment of motion, c h o i c e of l e n s e s , b a s i c lighting, creativity in photography, and purchasing of equipment. Participants to supply their own cameras and supplies. This course is for students not enrolled full time in the M e d i a Resources Program. MEDIA 063 - A D V A N C E D PHOTOGRAPHIC U S A G E (S) (3,0,1) (OPEN) A c o u r s e in a d v a n c e d photography for e x p e r i e n c e d photographers. In a given term the class might centre on free lance photography, creative photography, photojournalism, or other advanced topics. Students to use their own equipment. This course is for students not enrolled full time in the M e d i a Resources Program. MEDIA 064 - FILM U S A G E (3,0,1) (OPEN) A course in film making for amateur film makers. The class will cover film aesthetics and techniques for beginners. Topics to include camera work, editing, titling, use of sound, and choice of equipment. Students to u s e their own equipment and supplies. This course is for students not enrolled full time in the Media Resources Program. MEDIA 072 — BASIC P H O T O G R A P H Y (SU) (3,3,1) (OPEN) A practical and lecture course in beginning photography. Similar to M e d i a 183, this course is for students not enrolled full time in the M e d i a Resources Program. MEDIA 073 - (1,0,5) (OPEN) Documentary Films,, their applications and utilization will be explored in this course. This film course is designed for people working in Adult Education and who wish to make more use of film as an educational tool. SMALL FORMAT MEDIA 081 - MEDIA STUDIES (F.S) BASIC AUDIO PRODUCTION (SU) (3,0,1) MEDIA 151 - GRAPHICS FOR MULTIMEDIA PRODUC- TIONS (S) (3,0,1) A course in audio-visual graphics to produce graphics a p propriate for u s e in slide-tape shows, animated films, etc. FILM STUDIES (F) (3,0,1)(OPEN) A study of contemporary and historical films. The lectures, discussions, and assignments will be b a s e d on films shown in the class and on selected readings in film history, criticism, and history. This course is for students not enrolled full time in the Media Resources Program. MEDIA 059 - (SU) (3,3,1) (OPEN) A n introduction to the basics of audio production techniques for students not enrolled in the M e d i a Resources Program. (1,0,.5)(OPEN) The uses of small format educational media will be explored in this course. Filmstrips, slide tape, still photography and other media will be d i s c u s s e d and analysed. MEDIA 053 - PHOTOGRAPHY MEDIA 074 — BASIC FILM MAKING (SU) (3,3,1)(OPEN) A practical and lecture course in film making, similar to Media 253. This course is for students not enrolled full time in the M e d i a Resources Program. MEDIA 051 - VIDEO STUDIES (F,S)(1,0,.5) (OPEN) A n introduction to the role of video in a variety of community situations. Students will study the effect of TV on our society and look at other uses for video in affecting change. MEDIA 052 - ADVANCED (OPEN) A practical and lecture course in advanced photography. Similar to M e d i a 185, this course is for students not enrolled full time in the M e d i a Resources Program. MEDIA 152 - GRAPHICS FOR T H E MEDIA SPECIALIST (F) (3,0,1) An introduction to the equipment and techniques used by the graphic designer in media productions. Most of the course is d e v o t e d to studio a s s i g n m e n t s , involving lay-out a n d typography, photography, s i l k s c r e e n a n d o v e r h e a d transparencies and their application to media production. AUDIO APPLICATIONS (F,S) (1,0,.5) (OPEN) A course designed for people who wish to make more effective use of their tape recorders and who wish to learn simppie editing procedures. 87 MEDIA 153 - FILM ANIMATION (S) (3,0,1) An introduction to film animation techniques using Super 8 film, basic motion picture camera and studio lighting techniques in lectures, demonstrations and workshop exercises, including a wide range of film animation media; drawing on film; bleaching; table top animation; cutouts; camera animation of graphics and photographs; titling and basic animation cell techniques. MEDIA 154 - MEDIA 254 - MEDIA APPLICATIONS III (F) (3,3,1) Further work in uses and applications of media in a field setting. The role of the Resource Center in an institution. MEDIA 256 - LEARNING R E S O U R C E S C E N T R E (S) (3,3,1) A course in which the student will produce a plan of an audiovisual resource in relation to the developing concept of total learning resources services. MEDIA APPLICATIONS I (F) (6,0,2) A n introduction to the educational and social uses of media. E m p h a s i s will b e o n projects involving b a s i c media; photography, graphics, transparencies, etc. MEDIA 155 — MEDIA APPLICATIONS II (S) (3,0,1) Intermediate course in the educational and social u s e s of media. Introduction to theories of learning, communication systems, and educational applications. MEDIA 260 - AUDIO VISUAL G R A P H I C S (F) (3,0,1) A basic course in the principles of graphic information and preparation of graphic materials for classroom instructional purposes, film or television productions, including workshop assignments with colourtone techniques; photographic paste-up and reduction techniques; the production of diagrams; basic display and flow charts. MEDIA 261 T E C H N I C A L APPLICATIONS III (F) (3,0,1) MEDIA 161 - T E C H N I C A L APPLICATIONS I (F) (3,0,1) A beginning course to familiarize students with the capabilities and limitations of equipment. Practical experience in care, maintenance and simple repairs of still cameras, projectors, and other basic equipment. MEDIA 163 - T E C H N I C A L APPLICATIONS II (S)(3,0,1) Capabilities and limitations of audio, slide tape, film animation, and video portapack systems. Practical experience in care and maintenance of these systems. MEDIA 171 - S M A L L F O R M A T TELEVISION (S) (3,0,1) Introduction in television production. The course will center on uses of the half-inch portable "rover" system. MEDIA 181 - BASIC AUDIO PRODUCTION (F) (3,0,1) A n introduction to basic production techniques for educational materials, Emphasis will be on interviewing, scripting, dubbing, editing, a n d mixing. The course will also cover the proper operation of microphones, tape recorders and dub/mix facilities. MEDIA 182 — A D V A N C E D AUDIO PRODUCTION (S) (3,0,1) A practical a n d lecture course covering documentaries, drama, satire, dramatization, music recording a n d special learning formats. S o m e of the work will involve the department's production studio. MEDIA 263 - T E C H N I C A L APPLICATIONS IV (S) (S) (3,0,1) Designing of systems for media production and delivery. Includes budgeting and purchasing of equipment systems, a c commodation of systems, designing to institutional needs and resources, and interfacing of different types of systems. MEDIA 271 (6,0,2) EDUCATIONAL TELEVISION S Y S T E M S (F) A production course in medium format television, including portable 1/2" and 1" videotape equipment; single-camera productions, documentaries, and full studio productions. Training includes camera work, directing and switching, lighting, editing, graphics, telecine. MEDIA 287 - AUDIO FOR FILM A N D TELEVISION (F) (3,0,1) Techniques of audio recording, editing and dubbing in film and television production. MEDIA 301 (3,6,1) SPECIALIZED INSTRUCTIONAL AIDS (S) Pre-requisite: Completion of the specialty courses in the first year of the Media Resources Program. A n advanced course in the planning a n d preparation of special graphic and instructional aids for classroom, film and t.v. productions, as well as the study of production techniques, colourtone production and other display media. A field practicum course involving one or more major assignments. MEDIA 183 - T H E O R Y A N D APPLICATIONS O F PHOTOGRAPHIC PRODUCTION (F) (6,3,2) A beginning course in photographic theory and practice, examining basic principles of camera operation; exposure; developing and printing. MEDIA 185 - Capabilities and limitations of television and film systems. Practical experience in use, care and maintenance of those systems. A D V A N C E D P H O T O G R A P H Y (S) (3,3,11,1) The application of photographic techniques, with emphasis on combining shot s e q u e n c e s to tell a story, as well as editing, layout and presentation. MEDIA 302 — INSTRUCTIONAL MEDIA PRODUCTIONS (S) (3,6,1) Pre-requisite: Completion of specialty courses in the first year of the M e d i a Resources Program. A n advanced course in media productions, including audio, slide, tape, film, v.t.r. and e.t.v. a s these relate to educational and training needs, with production styles for specific needs and audiences. A field practicum course involving one or more assignments. MEDIA 189 - R E S E A R C H M E T H O D S FOR T H E MEDIA SPECIALIST (S) (3,0,1) Research and background techniques for media productions. The role of the media specialist in consultation with clients and content experts in interviewing, and in utilizing libraries, newspapers, and other s o u r c e s of material. MEDIA 303 - T H E MEDIA SPECIALIST IN A N D TRAINING (S) (3,6,1) EDUCATION MEDIA 253 — FILM MAKING (F)(6,3,2) Pre-requisite: Completion of specialty courses in the first year of the M e d i a Resources Program. A n introduction to basic motion picture production; camera, film stock, lighting; exposure controls; lenses and perspectives, camera movement, pictorial and directional continuity; editing, titling, scripting, with emphasis upon film as a graphic medium. A production course emphasizing continuity, dramatic a n d educational films, utilizing Super 8 equipment. A course concerned with the uses of media for motivation, triggers, information transmission, emotive learning and selfawareness; the relationship of the M e d i a Specialist to education in general, with emphasis on the tasks confronting him. A field practicum course involving one or more major assignments. 88 MUSIC 158 - Music O R C H E S T R A T I O N (S)(3,1,1) A course in the basics of orchestration intended to give the student a working knowledge of the orchestral instruments and some electronic devices used in commercial music. MUSIC 270 - ARRANGING I (FM3,0,3) This course will survey various basic arranging techniques. A thorough study will be undertaken of sectional writing from two part through the concerted big band. — melodic and rhythmic variation — 2 horn section writing — 3 horn section writing — block harmony — open voicings — adding tensions to block harmony — approach techniques — tension resolve — independent bass instrument Theoretical Studies MUSIC 010 - T H E O R Y I (F)(3,1,1) A course designed to teach music rudiments including: the staff, the clefs, notes and rests, major and minor scales, intervals and chords. Ear training will include recognition of all intervals — melodically and harmonically, major, minor, augmented and diminished triads. Sight singing will encompass examples in duple and triple metre in major and minor keys using stepwise and disjunct melodic motion. MUSIC 011 - MUSIC 271 - ARRANGING II (S)(3,0,2) This course will offer study of advanced arranging techniques. It will include introductions and modulations, endings and background writing, and a methodical application of these to various styles of rock, jazz and popular music. — background writing — five part harmony — dominant harmonization of a line — practical application of theoretical work with voicing in fourths, modal writing, and chord voicing. — writing in specific styles — introductions, endings, modulations T H E O R Y II (S)(3,1,1) A continuation of M u s i c 010. MUSIC 256 - T H E O R Y III (F)(3,2,1) A course designed to e m p h a s i z e sight singing and ear training. A study of music of the mediaeval age (ca. 900 to ca. 1400) Gregorian chant to 3-part writing, notation, rhythmic modes, church modes, cadential formulas. Historical Studies MUSIC 110 - MUSIC APPRECIATION (F) (2,1,1) A study of western music through a penetrating look at various parameters. Rhythm, metre, and tempo; pitch; tone colour; dynamics, attach and decay; texture. Special attention will be paid to student creations using various parameters. MUSIC 257 - T H E O R Y IV (S)(3,2,1) A n intensification of ear training and sight singing techniques. A study of the music of the Renaissance (ca. 1400 to ca. 1600). Sixteenth century counterpoint, the development of tonality, a survey of the work of the theorists. Attention will also be paid to analysis and composition. MUSIC 111 - MUSIC APPRECIATION (S) (3,1,1) A continuation of M u s i c 110. MUSIC 120 - HISTORY (F)(3,0,1) A study of music history from the time of ancient G r e e c e to MUSIC 100 - T H E O R Y V (F)(3,2,1) A study of music from ca. 1600 to c a . 1800. A study of harmony: triads, non-hafmonic materials, dominant seventh and derivatives, secondary dominants, simple modulation. Elementary forms, analysis of 17th and 18th century literature. Sight singing, melodic, rhythmic, and harmonic dictation. Keyboard harmony: playing of cadence types, modulation to closely related keys, realization of elementary figured bass. Dufay. MUSIC 121 — HISTORY II (S)(3,0,1) A study of music history from Dufay to Monteverdi. MUSIC 1 9 0 - HISTORY III (F)(3,0,1) A study, of music history from Monteverdi to Beethoven. MUSIC 191 — HISTORY IV (S)(3,0,1) A study of music from Beethoven to the present. MUSIC 101 - THEORY VI (S) (3,2,1) A study of music from ca. 1800 to the dissolution of tonality. Chromatic harmony and an introduction to 20th century techniques. Extended forms and analysis of 19th and early 20th century literature. Keyboard harmony: improvisation, figured bass in baroque style. Sight singing and dictation. MUSIC 193 • HISTORY O F J A Z Z (F) (1.5,0,1) A survey of jazz through styles and stylists from its roots in Africa to the present. MUSIC 194 - HISTORY O F ROCK (S) (1.5,0,1) A survey of rock styles from its roots to the present. MUSIC 200 - T H E O R Y VII (F)(3,0,1) This course will offer a study of the various uses of chromaticism, pedal point, and parallelism in tonal harmony. It will begin a study of traditional forms and continue with aural training started in Theory IV and V, concentrating on melodic and rhythmic dictation, sight-singing, and chord recognition. Applied Studies C L A S S INSTRUMENTS MUSIC 262 - MUSIC 201 - THEORY VIII (S) (3,0,1) This course will continue with the study of form and ear training. It will also introduce the student to harmonic counterpoint, modal writing, " b l u e s " harmony, and advanced techniques for chord voicing. C L A S S WOODWINDS (F) (3,2,1) A practical study of the violin family. MUSIC 2 6 3 - C L A S S WOODWINDS (S) (3,2,1) A continuation of M u s i c 262. 89 MUSIC 180 - PIANO C L A S S (F,S) (1.5.2..5) MUSIC 297 — PRIVATE MUSIC INSTRUCTION — S E C O N DARY INSTRUMENT (F,S) (1.5) Group piano lessons for music majors. A continuation of M u s i c 296. MUSIC 181 — PIANO C L A S S (F,S) (1.5,2,.5) A continuation of M u s i c 180. MUSIC 280 - MUSIC 176 - PIANO C L A S S (F)(1.5,2,-5) PIANO C L A S S (F) (1.5,2,.5) MUSIC 177 - IMPROVISATION (S) (1.5,0,-5) A continuation of M u s i c 176. A continuation of Music 280. ENSEMBLES M u s i c 150, 151, 252, 2 5 3 all have 3 sections. Section 1 is choir, section 2 is orchestra, section 3 is stage band. A l l e n sembles will perform publicly. MUSIC 150 - MUSIC 151 - MUSIC 277 • IMPROVISATION (S) (1.5,0,-5) A continuation of M u s i c 276 MUSIC 178 — REPERTOIRE (F,S) (3,0,1) This is a flexible course open to students in the commercial program who wish to gain experience in rehearsal techniques and performance. Students will rehearse under supervision as vocalists or instrumentalists, individually or in small groups. The course requirements include about four hours of rehearsal per week plus a given number of public performances. E N S E M B L E (F,S) (3,1,1) A continuation of M u s i c 150. MUSIC 2 5 2 - E M S E M B L E ( F , S ( (3,1,1) A continuation of M u s i c 151. MUSIC 1 7 9 - REPERTOIRE (F,S) (3,0,1) A continuation of M u s i c 178. MUSIC 2 5 3 - ENSEMBLE(F,S)(3,1,1) A continuation of M u s i c 252. MUSIC 254 - REPERTOIRE (F,S) (3,0,1) A continuation of M u s i c 179. Individual Studies MUSIC 164 (1.5.0..5) PRIVATE MUSIC INSTRUCTION (F.S) A course primarily designed to permit the student to pursue in-depth study of his/her own music specialty from qualified music instructors in the community. Students will be expected to show progress at the beginning and the end of the term for the Capilano College Music Faculty in order to assist the evaluation by music faculty in conjunction with the private music teacher. The course consists of ten half-hour lessons.. Note: This course is available to those students enrolled in 15 credit hours of music curriculum. Those students with less than 15 credit hours of music curriculum and who desire credit for Music 164 must consult the M u s i c Co-ordinator prior to registration. — PRIVATE MUSIC MUSIC 2S4 (1.5,0,.5) PRIVATE MUSIC PRIVATE MUSIC MUSIC 198 - IMPROVISATION E N S E M B L E (F) (1.5,0,1) Practical experience in a small group situation MUSIC 199 - IMPROVISATION E N S E M B L E (S)(1.5,0,1) A continuation of Music 198. MUSIC 298 - IMPROVISATION E N S E M B L E (F)(1.5,0,1) A continuation of Music 199. MUSIC 299 • IMPROVISATION E N S E M B L E (S)(1.5,0,1) A continuation of M u s i c 298. RELATIONS IN MUSIC (F) A c o u r s e involving a s p e c t s of the music industry including lyric writing, stage presentation, copyright, contracts, performing rights organizations and the recording industry. INSTRUCTION (F,S) Music Therapy Courses A continuation of Music 165. - MUSIC 255-REPERTOIRE (F,S)(3,0,1) A continuation of M u s i c 254. MUSIC 195 • C O M M E R C I A L (3,0,1) INSTRUCTION (F,S) A continuation of Music 164. MUSIC 265 (1.5,0,.5) MUSIC 276 • IMPROVISATION (F)(1.5,0,-5) A continuation of M u s i c 177. E N S E M B L E (F,S)(3,1,1) Group performance experience. MUSIC 165 (1.5,0,.5) IMPROVISATION (F) (1.5,0,-5) A course designed to teach the basics of jazz improvisation through the study of chord scales and their application in harmonic progression. A continuation of M u s i c 181. MUSIC 281 - t MUSIC 140 - INSTRUCTION (F,S) A continuation of Music 264. MUSIC 196 - PRIVATE MUSIC INSTRUCTION S E C O N D A R Y INSTRUMENT (F,S) (1.5) - This course consists of ten half-hour lessons on the student's secondary instrument when that instrument is not piano. Students will study with qualified music instructors in the community and will be expected to show progress at the end of the term for the Capilano C o l l e g e M u s i c Faculty. Note: Students are responsible for payment of the private music teacher for this course. MUSIC 197 - PRIVATE MUSIC INSTRUCTION S E C O N D A R Y INSTRUMENT(F,S)(1.5) A continuation of M u s i c 196. - MUSIC 298 - PRIVATE MUSIC INSTRUCTION S E C O N D A R Y INSTRUMENT(F,S)(1.5) - MUSIC T H E R A P Y I (F) (3,0,0) This course will study the development of music a s therapy and its relationships to psychotherapy, art therapy, play therapy, psychodrama, and music education. Students will study the science from the time of Pythagorus to contemporary investigations of Stainer, Orff, Kodaly, and Nordoff-Robbins. MUSIC 141 - MUSIC T H E R A P Y II (S)(3,0,0) This course will attempt to create new techniques for every unique setting, thus exploring adaptability and creativity in therapy Students will be encouraged to extend their awareness of the range of music and their sense of style. The course will analyse the effective impact of music. Students will log impressions for future use. MUSIC 240 — MUSIC T H E R A P Y TECHNIQUES (F) (3,0,0) This course will provide experience and analysis of music therapy techniques appropriate to a range of clinical settings. The analysis will develop the exposure to basic therapeutic models in M u s i c 141. Students will be observing techniques used by the instructor and by e a c h other in the class setting. A continuation of Music 197 90 MUSIC 241 - P R O F E S S I O N A L DEVELOPMENT(S) (3,0,0) This course will develop the professional skills of observing, recording, and reporting music therapy activities. It will also examine the possible relationships of a music therapist to staff organization in existing treatment centres and to local resources in the community. MUSIC 360 - PRACTICUM I (F) (3,0,2) This is the first of a four part practicum sequence. During the first part of the term the student will observe different settings at various institutions in the community. The student shall then gradually assume responsibility in one of the institutions. Weekly seminars shall be held during the term. MUSIC 361 - PRACTICUM II (S) (6,0,2) The student participates as a student therapist in one centre. 80 hours. Weekly seminars throughout the term. MUSIC 362 - P R A C T I C U M III (F) (6,0,2) The student participates a s a student therapist in one centre. 80 hours. Weekly seminars throughout the term. MUSIC 363 — PRACTICUM IV (S) (6,0,2) The student participates a s a student therapist in one centre. 80 hours. Weekly seminars throughout the term. MUSIC 102 - INTERPERSONAL SKILLS FOR M USIC THERAPISTS (F)(1.5) This course will acquaint students with several skill areas which are relevant to M u s i c Therapy, particularly communication skills and observation skills. Communication skills will include behaviour description, preception checking, paraphrasing and description of feeling. Observation skills will include group interaction, interviewing and small group exercises. Both theory and practice will be included. MUSIC 242 - MUSIC T H R O U G H T H E CREATIVE A R T S (F) (1.5) This course will acquaint students with creative arts which can be used therapeutically in conjunction with music; for example: psychodrama, dance, visual art, art and poetry. The course will be experiential. Discussions will explore possible goals and extensions of the activities presented in class. MUSIC 364 - CLINICAL ORIENTATION (S) This course will provide the student with practical skills and knowledge of the physical aspects of therapy required to function effectively in a variety of hospital and clinical settings. Course content will include basic knowledge in anatomy and physiology related to specific handicaps; acquaintance with basic terms commonly in u s e in psychiatric and medical facilities; and a review, of drugs and their effects. MUSIC 365 - DESIGNING MUSIC T H E R A P Y ACTIVITIES (S)(1.5) In designing music therapy activities, the students will learn to identify the nature of specific groups and their individual members; to choose suitable challenges, structure and materials, and the degree of therapist intervention; and then to observe and analyze group responses, to evaluate both the design and execution of their activities, and to identify corrections and indications for subsequent activities. O F F I C E TRAINING 151 - B O O K K E E P I N G II (S) (1,5,1) Pre-requisite: Student must have a minimum " B " standing in Office Training 150 (formerly B u s i n e s s 150) A continuation of work begun in Office Training 150 (formerly Business 150) with emphasis on practical application of basic bookkeeping functions. This c o u r s e includes 3 hours of instruction and 1 Vi hours of lab per week. O F F I C E TRAINING 151 - ESSENTIALS O F B O O K K E E P I N G II (S) (1.5,1) Pre-requisite: Office Training 150, (formerly Business 150); or by written permission of the Instructor, and/or Co-ordinator. A continuation of work begun in Office Training 150 (formerly Business 150) with emphasis on c a s h , receivables, payroll a n d other basic bookkeeping functions. The c o u r s e will include 3 hours of lecture a n d discussion material and 1.5 lab hours per week. O F F I C E TRAINING 152 - PRACTICAL A C C O U N T I N G I (F) (3,1.5,1) Pre-requisite: Bookkeeping 12, " C " grade or better, or by written permission of the Instructor and/or Co-ordinator. A review of the b a s i c s of accounting, with emphasis on practical problem-solving. Material will include specialized journals, adjustments, closing procedures, financial statements, payrolls and other matters related to the a c counting function. O F F I C E TRAINING 153 - PRACTICAL A C C O U N T I N G II (S) (3,1.5,1) Pre-requisite: Satisfactory completion of Office Training 152 (formerly Business 152); a grade " B " or better in Office Training 150 (formerly Business 150); or by written permission of the Instructor, and/or Co-ordinator. Further development of work started in the first term, e m phasizing s u c h problem areas as depreciation, inventory evaluation, partnerships, limited companies. O F F I C E TRAINING 160 - C O M P O S I T E BUSINESS OFFICE SKILLS (SU) (4.5,0,1.5) A practical course dealing with the application of skills relating to office machines and office procedures. Operation of work-processing typewriter, dictation and transcription equipment, copying and duplicating machines, calculators, or shorthand machine. Increase in typing s p e e d , production, bookkeeping and shorthand skills may form part of the course. O F F I C E TRAINING 161 -TYPING I (F.S)(4.5,0,1.5) Introduction to typewriting for students with no previous instruction. Mastery of keyboard by touch systems; correct typing technique; operation and care of typewriters; development of s p e e d and accuracy. Introduction to styles and formats of business letters, memos, manuscript typing. Students should b e able to type 3 0 wpm by the end of four months. O F F I C E TRAINING 162 - TYPING II (F,S) (4.5,0,1.5) Pre-requisite: Knowledge of keyboard; typing s p e e d of 2 0 wpm. Continuation of s p e e d development and a c c u r a c y in typewriting with emphasis on production, composition of letters and letter styles and extensive practice in typing various office forms. Office Training O F F I C E TRAINING 163 - PRODUCTION I (F,S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Typing s p e e d of 5 0 wpm. A course in which emphasis is placed upon developing a professional and practical approach to typing problems with a minimum of supervision through timed production of work and acceptable work standards. O F F I C E TRAINING 150 - ESSENTIALS O F B O O K K E E P I N G I (F)(3,1.5,1) A n introductory c o u r s e designed to cover basic terminology, techniques and applications of accounting, including the theory and practice of keeping adequate records; use of special journals; controlling a c c o u n t s and subsidiary ledgers; periodic adjustments, closing procedures a n d preparation of financial statements. The c o u r s e will include 3 hours of lecture a n d discussion O F F I C E TRAINING 164 - PRODUCTION TYPING II (F.S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Office Training 163 (formerly C o m m e r c e 166) Production problems of a more complex nature will b e introduce. material a n d 1.5 lab hours per week. 91 O F F I C E TRAINING 165 • TYPING S P E E D D E V E L O P M E N T I (F,S)(1.5,0,.5) Remedial drills, power drills, short a n d sustained timed writings to increase speed and a c c u r a c y in typewriting. O F F I C E TRAINING 166 - TYPING S P E E D D E V E L O P M E N T II (F,S)(1.5,0,-5) Continuation of Office Training 165 O F F I C E TRAINING 167 - TYPING S P E E D D E V E L O P M E N T III (F,S)(1.5,0,-5) Continuation of Office Training 166 (formerly C o m m e r c e 165) O F F I C E TRAINING 168 • TYPING S P E E D D E V E L O P M E N T IV (F,S) (1.5,0,5) Continuation of Office Training 167 (formerly C o m m e r c e 174) O F F I C E TRAINING 170 • A L P H A B E T I C S H O R T H A N D (F,S) (4.5,0,1.5) Beginning study of an alphabetic shorthand system with emphasis on application of theory and development of speed, utilizing high frequency vocabulary. Successful students should be able to take dictation at 8 0 wpm after completing one term. This course requires students to put in an additional 1 1/2 hours of lab time per week. OFFICE TRAINING 174 D E V E L O P M E N T (F,S) (3,0,1) • SHORTHAND SPEED Ability to take dictation at 6 0 wpm with fairly accurate transcription. Continuation of s p e e d development along with theory review, increased vocabulary, dictation of familiar and unfamiliar material aiming at 9 5 % accuracy in transcription. OFFICE TRAINING 175 D E V E L O P M E N T (F,S) (3,0,1) • SHORTHAND SPEED Ability to take dictation at 80 wpm with emphasis on reinforcing theory. Continuation of speed development with 95) a c curacy in transcription, increased vocabulary, dictation of familiar and unfamiliar material. OFFICE TRAINING 176 D E V E L O P M E N T (F.S) (3,0,1) - SHORTHAND O F F I C E TRAINING 181 - MACHINE TRANSCRIPTION (F,S) (1.5,1.5,.5) General, Legal or Medical Pre-requisite: Office Training 180 (formerly C o m m e r c e 162) Continuation of work begun in Office Training 180 (formerly C o m m e r c e 162) on either general, legal or medical machine transcription. Office Training 181 also c a n be taken a s a S P L course. Medical Lab F e e : $10.00 OFFICE (3,1.5,1) TRAINING 185 • O F F I C E T E C H N O L O G Y (F,S) tthis course is designed to acquaint students with current trends in office technology and the effects of mechanization on office jobs. Topics such as criteria for selecting equipment, a d vantages of renting or purchasing equipment, maintenance and repair services available will be covered. Demonstrations and operation of transcribing and dictating equipment, electric typewriters, copying and reproducing equipment (including the Gestetner mimeograph, spirit duplicating machine, Gestefax and Thermofax machines) will provide students with practical experience. Practical experience in training co-workers in the use of office equipment by preparing and presenting small group and video-taped demonstrations of the equipment available. O F F I C E TRAINING (1.5,1.5,-5) 187 WORD PROCESSING (F,S) Word processing — the transformation of ideas into typewritten or printed form has always been a major function of a secretary. This course will acquaint the student with ways to curb the time and cost spent on paperwork. Topics covered include: Processing incoming mail; taking and giving dictation; delegating work to Word Processing Centre; Stationery; and the Word Processing Centre. SPEED Ability to take dictation at approximately 90-100 wpm with accurate transcription. A d v a n c e d speed development to rates of 100-140 wpm. Dictation of unfamiliar material for varied time lengths, improvement of rapid and accurate transcription skills and shortcuts in shorthand systems. OFFICE TRAINING 188 C A L C U L A T I O N S (F,S) (3,1.5,1) - CALCULATORS AND A course designed to provide students with a marketable skill in the operation of calculators. Accuracy in fundamental arithmetic computations will be stressed. O F F I C E TRAINING 180 - MACHINE TRANSCRIPTION (F,S) (1.5,1.5,.5) O F F I C E TRAINING 250 - P R O F E S S I O N A L D E V E L O P M E N T SEMINAR (F,S,SU) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Typing s p e e d of 30 wpm A seminar course designed to provide an opportunity for women to meet in a group setting to explore present or future career concerns relating to status, age, image, opportunities for employment, job security and advancement. E m p h a s i s will be placed upon meeting the needs of the individual within her personal and professional geography. The course will include guest speakers, films and extensive group discussion. General, legal or medical machine transcription. Practice in transcribing forms, letters and reports from IBM Executary, Stenocord, and Lanier Edisette dictation equipment This course entails a mandatory 1 1/2 hour lab. Machine transcription can be taken as a self-paced learning course. MACHINE TRANSCRIPTION - G E N E R A L O F F I C E TRAINING 252 - ORGANIZATIONAL A N D O F F I C E DYNAMICS (F,S) (3,0,1) Students learn to transcribe mailable business letters, reports and minutes from a variety of transcribing machines at an initial rate of 30 wpm. This course is designed to provide students with basic psychological concepts and practical experience in handling human relations problems in the office. One communication model, Tgansactional Analysis, is examined in depth. Other topics include improving interviewing, facilitating, and problem solving skills; supervisory difficulties; organizational games; leadership styles; motivation and conflict resolution. MACHINE TRANSCRIPTION - L E G A L Of particular value to students wishing to work in legal offices. Legal letters, accounts, wills, and corporate work (incorporation, resolutions, filings with Registrar). Basic commercial (employment, partnership agreements, sales contracts) a n d litigation documents, writs, statements of claim and defence, affidavits, notices of motion. O F F I C E TRAINING 254 • C A R E E R S SEMINAR (F.S) (1,2,5) Weekly informal meetings with successful persons from many segments of the community, including lawyers, bankers, stockbrokers, retailers, insurance and advertising executives, a c countants, purchasing agents, personnel managers, computer programmers, editors, public servants, college administrators, counsellors and others. Emphasis is placed upon discussion of career opportunities for women within these areas and upon practical information related to the speakers' expertise and the students' interests. M A C H I N E TRANSCRIPTION • MEDICAL Medical terminology and transcription of c a s e s and medical reports -designed to prepare students to become medical secretaries and typists. Both Legal and Medical Machine Transcription can be taken as self-paced learning courses on or off campus. 92 O F F I C E TRAINING 256 • O F F I C E P R O C E D U R E S I (F,S) (3,0,1) This is a continuation of material introduced in Office Training 252 and Office Training 185 (formerly C o m m e r c e 184 and 158) on administrative procedures and office dynamics. Topics include selection and appraisal systems; research techniques relative to management psychology; conference planning, data processing procedures and equipment; preparing minutes; delegation of duties; principles of supervision and attitude change. O F F I C E TRAINING 260 • PUBLIC RELATIONS (F,S) (3,0,1) Economic and social factors that affect relations between the public and media in shaping public opinion. Problems e n countered in interpreting an organization to its various publics. Practical information on how to utilize media (print, radio, T.V., etc.) and how to develop or increase public relations skills. All of the Philosophy c o u r s e s offered at Capilano College have transfer credit at every university in British Columbia. Prospective philosophy majors should consult the faculty. O F F I C E TRAINING 261 • PUBLIC RELATIONS II (F,S) (3,0,1) Continuation of Public Relations I PHILOSOPHY O F F I C E TRAINING 300 - DIRECTED WORK EXPERIENCE (F) (2,30,2) In-term work experience involving approximately eight lecture hours and at least 30 hours of related office experience in the field. A l s o c o v e r e d is the resume, job application, cover letter, and interview. There will be a panel discussion by selected office managers, personnel administrators, a n d experienced senior secretaries from the medical, legal and executive a r e a s who will d i s c u s s current job information regarding opportunities, salaries and qualifications. PHILOSOPHY O F F I C E TRAINING 301 • DIRECTED WORK EXPERIENCE II (S) (2,30,2) In-term work experience involving three lecture hours and at least thirty hours of related office experience in the field. O F F I C E TRAINING 302 - DIRECTED WORK EXPERIENCE (S.SU) (2,60,2) End of term work experience involving six lecture hours a n d at least sixty hours in the field. O F F I C E TRAINING 303 - DIRECTED WORK EXPERIENCE (F) (1,30,1) In-term work experience involving three lecture hours and at least thirty hours in the field. O F F I C E TRAINING 304 • DIRECTED WORK EXPERIENCE (S) (1,30,1) 101 - INTRODUCTORY PHILOSOPHY (F) (3,0,1) A n introduction to the philosophies of morality, politics, knowledge, a n d the invisible world, with emphasis on the relationship between law a n d morality; civil disobedience; reason a n d passion; Existentialism; Feminism; freedom a n d determinism; C o m m u n i s m ; doubt a n d certainty; the nature of reality. The emphasis of this c o u r s e varies from instructor to instructor, and prospective students should consult the outlines of different instructor's c o u r s e s when registering. N o prerequisite required. 102 - INTRODUCTORY PHILOSOPHY (S) (3,0,1) A continuation of Philosophy 101. Note: There is no pre-requisite for this c o u r s e (one d o e s not need completed credit in Philosophy 101 to take it). Students entering the College are w e l c o m e to begin their introduction to philosophy with this c o u r s e . PHILOSOPHY 110 - R E A S O N A N D RHETORIC: T H E ART O F C L E A R THINKING (F)(3,0,1) A n introduction to the basic rules of clear a n d rational thought. The student will be taught through extensive examples how to detect false reasoning, illegitimate appeals to emotions, inconsistencies, and contradictions. The goal is to develop our logical awareness to the point that we c a n no longer be victimized by the rhetoric of everyday life, and c a n develop our own arguments with clarity and confidence. No prerequisite required. In-term laboratory involving three lecture hours and at least PHILOSOPHY III — R E A S O N A N D F R E E D O M : AN INTRODUCTION T O T H E PHILOSOPHY thirty hours in the field O F F I C E TRAINING 305 • DIRECTED WORK EXPERIENCE (S,SU) (1.5,60,1) End of term laboratory involving six lecture hours and at least sixty hours in the field. VOCATIONAL OFFICE TRAINING 350 - VOCATIONAL SKILLS L A B O R A T O R Y (F,S) Skills laboratory in business English and correspondence. U p to 30 hours of lab work per week are involved in this course. VOCATIONAL OFFICE TRAINING 351 - OF P S Y C H O L O G Y (S) (3,0,1) C a n there really be a s c i e n c e of human behavior] H a s psychology shown that we a r e not in control of our personality and behavior] Or c a n psychology show us how to attain freedom through awareness of our unconsciousness drives] D o e s psychology have ethical implications] Did Freud, for example, prove that we should live sexually unrepressed lives] These and similar questions will form the focus of this inquiry into the philosophical implications of psychology. N o prerequisite required. VOCATIONAL SKILLS L A B O R A T O R Y (F,S) PHILOSOPHY 200 - POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY (F)(3,0,1) This course seeks to provide an analysis of the rationale for political institutions a n d action. S o m e of the questions considered: A r e we really obligated to obey the law] C a n the law be justifiably represented a s authoritative, or is the real foundation of law in the p o l i c e m a n ' s holster] D o e s the State have good reason for involving itself in compulsory programmes of education] This is not a study in the history of political thought, and every effort is made to view problems from contemporary perspectives. N o prerequisite required. Skills laboratory in shorthand. U p to 8 hours of lab work per week are involved in this course. VOCATIONAL OFFICE TRAINING 352 • VOCATIONAL SKILLS L A B O R A T O R Y (F,S) Skills laboratory in typewriting. U p to 8 hours of lab work are involved in this course VOCATIONAL OFFICE TRAINING 360 • VOCATIONAL SKILLS L A B O R A T O R Y (F,S) This course entails up to 8 hours of lab work per week in bookkeeping and accounting. 93 PHILOSOPHY 201 — POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY A continuation of Philosophy 200 PHILOSOPHY 2 1 0 - M E T A P H Y S I C S A N D (S)(3,0,1) EPISTEMOLOGY (3,0,1) A course designed to expose the student to the discipline of psychology, using a n issue oriented basis. This course will consider s u c h areas a s growing up, mental health, altered states of c o n s c i o u s n e s s , liberation a n d oppression, sexuality, and personality Relevant psychological concepts will be brought in to aid in an understanding of these socio' issues - CANADIAN G O V E R N M E N T (F) 1 ) A s t u d y of the p r o c e s s e s , ideologies and government s t r u c t u r e s ^ c h make up the Canadian political rea y. This examine the role of the prime ministers olf.ce, the bureaucracy, political parties, federal-provincial relations, and Canadian foreign policy. couSe wil 95 P S Y C H O L O G Y 101 - BEHAVIOURAL T H E O R Y (F,S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Psychology 100 This course presents a theoretical examination of basic concepts in psychology. Included in the readings and discussions will be material from such areas as sensation, perception, learning, motivation, emotion, and developmental psychology. P S Y C H O L O G Y 200 — SOCIAL P S Y C H O L O G Y (F,S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Psychology 100 A study of the dynamics a n d effect of groups on individual human behaviour. The course entails a project-oriented look at such topics as attitudes and attitude-change, group processes, leadership, perception, a n d a n introduction to humanistic psychology. P S Y C H O L O G Y 201 - G R O U P DYNAMICS (F,S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Psychology 100 A study of the behaviour of people in small groups, including research methods, verbal a n d non-verbal communication, interaction dynamics, interpersonal influence and perception, sensitivity and encounter groups, group therapy for normals, a n d contemporary theories of human interaction. The student will have an opportunity intellectually to explore the dynamics of small groups, and to experience what g o e s o n when s/he interacts with others. This course provides a n intellecual and experiential approach to small group theory a n d allows the student to practice constructive interpersonal skills in a supportive, small group setting. i P S Y C H O L O G Y 204 - D E V E L O P M E N T A L (F) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Psychology 100 PSYCHOLOGY A study of the child's development from infancy to adolescence, including the development of social behaviour, personality, language and cognitive processes. Students will b e encouraged to d o research projects a n d observations. P S Y C H O L O G Y 205 - T H E P S Y C H O L O G Y O F AGING (S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Psychology 100 A course dealing with the psychological development of the individual from early adulthood to death, with emphasis on intellectual and personality changes, and the social context of aging As well as being e x p o s e d to basic research in the area, students will be encouraged to develop an empathic understanding of the aging process through s u c h means as community projects P S Y C H O L O G Y 220 — T H E O R Y O F PERSONALITY (S)(3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Psychology 100 A study of the various theories of personality from psychoanalytical theory to learning theory Included will be the ideas of Freud, Rogers, M a s l o w and others. C o n c e p t s to b e considered will include the development of personality, a n d the structure a n d dynamics of personality. The course will include consideration of theoretical problems, a n d students will become familiar with empirical research in the area RECREATION 151 VIRONMENTS (S) (3,2,1) OUTDOOR RECREATION Aireal photograph interpretation, cartographic techniques related to outdoor recreation, introduction to mapping a n d remote sensing techniques, weather and climate. RECREATION 152 RECREATION (F) (3,0,1) INTRODUCTION TO ABNORMAL OUTDOOR A brief historical overview of the development of recreation. Nature and scope of outdoor recreation in relation to modern leisure, nature of supply and demand, demand analysis as a planning tool, concepts and philosophies of parks management, outdoor recreation resource perception, psychological nature of outdoor recreation, e x p e r i e n c e a n d behaviour, outdoor recreation legislation, carrying capacities of wildlands, land use conflict, multiple u s e policies, inventory techniques. RECREATION 153 (3,0,1) WORK LEISURE A N D SOCIETY (S) Overview of the functional roles of work and leisure in various cultural contexts. Evolution of leisure behaviour in western society, the protestant work ethic, utilitarianism, lifestyle-based variation in work and leisure, modern concepts of work and leisure, nature of stress, sociological and psychological perspectives in work and leisure, current trends in leisure, leisure counselling, prognostications for the future. RECREATION 154 • OUTDOOR RECREATION (F) (3,0,1) P S Y C H O L O G Y 222 (3,0,1) EN- FACILITIES The course will deal with the structure of delivery systems and the physical facilities which operate to deal with these delivery systems. Although the course will include a general overview in these topics, there will be an emphasis placed on outdoor systems and facilities. P S Y C H O L O G Y (F,S) Pre-requisite: Psychology 100 A study of the various models and perspectives for viewing patterns and treatment of abnormal behaviour Included will be an examination of the research as to how the medical model, behaviouristic school, humanistic school and interpersonal school view normal and abnormal behaviour. The course will also focus on the historical and contemporary approaches to treatment. RECREATION 157 — SKILLS D E V E L O P M E N T (S)(1.5,3,.5) This course is designed to broaden student's existing proficiencies in outdoor recreation skills, to develop leadership capabilities, safety consciousness in wilderness settings, and ecological appreciation of winter wilderness 96 kayaks in water up to grade three. Overnight trip(s) are also included. Students will be expected to swim in turbulent waters with clothes on. C a n o e Sport B.C. instructors and instructional format will be used for the c o u r s e . RECREATION 159 — OUTDOOR RECREATION ADMINISTRATION (S) (3,0,1) Note: This course is open to recreation practitioners in the field. A study of general business practices in the operation of the various outdoor recreation facilities, s u c h as record-keeping, budgeting, accounting, purchasing, advertising, and concession agreements, liabilities, laws and statutes governing parks and recreation agencies RECREATION 160 - RECREATION 170 - PHYSICAL FITNESS IN T H E O R Y A N D PRACTICE (S,SU)(3,0,1) A n overview of the constituents of physical fitness in which the following topics are dealt with: What is physical fitness? What are its physiological determinants? How can physical fitness be achieved and maintained? Weight control, physiological changes resulting from training and exercise; tests for physical fitness; designing fitness programs. RECREATION 161 - WILDNERNESS BACKPACKING I (SU.F) (3,0,1) A n introduction to the skills of summer hiking and camp crafts in wilderness areas Emphasis will be placed on leadership development in organization, safety and group assessment. Topics will include: a c c e s s to wilderness areas, equipment, first aid and survival kits, trip planning and organization, navigation, camp crafts, hiking on difficult terrain, and wilderness ecology. RECREATION 162 - WILDERNESS CANOEING I (SU) (3,0,1) A n introduction to the skills, techniques and knowledge of basic paddling in open canoes. Most of the course time is spent in canoes in water up to grade two. Overnight trip(s) are also included. Students will be expected to swim in turbulent waters with clothes on. Where applicable students will work towards the basic instructor level of Canoe Sport British C o l u m b i a O S . B . C . instructors and instructional format will be used throughout the course. RECREATION 163 - WILDERNESS FIRST AID I (F,S) (3,0,1) This course, incorporating the St. John Ambulance Standard First A i d , is adapted specifically to problems of first aid in the Wilderness setting. Due to this special adaptation, the course has been extended from the normally required ten lectures to fourteen lectures including c l a s s e s in wilderness areas. Special emphasis is given to topics of hypothermia, frostbite, and emergency evacuation. RECREATION 164 - WILDERNESS NORDIC SKIING I (S) (3,0,1) This is an introductory course designed to give students an initial exposure to winter environments on cross-country skis and snowshoes. The course includes both a lecture and field trip series with emphasis on outdoor activity. Lecture topics are on equipment, waxing, clothing, geographic features, fitness, nutrition and safety. Skill levels will reflect C.A.N.S.I. instructional formats. RECREATION 166 — ENVIRONMENTAL WILDERNESS RECREATION (F) (3,0,1) NOTE: This course is open to the public. Students will b e EDUCATION (F) (3,2,1) A n introduction to the philosophies and concepts of environmental education and life-space evaluation. Students are encouraged to develop a questioning attitude in reviewing individual and group response to contemporary and postcontemporary environmental phenomena. Baseline interpretive skills are promoted which include such features of the British Columbia landscape as flora and fauna, astronomy, geormorphology and urban conditions. Students will gain insight into the use of activity vehicles such as bicycling, canoeing, hiking, and cross-country skiing. charged an activities fee. A n introductory course in wilderness recreation, designed.^as an overview of the components which make for a safe and comfortable experience in a wilderness area at different seasons of the year for different activities. The course d i s c u s s e s the interrelationship of people's needs and the environment. General topics will include leadership, navigation, general geography, first aid and ethics. Wilderness activities will include backpacking, camping, canoeing and cross-country skiing. Previous experience in the activities is not necessary. RECREATION 171 - MOUNTAINEERING I (SU) (3,0,1) Note: This course is open to the public. The course will cover basic principles of equipment, safety, glacier travel, and climbing on rock, ice, and snow. Although the course is primarily designed for the beginner, it is flexible enough to cater to people wishing to improve their skills beyond the novice level. Lectures are in the evening, and field experience on weekends. NOTE: A n additional fee will be levied to cover field trip expenses. RECREATION 250 - OUTDOOR RECREATION E C O L O G Y (F) (3,2,1) A study of plant and animal ecology, land-man relationships, conservation theories and ecological principles as a basis to recreation land management. RECREATION 254 - OUTDOOR RECREATION P R O G R A M PLANNING (F) (3,3,2) This course will explore the program planning function in outdoor recreation Topics will include: the problems of planning programs in existing delivery systems, seeking ways to solve these present problems, new philosophies to consider in programming, and seeking alternative and new methods of program planning in outdoor recreation. RECREATION 254 - SKILLS D E V E L O P M E N T RESIDEN- TIAL C A M P M A N A G E M E N T (F) Lab. Students will be required to attend a residential c a m p experience. Budgeting, planning, facility operations and maintenance of residential c a m p u s and outdoor education centres; financing and bookkeeping problems; associations, regulations, legal liability; programming, public relations, crisis management, brochure design and marketing a p p r o a c h e s . RECREATION 255 — OUTDOOR RECREATION PRAC- TICUM (S) (9,0,3) The practicum is designed to integrate c l a s s r o o m theory with working experience in the field. Students will arrange with the faculty Supervisor to spend three months in an acceptable agency placement and will be responsible to a specific a g e n c y supervisory. Students will be provided with terms of reference for the practicum experience. Student work performance a n d potential will be evaluated by the faculty and agency supervisor. RECREATION 257 • A N INTRODUCTION T O L A N D S C A P E DESIGN AND TECHNIQUES (F) (3,2,2/3) History of landscape design, modern philosophies and concepts, ecological, geographical and social considerations; site analysis and planning; nature of landscaping materials, plant materials, elements of good design; analysis of design; economics of landscape architecture. RECREATION 259 — SKILLS D E V E L O P M E N T (F)(1.5,3,5) To develop specialized skills related to the students' e m ployment goals. Students will upgrade skills in wilderness photography, display design, brochure design, layout, a n d graphic arts RECREATION 167 — KAYAKING I (Summer, F) (3,0,1) Note: This c o u r s e is open to the public. A n introduction to the skills, techniques, and basic principles of equipment and safety used when paddling in kayaks on oceans, lakes, a n d rivers. Most of the course time is spent in 97 RECREATION 261 (3,0,1) WILDERNESS B A C K P A C K I N G II (SU) The course objective is to further involve students with wilderness backpacking skills in an atmosphere of safety, enjoyment and environmental understanding Emphasis will be directed towards the development of leadership experience as it applies to individual and group requirements in wilderness settings. Special attention will be focused on survival techniques, solo experience, first aid, environmental perception study and special group study. RECREATION (3,0,1) 262 — WILDERNESS CANOEING ll(SU) This course is d e s i g n e d to further develop paddling skill, personal experience, teaching ability and leadership quality. Trips will range from day to multi-day events In addition there will be a workshop series to include canoe construction and repair, landscape interpretation and first aid simulation. Where applicable the course format and instructors will be taken from Canoe Sport British Columbia. . RECREATION 263 - WILDERNESS FIRST AID II (F,S) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Recreation 163 Emphasis will be placed on the application of first aid techniques in Wilderness settings under conditions of isolation, where medical assistance is distant and where there are problems of evacuation. Some practical sessions will be deferred to field trips taken in second year activity courses in all three programs RECREATION 264 (3,0,1) RELIGIOUS STUDIES 102 (3,0,1) No pre-requisite. S E A R C H F O R MEANING (F) This c o u r s e will focus on the need for meaning in our lives and the ways in which religious thinkers have e x p r e s s e d that need. Topics will include varieties of religious experience, the need for religion and whether or not religion c a n provide humans with ultimate meaning. Topics will b e presented through c o n tempoary religious a n d literary writings. C o u r s e format will include discussions a n d films as well as guest speakers a n d visits to c h u r c h e s , synagoguges, temples and a parish. RELIGIOUS STUDIES 103 - S E A R C H FOR MEANING IN RELIGIOUS LITERATURE (S)(3.0,1) No pre-requisite. The focus in this c o u r s e will be on specific investigation of themes — free will, salvation, alienation, s e c u l a r i s m , c h u r c h and myth — a n d how e a c h of these is portrayed in the major religions of m a n . Readings will include contemporary religious and literary writings a s well a s selections from religious texts s u c h a s the Bible, Koran, Bhagavad Glta, Tao Te Ching, etc. C o u r s e format will include discussions a n d films a s well a s guest speakers a n d visits to c h u r c h e s , synagogues, temples andaparishad. WILDERNESS NORDIC SKIING II (S) This course is designed to further develop skiing skill, personal experience, teaching ability and leadership quality. Lectures and field trips will include a variety of informational seminars and teaching experiences concerned with crosscountry skiing. C.A.N.S.I. instructional standards will be promoted throughout the duration of this course. RECREATION 271 • MOUNTAINEERING II (SU) (3,0,1) Pre-requisite: Mountaineering I, Federation of Mountain C l u b s Basic Mountaineering course, equivalent training and experience acceptable to instructor. Students should expect to take a skills test prior to course commencement. The c o u r s e will d e a l with the p r i n c i p l e s a n d techniques of Mountaineering leadership up to and including an intermediate level on both snow and ice, and on rock. Note: A n additional fee will be received to cover field trip expenses. RECREATION 360 TICUM (S.SU) (3,0,1) Religious Studies c o u r s e s offered at Capilano College have transfer credit at all universities in British Columbia. Students who wish to concentrate on one facet of religion or on one religious tradition are encouraged to make an appointment with the instructor for enrollment under s p e c i a l arrangements. L O G BOOK EXPERIENCE (PRAC- Pre-requisite: First two years of the program in one of the three specialty areas Students will keep detailed logs of all wilderness trips which they organize and lead for one year period The logs will be evaluated upon completion of the practicum period, and successful completion of the course will lead to Wilderness Leadership Certificate. Religious Studies RELIGIOUS STUDIES ISLAM (F) (3,0,1) 200 JUDAISM, CHRISTIANITY, N o Pre-requisite. A n investigation of the religions of the West: J u d a i s m , Christianity, Islam. Emphasis will b e o n the origins a n d contemporary beliefs, rites a n d forms of worship in e a c h of the three religions dealing with the ultimate c o n c e r n s of m a n . Course format will include discussions and use of media as well as guest speakers and field trips to religious services. RELIGIOUS STUDIES SIKKISM(S) (3,0,1) No pre-requisite 201 - HINDUISM, BUDDHISM, A n investigation of the religions of Indian: Hinduism, Sikhism and Buddhism; the interaction of Buddhism with Taoism a n d Confucianism in C h i n a and the development and contemporary beliefs of these religions with particular emphasis on specific themes s u c h as suffering, revelation, salvation a n d existence. C o u r s e format will include d i s c u s s i o n s , use of media a s well as guest speakers and field trips to religious services. RELIGIOUS STUDIES (3,0,1) No pre-requisite 210 - T H E O L D T E S T A M E N T (F) The focus of this course will be an examination of the Old Testament texts: Law, Prophets and Writings through historical, theological and literary Perspectives a n d how specific O l d Testament texts have influenced contemporary and subsequent literature through the ages. C o u r s e format will include lectures (where appropriate), discussions, guest speakers and field trips to J e w i s h and Christian services. RELIGIOUS STUDIES 211 (3,0,1) No pre-requisite T H E N E W T E S T A M E N T (S) A n examination of the N e w Testament writings with specific emphasis on the life and teachings of J e s u s and the development of the Christian C h u r c h . Included will be a study of the literature influenced by New Testament texts. C o u r s e format will include lectures (where appropriate), discussions, guest speakers and field trips to Christian services. 98 FASHION 153 - FASHION ILLUSTRATION (S) (3,0,1) (OPEN) Sketching garments for the fashion figure; utilization of design c o n c e p t s for illustrations which could be used in showroom or advertising situations. Shorthand sketching. FASHION 154 - P E R S O N A L D E V E L O P M E N T FOR T H E FASHION E M P L O Y E E (F) (3,0,1) This course deals with the basic grooming procedures, a p propriate cosmetics, figure control (exercise), a professional wardrobe, nutrition, self-awareness and inner confidence. It considers the service of the public and a sensitivity to interpersonal relations. FASHION 155 - BASIC CLOTHING C O N S T R U C T I O N M E T H O D S (F) (3,0,1) (OPEN) A course for students with little or no sewing background. It will include pattern layout, machine operation, current construction techniques and fitting of garments for all ages. FASHION 158 • PRINCIPLES O F C O L O R A N D DESIGN (F) (3,0,1) (OPEN) A n introduction to the c o n c e p t s of color and design a s they are used in Fashion Illustration a n d Promotion. Application of the principles of graphic composition, basic form a n d shape, color theory and visual communication impact to fashion related themes and subjects, through instruction, field trips, individual design and analysis. FASHION 170 - HISTORY O F W E S T E R N FASHION (F) (3,0,1) (OPEN A survey of fashions from the days of Ancient Egypt to the present. Investigation of major cultural forces that influence change and analysis of current fashions to discern influence of the past cultures. FASHION 172 • FABRICS FOR T H E FASHION INDUSTRY (S) (3,0,1) (OPEN) A survey of the development and use of fashion fabrics including fibre identification; grouping of fibre characteristics; methods of fibre construction and finishing. Constant relation of these factors to the effect on development of the design, serviceability and care of fabrics. Investigation of textile labelling; legislation; promotion selling; and the development of the Canadian textile industry. FASHION FASHION 150 - 173 — HISTORY O F FURNITURE (OPEN) (S) (3,0,1) A survey of furniture from the caveman to the s p a c e age with interrelation to the History of Western Fashion course and to the Introduction to Interior Design. FASHION A N D T H E C O N S U M E R (OPEN) (F) (3,0,1) A n examination of fashion from the viewpoint of the consumer; human behaviour and consumer beahviour in relation to clothing are d i s c u s s e d . FASHION 176 - CLOTHING DESIGN AND CON- STRUCTION I (F) (3,0,1) (OPEN) Basic principles and techniques of garment d e s i g n and production; involvement in original design, pattern making, and garment construction; development of skill in solving fitting problems. Market survey of d e s i g n and construction standards. FASHION 151 • TEXTILE A N D A P P A R E L MARKETING (F) (3,0,1) (OPEN) A n overview of the total marketing channel for textiles and apparel products, from product development to retail consumer distribution. FASHION 177 CLOTHING DESIGN A N D C O N STRUCTION II (S) (3,0,1) (OPEN) Pre-requisite: Retail Fashion 176 or written permission of the Instructor. A continuation of individual designing and development of garments, comparison of construction techniques and d e s i g n in relation to retail value; discussion of current d e s i g n and designers. FASHION 152 - FASHION WORK E X P E R I E N C E I (F)(3,0,1) A structured work experience within an approved firm in a business area related to fashion retailing, such as selling or designing apparel, fashion promotion, etc. Includes a weekly seminar which incorporates on-the-job knowledge with various speakers from related fashion retailing areas. The work experience continues through four terms and is coordinated and supervised by a C o l l e g e Fashion instructor. 99 FASHION 251 - FASHION PROMOTION (S)(3,0,1)(OPEN) The overall study of methods of fashion promotions. The specific study of planning fashion promotions, including theme selection according to influencing factors such as age-group appeal, promotional timing, budgets and merchandise content. Sociology FASHION 252 - FASHION WORK EXPERIENCE II (S) (3,0,1) A structured work experience within an approved firm in a business area related to fashion retailing, s u c h as selling or designing apparel, fashion promotion, etc. Includes a weekly seminar which incorporates on-the-job knowledge with various speakers from related fashion retailing areas The work experience continues through four terms and is coordinated and supervised by a College Fashion instructor FASHION 256 - FASHION MODELLING (S) (3,0,1) (OPEN) Fundamentals of poise, carriage and sense of style; individual attention to determine student's best personal qualities; makeup, hair styles, apparel selection. Live and photographic modelling techniques before an audience, such as fashion show modelling, professional makeup. FASHION (OPEN) 257 - MERCHANDISE DISPLAY IK . (F) (3,0,1) Techniques and theory of merchandise display; arrangement and display of merchandise for educational commercial purpose NON-TEXTILES S^&f AND ACCESSORIES A study of the importance of accessory items to the total fashion picture, (i.e., jewelry, hats, wigs, cosmetics, handbags gloves), marketing trends and merchandising techniques for FASHION 259 - FASHION (OPEN) MERCHANDISING I (F) (3,0,1) A study of the principles of retail buying and selling of fashions; study of merchandising functions s u c h as pricing, inventory control, turnover, and "open-to-buy." FASHION (3,0,1) 260 — FASHION WORK EXPERIENCE III (F) All courses in Sociology are geared to help the student comprehend personal and global events in a relevant and meaningful way. Sociology should thus help the student in his/her endeavour to cope with our increasingly complex society. A major in sociology leads to work in the following areas: social work, teaching, probation work, criminology, industrial s o c i o l o g y , c o m m u n i c a t i o n s , m e d i a , government research, and related areas. Students registering for Sociology courses should note that course material is, generally of a cumulative nature. Those who intend to major should complete Sociology 100 and 101. A l l 200-level courses will provide the Simon Fraser transfer student with assigned credit toward 2nd-year courses. The U.B.C. transfer student will be provided with unassigned credit toward a major. Same as Retail Fashion 152 and 252. SOCIOLOGY 100 • SOCIAL S T R U C T U R E S (F,S) (3,0,1) FASHION (3,0,1) 261 — FASHION WORK EXPERIENCE IV (S) Same as Retail Fashion 152, 2 5 2 and 260. FASHION 264 (S) (3,0,1) (OPEN) INTRODUCTION T O INTERIOR DESIGN Fundamentals of design; study of textiles,' colour, wall finishes, window treatments, floor coverings and accessories; practice of room-planning through u s e of floor plans and room decorating by combining furniture fabrics and accessories Designing of a "boutique" or office to 1/4" scale with renderings The course systematically covers major problems and topics of concern to anyone who wishes to begin to understand, and come to terms with the modern world in a personally and sociologically relevant way. The basic theme of the course is that we are, to a greater extent than generally imagined, produced, structured and run by the "social machine." This "social machine" comprises institutions such as the family, religion, inequality, mass media, education as well as rules, customs, laws, etc. This course looks at how we are influenced by this " m a c h i n e " and, in turn, how we react to that influence. NOTE: Sociology 100 and 101 transfer together as a unit to Simon Fraser University. SOCIOLOGY 101 SOCIETY (F,S) (3,0,1) FASHION 265 — F R E N C H DRAPING A N D A D V A N C E D DESIGN (S) (3,0,1) (OPEN CONCEPTS A N D THEORIES OF With current social conditions in mind, this course analyses the general development of sociological thought in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. W e will look at the two major approaches to understanding society (functionalism and conflict theory) and employ these approaches to analyse items of current interest. Pre-requisite: Retail Fashion 176, 177 or written permission of the Instructor A n advanced course in the French method of draping fabric onto a form to produce a finished garment. Includes a further examination of the flat pattern method of clothing construction. NOTE: Sociology 100 and 101 transfer together as a unit to Simon Fraser University. 100 SOCIOLOGY 200 — CANADIAN SOCIETY (F)(3,0,1) An introduction to the study of Canadian society, including an analysis of the major Canadian institutions studied on a national basis, with special emphasis on the dynamics of change within each. Spanish \ SOCIOLOGY 201 - BRITISH COLUMBIA SOCIETY (S) (3,0,1) An advanced sociological approach to the dynamics of Canadian society, with special emphasis on British Columbia. C l o s e attention will be given to social movements and the way in which these movements influenced the development of British Columbia politics. SOCIOLOGY 222 — S O C I O L O G Y O F T H E A R T S (F) (3,0,1) A musical, artistic and sociological study of creative e n deavours of western civilization through painting, music a n d sculpture to c i n e m a . Lectures are illustrated with both pictures and music. The c o u r s e will relate the various art forms to the social context in which they exist; hence, it will develop a n understanding of the interrelationships between ideas (exp r e s s e d a s Art), s o c i a l institutions a n d social behaviour. The course is intended a s well to be a m u s i c a l and visual repast, and as m u c h effort will be spent in developing the students' perceptual capabilities as in providing her/him with a vocabulary of possible social meanings. This c o u r s e may b e taken by itself or as a complement to Sociology 211, Media and Society. S O C I O L O G Y 211 • MEDIA A N D SOCIETY (S) (3,0,1) An intensive and fascinating study of the relationship between a society's communication systems as m e d i a a n d its technological, economic, and political base, its ideology, its behaviour patterns and its cultural life. This will encompass current forms of television, radio, magazines, all forms of a d vertisements, news production, and the movies. In addition, this course will provide students with an o p portunity to understand some aspects of the technology and production of media in their Social implications. This course may be taken by itself or as a complement to Sociology 2 2 2 — Sociology of the Arts. Transfer credit complete for U B C , in p r o c e s s for Simon Fraser. SOCIOLOGY 223 - C U R R E N T SOCIAL ISSUES (F) (3,0,1) A study of social concerns and problems as perceived by ordinary people and by sociologists. This will involve an examination of social behaviour not usually s e e n as problematic (e.g., consumption patterns, militarism) as well as an analysis of issues generally raised under the heading of "deviant" behaviour, i.e., crime, drug abuse, prostitution, etc W e will also examine issues that are generally agreed to be problematic, s u c h as population growth, poverty, under-development. Not offered 78/79. S.F.U. Students who wish to proceed to S.F.U. and to pursue further courses in Spanish are reminded of the present equivalency standards. Elective credit will be given at S.F.U. for all Capilano College Spanish courses. Exemption from and placement in higher courses are determined by the results of a placement test or other assessment procedure. A s a result of the placement test, area credit may be granted which would count toward a major in Spanish. C o u r s e s which d o not qualify toward a major will be awarded elective credit only. U.B.C. At U . B . C , present equivalent standards equate Spanish 100 and 101 with Spanish 100; Spanish 200 and 201 with Spanish 200. The student who plans a major in Spanish may enter U.B.C.'s Spanish when he completes the Capilano courses. Note: All courses in Spanish include a total of five and one-half hours of instruction per week, made up of three hours of lectures; one and one-half hours of laboratory practice; and one hour of conversational practice with a native speaker. Native speakers of French, German, or Spanish who wish to take first or second-year courses in these languages must consult with the Language Co-ordinator first. University rules governing such students differ within departments, but the Language Co-ordinator has correspondence dealing with matters relevant to credit transfer and point of entry; in order to avoid any misunderstanding, such students are invited to d i s c u s s these problems with the Language Co-ordinator prior to enrollment. SPANISH 100 — FIRST YEAR SPANISH (F) (3,1.5,1) A basic course in the oral and written language, with oral emphasis on grammar, composition and conversation. SPANISH 101 - FIRST YEAR SPANISH (S) (3,1,1.5) Pre-requisite: Spanish 100. This course should be taken, SOCIOLOGY 210 — SOCIOLOGY O F UNDER DEVELOP- whenever possible, in the term following Spanish 100. M E N T (S) (3,0,1) A study of the major theories of under development, empirical studies of under development, social and cultural responses to under development, and the inter-relationship of social institutions in and between the " d e v e l o p e d " and "underd e v e l o p e d " societies. This course will provide students with an opportunity to better understand the social, economic, and political causes and effects of under development. Both sociological and " n o n sociological" literature on the meaning and effects of "under development" will be considered. This course may be taken by itself or as a complement to Sociology 223, Current Social Issues. Transfer credit complete for U.B.C. in p r o c e s s for Simon Fraser. Not offered 78/79. A continuation of the work of Spanish 100. SPANISH 200 - S E C O N D Y E A R SPANISH (F) (3,1.5,1) Pre-requisite: Spanish 100/101 or a placement test. A continuation of the work of Spanish 101 with emphasis on oral discussion and translation of literary texts. SPANISH 201 — S E C O N D YEAR SPANISH (S) (3,1.5,1) Pre-requisite: Considerable previous experience in written a n d oral work. A d v a n c e d c o u r s e with emphasis on oral discussion a n d translation of literary works c h o s e n from the Golden and 20th Centuries. 101 T H E A T R E A R T S 100 (3,3,1) Theatre Arts PRACTICAL ARTS O F T H E A T R E (F) A workshop course in the practical arts of the theatre. The student will be introduced to the training process of trie actor. The process includes strengthening and disciplining the voice, relaxing and controlling the body, and using these tools to discover a creative approach to dramatization. The student will study basic mime and mask. Improvisation will be studied as a tool for acting rather than as a product. The emphasis of the first term will be on P R O C E S S . T H E A T R E A R T S 101 (S) (3,3,1) PRACTICAL A R T S O F T H E A T R E II A continuation of Theatre Arts 100, however the student need not have taken the previous course to qualify. This course is designed to give the student a more intense background into the training process of the actor. Voice and body work will be used as ways of expression a n d communication. The student will b e c o m e familiar with the various methods of creating a role. The student will use improvisation to break down s c e n e s . M u c h of the work done in this term will emphasize the importance of P R O C E S S INTO P E R F O R M A N C E . T H E A T R E ARTS 120 (3,0,1) The Theatre Arts Program is designed to give the student a well-rounded and disciplined approach to theatre Beginning with the disciplines of voice and body, the program will cover almost every aspect of theatre including, in the final year, Performance. Theatre courses at Capilano College have transfer credit at U.B.C. There will likely be changes and additions to the Theatre offerings in 78/79 that develop too late for printing in this calendar. INTRODUCTION T O T H E A T R E I (F) An in-depth study of the theatre and its plays from the Greeks to the Renaissance. The course will include the analysis of selected plays of this period, focusing upon the development of the stage and the production means. The student will also study the period in which this type of theatre was practiced alongside the other arts and history of the times. Not offered in 78/79. T H E A T R E A R T S 121 (3,0,1) INTRODUCTION TO T H E A T R E II (S) Pre-requisite: Theatre 120 or written permission of the Instructor. A continuation of Introduction to Theatre 120, covering the plays, the development of the theatre, and the history of the period from the Restoration to the beginnings of Realism (approximately 1900). Prospective students should telephone the Theatre Department (local 218) for details. Not offered in 78/79. T H E A T R E ARTS 200 T H E A T R E (F) (3,3,1) - T H E PRACTICAL SIDE O F Pre-requisite: Theatre Arts 101, Women's Studies 193, " C " grade or better, or by special permission of the instructor. An advanced course in the technical and practical aspects of performance. The student will study stage management, lighting design and execution, set design and construction, costume work, and other areas of backstage work. The student will also become familiar with theatre etiquette and the line of authority in the different theatre formats. The student will now u s e the skills learned in the previous course and apply them to the various styles of dramatization The student will study and execute scenes from Greek Tragedy up to and including the Absurdists Plays. The student will also study the proper ways of doing auditions and compiling a resume. The emphasis of this course will be on FINAL P R O C E S S E S TOWARDS A P E R F O R M A N C E LEVEL. T H E A T R E A R T S 201 - R E H E A R S A L A N D P E R F O R M A N C E (S) (3,3,1) Pre-requisite: Theatre Arts 2 0 0 or by special permission of the instructor. During this term the student will rehearse and perform at least two O n e Act Plays and at least one Full Length Play for an audience. All the work done during this term will be focused on the P E R F O R M A N C E L E V E L . 102 W O M E N ' S STUDIES 107 — C O N T E M P O R A R Y E U R O P E A N W O M E N WRITERS (IN TRANSLATION) (S) (3,0,1) Women's Studies S.F.U. Students wtio wish to pursue turtner courses in w o m e n s Studies are reminded that S.F.U. has instituted a minor programme in Women's Studies. Our W.S. 100 has been assigned credit for W.S. 202 at S.F.U., our W.S. 110, 112, 120, and 121 have been assigned unassigned Women's Studies assigned W o m e n ' s Studies credit. W . S . 101 and 192 for transfer credit. U.VIC. W . S . 101, 104, 105, 106, 107 have been assigned Hum (100 level) (1 %) e a c h (a maximum of 3 units) to be re-assessed for 1977. W O M E N ' S STUDIES 100 — INTRODUCTION TO W O M E N ' S STUDIES (F) (3,0,1) This course will examine the status and role of women in Canadian Society. It will trace the development of sex role divisions in the family and other social institutions; examine the influence of education, media and art on the development of female role models. Differences in women's roles due to class, status, race and region will be d i s c u s s e d . W O M E N ' S STUDIES 106 — C O N T E M P O R A R Y UNITED S T A T E S W O M E N WRITERS (F) (3,0,1) A discussion-oriented course intended to broaden and intensify the student's awareness of and appreciation of the literature being produced by U.S. women writers today; and to examine and d i s c u s s the portraits of women, and of women's circumstances revealed in these writings; and to further e n courage women interested in creative artistic production to pursue their efforts and to encourage other women to do the same, in light of the achievements of these women writers. A discussion-oriented course intended to broaden and intensify the student's awareness and appreciation of the literature being produced by a wide variety of women writers today in Europe (especially France and Germany) and to encourage students to become more aware of and responsive to the creative process as it is exercised by these authors within the particular circumstances common to women's role in our western society, as well as those circumstances particular to specific cultures in western society. W O M E N ' S STUDIES 110 - WOMEN AND PSYCHOLOGY (S)(3,0,1) A psychological examination of sex-role definitions, their origins, development in childhood and maintenance in adult life. The course will examine the differences in life patterns between men and women and the effect these have on personality development and self-concept. It will include a critical examination of male and female consciousness and the extent to which these affect and determine potential for human growth and freedom. Reference will be made to major psychological schools ol thought in terms of sexual bias. Non-sexist alternatives to present psychiatric practices will be explored. The following W o m e n ' s Studies courses will not be offered in 78/79. Any student who is interested in these courses should contact the W o m e n ' s Studies Coordinator. W o m e n ' s Studies 1 0 1 - W o m e n and Work , W o m e n ' s Studies 104 - Contemporary English-Canadian W o m e n Writers W o m e n ' s Studies 105 - Contemporary French-Canadian W o m e n Writers W o m e n ' s Studies 112 - W o m e n a n d Religion W o m e n ' s Studies 120 - W o m e n a n d the Past; A n Historical Survey W o m e n ' s Studies 121 - W o m e n and Power in Western Society W o m e n ' s Studies 150 - Sound R e s o u r c e s Workshop for Women W o m e n ' s Studies 151 - Visual R e s o u r c e s Workshop for W o m e n W o m e n ' s Studies 192 - W o m e n and Theatre W o m e n ' s Studies 193 - W o m e n and Theatre. 103 104 tz UJ -i C to 8. 'to H < > 1 >.°_ CO < oc o I- O CO > po CO CD SI 3 o 0 o " UJ 0 o > > 2 | 0) W CO M S ° >- >• o o C CN >M > >• a> o> o i o> c o to c O ) »- CO 0 0 • UJ Yr. >•- > z 0 > 0 o o o > o p o o o T o o o_ Q . a 0 Q _ Q o o o o o 1_ l_ 0 k_ - £ £ - £ £ c c c o c c < < < < co c • £ 0 > 0 o gP o , ; co IP o > u. o >• H (0 ex "JT 0 CO < ffi 3 CO CO c c •- £ ^ s 3 _l 0 o o «5 c X U o J? • - c S cS !£ - OC UJ > O CO c > ir T3 => 3 c « -o -o < c c > CM CN 3 o o "> E c 0) CO CO a, T3 "O C C CN C N ™ r O CD p p p p p o o o o o 5. O . D . O - Q . O O O O o p p o o a o. o o c c < c < D) I l l s w * CO " o ^ > £0 •. _ o ^ ^ C-C-CN C C - o °, CO CO 0 0 >. >. a —— UJ 0-g2 •g CO CO 0 0 UJ .l o * wo £ 0> O ) C O tj) ^ ££ oc £ c c c c <<<<< UJ I co, co UJ K E £ 6-o£ O 0 CO c _ CO ' = CJ —' o -O ^ CD o S 3 0 O) CO * Q. tO 0 oc ?S o UJ 0 S <= — to CO — o - g 5 0 ° S o tor C CO to c j 0 0 CO •= 3 O o o z < _J S. < •= « .n co C > (V) 0 3 g) * 0 to CO to 2 to c £ « > P O S _l < > *° & s s 5 o a m ^ CD ^ T3 I CO J0 0 0 O O O O yj 0 CO CT 8 g CO ^ _ 0 CO 5 ° E J= 2 0 r ° *" E S E F 0 ~ £ 0 O .CO CD C\J o a 0 T5 M J ! P ra£ ^ 0 u s <» s = C 0 O O o o c o cr ^ & w cri w c/i co coit/} i- o w 1 CT> CN O O > >. T— CM CN ai en > > > P P • ) oi o o o O O O o. o. O O O o o a. a. a. o o o ^ ^ ££ £ i. a o > Q . to 5 m a > ^ o a S ^ f c p ^ o tO = 2 11 0 to 0 a^ —s P 0 1 0 0 — O liiPlfP II I S 0 & S g S co a ^ s - £ ^.co ~ to c Cr 0 0 > O ^ Q 0 O (O *r ?, |i?i|a|:logs 0 0> II CO c o O C D O J S C < : 0 g S g S ^ j c : * : — C ^. 0 C HI r > CD t CD C CO << CO CO a5 i ^ CD « c / ' ' u o S | | ^ o, -to4 ^ 4 c . c » : S C i J ) » c : § i w x° < << << CO ^ CD H - CO CD >: raXo c c ^ a CD ° s < . O o - Q CD ° (A ° -S E 1 CD o » c o g * o ^ « ^ X CO O) O ^ — — i— ' — CN CN T— - * J ? I S O It CN CN >~ > O ) o> P o a p o a o sz x: O c c c c c "c c <<<<< << CO o c | 1 K£ s>, . 8 46'8 l I l l l l i l s i L 5 105 v Q. CO CO "D Q . P0 dj — a> m 0 c o cu c 0 co > > < > > 0 CD D t o UJ P c = £ 0 o Et "D 'ZZ to tu > » U £ o E • Z a 5"S • S c E-g g CD u - I c to Z c *S Csj >. ^ co — s 3 0 r»S to O to t to CD CD to CD ^ O to Q . JO Lo D oc . S ^ ^ 0 UJ CO . M CO > z o tco O 5 c E -9 >. ~ °o E < oc LL z o safe c CD C CO CO ^ <0 0 >. 3 to5 o u. ^ O CO o o ^. u . CO TO < > o 111 o > 3 O O)t^cC tjC0.C C0CC tlP.CX,: s s « § s >t 5: <.«oc.o s | | S c § o e 73 c; o £: > -t^ 0 0 i f CO O) Si* Its o o o UJ _l < > c ^ c i f oj « a s TO c — -j *> § * a s ai B ^ s a s 1 1 P W P R ° CD 5j o a) co . co c . co c n ^ ui *5 £ CO m CO < o 5 u_ O ,c c o c 5- o CNJ -c o o --Pro p ^ 2 « S Q I 8 S Q < > O LU CO 6 S S l £ 2 n ' n n coco SSicoSClCiG" .2 o 5 .2 .9 o o o ? S \ 2 o o o o o B B X) T3 T3 www 2 2 3^ .2 2 ^ 3 3 3 3 D D 5 3 < < i i > < < < < < <<<<<<<< coco^ C0COC0(DCT3C0m"m 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 wwwcococococo cococororo 3 2C ^ 3 D 3 3 >>o>i>>>> O o "t -c: to 03 .S ^. Q - -2 £ I s I f . I I U S O) 5 c .O Q. Q. „ Q. ^ CQ " x " c ^ ~' 1^ 3 5 C U - * « ~ 9 P *= -~ S c P 1 to Q) O CDI ^ >>>>>>> < < < < < < < < < < < < ^ 5 < < < < 5 106 ro CO CO oo cococoxi^coco co co co co n co "o"g"o"2 S ^ 9~ 9~ ^ ? ^ 9~ 9~? 9 ~ ? ? 2 2 2 e u i — -3— — 552 333333 3 w ww > >www w w w w w w w w < < < iB a < < < << <<<<<<< CO CO CO 333cc333 COCO 33 CO CO CO CO TO CO CO CO CO 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 CO CO CO CO CO CO CO >>>OC5>>> >> >>>>>>> <<<<<<<< <<<<<<<<<< CO CO CO C O C O C O Q J 0 C O C O C O Ill -I < > 3 o UJ 5 5! o > CD ' vP* > 0 3 * O CD 0 o o o o o > > ;S ^ 0CDoCD CD^rOO o o >. >> >>>•>.>, CM p g O) O) O) 0 > p ppp >, o CO CO Ol g CD in p o p o is O o o CD CD 01 ° 2 2 9 01 CM >> O) p g in in in.9 in9 in9 in2 in CD 'c CO Q. z 111 _J CD O CD E o o o < > 3 — co o .2 c UJ CM 5- CD u S E 00 CD £ O CO P o o co S2. u O) o o gW p g in in CO ^ * o o £ O ^r^CO ^ ^ C C r - C. g ^ ^ co CM X JQ co X ,- c CO COC\JCMCV°°Og O CM 0> cocococo^wcj^j 25 O >•>•>.>. ^ OJ 0 1 Ol O) c^ g o o o —£ o o o5 2 2 PPp & 0 &£ E E o o CO CD £ •C CO 1 o co CM >. CD O g CD o CD n o 1 E E o o S in DO m m m m N N in CD O CD CD E E o o E £ o O CD *" co in CD O -Q «" — >> CJ5 CD O 2 :=O 2 5 co c HI -I < > C S io T3 ° CD o 3 o a E & LU CO CM T - o o >. >. a> co p g 2 P 2 2 in in in £2. c ,- C p S 3 .- COCOCO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CD •- CM f O O 88 ^ P \J CM o C >> >, CD a i m >> 1 — o 2O! Pa> £ u u .2 2 .9 2 co 2 in co CO w CM CM CM g in T - ca m co o i - o w- CO CO CO CM COPO)PCO P P o> CO p op p p p p .2 2 2 in in in in in o CD CO CO CO 2 CO > • >N o g 01 O) in 2 2 2 2 in in CD CM ; CMCM ! CO CD CD 0 O CJ O CD CD CD o O OOO E E E E E £ o oo E E CM CM oco co «- «c c 0 0 CD CD E E to en io in CM CM r- Nto O CO 0 o >* >, oi ° 2 2 9 in in 01 CO co o o *~ o T - CD CO CO Ol O O O O 9 9 9 9 in in in in CM T3 C CO CO CM 13 C C O O K i n o t M n t t i o O O O O T - ^ T - T - T - ^ CMCMCMCMCMCMCMCMCMCM > - > . > > > ^ > . ^ > . > . > . > . O 1 0 > 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 ) 0 1 0 ) 0 > 0 > . 9 2 . 2 P P P P P P p o .2 .2 .9 .9 .9 .2 .9 .2 .2 i= incoinincocococoinco 0 0 CM CM 0 0 0 0 E E CO "O P? Ol CD CD CCO O CO CO co 0 > O) c c CO CO c c 5 CC CO O CO CO 5CO5 Cm O O >O N co co ao CO CO CM CM CM COWCO TCM CM CM 0 CD _ co CO 5 5 0 0 _ £ co >.>*>, OJ O) O) .2 I ? . £ ? £ w CO CO 0»3 co 0 0 pop 2 2 2 CO CO CO CO .£ c in in in CO T - ro 108 m CO CO UJ < T3 — . > 0 3 O TT'-O J CM 0 | S~ ° ° 0 o * *- . >. : o < co c J o > : 0 > 0 0 > 0 o o o o o o o o CM CM. CM. CM CM CD n o o : 3 0 > 0 o ~ o CM CO CO >. I sz O E 0 .c O o o CM CO CM >. CO to E 0 sz E sz o o e XT O O CO o" ' — o §8 O „ s § > E g o o c o CO E E E 0 0 SZ SZ 0 .C <2 - s >. to 00 CO N too) 0 ~ -o CO CO F CM Q . 0 0 O LU oo tz UJ _l < > 3 o UJ u CO to I0 in o UJ ~ O CO 0 . o 0 0 0 .£ ^u- >- CO o 0 E 0 sz O . co r^- 8 0 2 sz O O O T-«-i - T-o CM E 0 sz O « W CO CO 0 0 0 1111 0 x: x: x: sz O O O O LU -- o CM •q- in O O rO O r r r CM CM CM CM CM >. >. >. >.>.>.>.>. r- CO CO 10 o sz sz o UJ CD sz O CO to to to CO I0 0E 0E 0E 0 E sz sz Osz Osz szO O O 109 T— o «~o c CO CM o o CM CM E 0 E o c o o CM CO T- o sz sz a o o CM •o c CO c O o E o c o o I0 E0 in "O o >. >to to £' x: i) O O CN CO 2 . co p — >- co o >,>.>.>. O a E , in E 0 sz O o E o c o co iilil o x: szo o •o c O £ 0 O S o 0 m o CO CM II111 E E x: ~ n 0 o E o c o o E o misti 1I co in " ™ is co -o >. E 0 sz ° N • in - , in >,u_ CM 0 -*. v o CO E 0 sz a 0 .—..—. • CM O CO C0 O — CD ™ :t= S ^ I D CM in CM O i cr co 0 S X) - E M 5 CT f 0Q UJ 2- E 0 5>3 — o to •o £ £ 2 -5 5 o co CM >. x: O Z UJ _J < > en o _ o CM c CO p . o o d o o o o •CO CO CO CO o o o a E i £ E no nc to o o cz o c o o o o o o o L U LU LU U J ~o "co > >0 S S £ 0 o o o o o S S £ > ^ CM CM CO CO CO o o o E E 1 o o o c cr c o o o o o o JJ UJ U J E o c o o V Z- T- sz sz sz J= jr CO .CO CO ^ 8 I CO CO 2 o o o UJ o CM c CO CO J3 LU 3 E > ^ C_D Ol _ Q — CD .E > *; o o S i -C SZ -cr . c J Z CO CO LU 0 > , co co Ol Ol Ol 1 C C . . C LU LU LU CD l» •0 O O CD "O CD a > CO >. 3 CO •o O) C CO *— C O T— > CD 5 c o CO o CO CO CO 3 "3 CM CM CO CD O CM CO jr i-CO "O c o 0 CJ CD CD CO o M =j Ol Ol Ol c c c U J i = CD S £ > „ 3 t; o ~ co .y CD P CD C CO K ,»5 CD CO 2 O CO CO c CO CD CD 0 tr 0 • fc CD CO 0 W 0 ai oi c E 0 CO LU << CO o CM O o CM < > LU CO O o LU CO CO CO CM O CO O T LO o CM E E o o cr c o o CJ o LU E O CM O o o a E 0 CM E o c o I- CM E o c o ro LU LU LU O o O) O) Ol Ol c cr cr c CJ U J C O r - S ^ LU O j- £ • — CO CO CO CO Ol .— = 3S C 3 OIOILD O) c c c CO LU g co co jr: 3 .2 H> oi .E cr —I LU CO CO SI SZ CO SZ SZ CO CO O) Ol C c LU ~j U J CO iT- CM O CM CM CM CM CM CM CM CO A LU O) Ol c c LU LU ^ fM CO CO J= sz CO sz CO CO CO CO O) Ol c c Ol Ol Ol c c c LU LU LU LU LU CO^ c o J= CO .CO 2 co" CO CO CO CO SZ £Z SZ Ol O) Ol O) Ol c c c c c LU U J LU LU LU o ° CM *~ O TCM C O CO CM •o c CO o O o o CM CM EO i— O o TCM » " C O 10 CO C M C M C M g o g o o o CO CO CO E E g o o E E E I o o E E E 8 g g g oc co O O o c c O CJ c Lo U UO J L UO UJ o LU LU o o o O O CJ ™ LU U J o CO o - CM g "D C O O ^J- LO CO CO CO o >- o o o o o o CO CO CO ai 0 1- 7- >- i- i- ro o o sz SZ SZ SZ SZ JZ SZ CO CO CO SZ SZ CO CO CO CO CO CO CO Ol Ol Ol Ol Ol Ol cz c c c c c tz 01 LU LU LU LU LU LU 3 3 5 J2 « U J LU 110 CO J- o o m o o >- CM CM J : jr si CO f CM -o cr CO CD CO r-CMCMCOTr'»TLOCDCMCMCOCOCOO^ CMCMCMCMCMCMCMCMCMCMCMCMCMCMCM •o c 0 > CO CO 3 5 CM CO £ CO CO U J U J o o c C CD 3q oi • > g o o o u E E £ E E o o o o o cr cr cr c c o o o o o o o o o cj UJ o o o o CM CM CM 2 tr 8.B CO CO 01 :il 5 i ™ i X) c £ £ o r- i- ° Z- " o o 0 1 Ol cr cr CD ® * o ™™ > > > O) Ol 0 0 .£ C 0 > jD CM CM LU ) o * CM U J U J U J U J c 3 o 0 o CO CO CO ar 1 2 c o O I. O CD CO * o o CM CM 0 q o o o o D) cr c c c c c; UJ 0 > _0 CO t7! O) 0)0) O) LU 00 LO O CM T 3 cr co co co r r r c i i j r j r j r j r j r r j r c r c r .2? .co .co CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO oi oi oi cr cr cz O)CT01O)O)01OlO101O)Ol"5)O)O10) LU L U L U czczczczcczzczczczczczczcicz L U L U L U L U L U L U L U L U L U L U L U L U L U L U L U 5 zz. o > < Art (200 lev 5 o ui 120 (3) < > c < < story istory istory istory c story c i An (200 lev _1 260 (3) til (200 lev z I X X X X o o o o o CD o c CO CO o c o CD CO CM c o c o CM JZ CD 0) o o c c CD CO in CD co CO < CD C o CO cu s z UI _l o c < > >. CO CO E a Ui u S o "O 2 c o o ' CD ) XI j o ) o c CD cd => 3 CM CO < CD C < £ < << CD O CD CD CD LL 2 LL CO s CO CM O CM 12 O c O CM o CM u c o c CD LL S i ; z x: o c CD SZ o c CD LL x: o £ LL in x: o c CD LL in CM x: o c CD LL c o a. a f r i l l S18 Xi 5- » c o c L J CD ^_ CO -o c c 5 J 3e to * - *o T J ea §° co " 2 ct> Q . 5 en «> ^ « C M 1 <° CD 3 » " « 5cr« 9 QJ tr w 111*1 o 8o —WOP S! 111 f =» c ui -i < > 5 o Q o o UI CM CO ^ CD ,— CO T3 co — CO >>""<•' to 5 2 < Li. co m co >. >• 2 2 w GO CO >. O W X x I t: CD O) 05 C O O O O o o i n c D C O O O ^ O O r - C M C M C O O O C M C M C\J CMCM CM CM TCM CM o tr - in in in O O o i ^ ' C D C D C D O O O ' ' x: x: x: n c x: x: CO CO CO CO CO -^-'-CMCMCMCMCM o o o o O D D CM CM CM CM CM CM CM x: x: 2t-" 2 r^ ^r >r- < l i c i r r c i r c i : ! : c c c c c c c O O - g o o oc o CO CO CO CO CO CO V) < < < < < <<<<<<< o o o o o o o o o cD Oc3 oc:czcczc.gcc.czczc:cc. CD CD CD 1 I I O 3 C C D O 3 C D 5 CD CDCD CD CD CD CD CP CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD 2£ £ S £ y ^ l j ^ L L i L L L ^ L L L L L L L L L L L^ C£ £ £ £ £ £ LL LL LL LL LL ii. LL i i . LL LL LL LL co co CO c CO iO u c CO CD CO E i 111 1 » * *•£ 1 • - o CD >. CD g> <£ O CO 3 _ tt ° 1 CO 3 co 6 CD .8 3> o mr Fit* C co < > "D C S CO 11 CM S .8 O =:c CD ~ II. ii X X CL" g4" S c CD Q . co CM O UJ is < > CD > O CD o o o o o o o o UJ O > => o o E c c co co c CO x: a. a. sz o. CO CO CO Ol O) 3 o o o CO CD CD CD CD (J XIXX 3 3 3 o o 21CM CM >. SZ 0> en i i ° >->.>.>. C Mx: x: x: x: >. sz a. E EE E 'S' 0 8s o C\J c co CD ^L. 0 o. a O. CM co O. co co co >. Ol Ol Ol Ol O l p o ooo CO CD CD CD 01 o c5 CD CD o CD CD o o 18 o o 8 -<= >• o> Z UJ -I < > r- SZ Iof O UJ in o — x> £ S 6 m CL 3 CD X o o o a. Q . co co o i CD CD oo o O CD CD Q. CO Ol Ol SZ Q. CO Ol CO CO CO CO CO 0 0 Ol Ol Dl CD CD o o 0 CD CD o C >M s o- a. Q . o. a >. sz a. co x: CO 0 CJ c 0 S CM C O •. >. x: a x: sz oi o o o ro o co Ol o p o Dl Ol 0 O o oo O 0 0 0 0 0 CD CD CD CD CD CO 0 T3 3 UJ -I < > CO CO 0 in CD C o LU o CO COCD c c CO CO 0 0 oo CO CO oo co co 0 t> CD E E' 3 ' E E CD E E ^CM c - oo CO CO CO 0 0 -a x> b p s s ™ 3 3 3 T3 3 355 >. >CO CO sz sz coco a. a 03 "CO rem™ CO CO CO 0 c 0 0 O OO CD 0 0 C 0 c cz 0 0 Q- o o>o5) CO c CO 0 Ol Ol 0 oo 0 sz a a 0 0 x> T3 3 Q. Q. Q. Q. Q . CO CO CO CO CO oo O 0 CD CD O 0 0 0 *- o o o o o o CD s m I O s i- t- «- r- CD CD O Oo oo o 0 0 0 0 0 CD 0 CD CD CD CD CD CD CO CO CO CO 0 0 0 0 T3 T3 T 3 T3 £ 3 3 3 0 c 0 0 c 0 0 c 0 0 c 0 CO CO 0 0 T3 ^ 3 3 0 c 0 W ^ O CO CM O O CM CM CO CO CO co "to "co 0 oi p D ) O ) Cfl O ) CM T- co co 55 55 55 55 0 xTiTx?££ o C o o O ai Ol CD CD o o CM CO CO CO CO CD CD CD CDCD CD O SZ a Z^r C » 0 c 0 CO O ££x?iTQ . O . a . 0 CO CO CO CO Ol O l D l D) 0 0 o ooo 0 0 O CM t- CO o CM CM rO r- C M >, £ sz sz x: x: o. a.Q . d >. CO CO co co oi ooi oooo O) Ol o i 0 0 0 0 0 CD CD CD CD CD CD CDCD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD E CO O >- O l 0 CM CM CM \r CM >->->,>,>, CM CM CM sz sz sz sz SZ o _ Q . Q . o , Q . CO CO CO CO co 01 O 0 Ol Ol Ol O l O O O O 0 0 0 0 CD CD CD CD CD 112 co I O T- Ol O l P p O O 0 0 CD CD c CO E CD i5 (3 '5 o 0) cu > cr >. o n CO CO CD a £ o o z LU _l < > 3 o o CO 3 CO 2 a CD CD o o o o o o o o . LU o CM CO o CM c o o 0) 2 O co O to "co X X CD a CO CM >O CD > CD CD CD > > CD > > > o o eg o o o o o as >o o CM CM XX to to CO X O O o o CD CO CD < CO X o o LcU O) Z LU — > < > 3 E o o LU 6 a E CM CO CD CD CO X X> o o 3 o o o o CO c CM c 'c CO CO E E CD CD O O (3) pei (3) ca o o CO E E (3 co 1 S P £ 3 oc; u_ o •o a -6 . B I cj >. caC O 5" 3 C O 2 S> "o CO a 01 co § o> * S jo -r> is- 5 a 9! fi fcS* 1 Q) CO E I CD CD o o 1 — CO o — to •o O CD o_ a. CO c CO CO £8 3 3 2> O O 2 to c CD >• o w x CO CD -o CD c co CO CO o o o to CO w x Si CO CO CO Q) S OK) 8 £ -9 == 8 B £ « >- & e p " g 8 * 9 1i S i5 „ i; o c 5 ^ p£t O 9 CO C O) g> § P 2 c «r- u P> CD * w ' 5 QS oi 3 co O O O CO CO co LU cyj P CD CD c c X CD c CO << CD C .C J= O If1 3 21*1 6 § 0 LL CO C O1 =>z P. 3 to w 05 CO CO CO CO £ -S o o i 2 > cs o CD CO CD CD CO CZ CD CD p co co " s1e o oil — co CO CD CD CD « w i t CD O l " C S C 3 S ? C 3 C O CD £ CA S CD O c CO a i l l CD . 5 S3 Q 3 . O O) CO o 9 • - en Q.5 LU _l < > O >. o X I X I X XI CD CD s >. >. >,>•>.>o o o o o o o CO o o t c^ -\ ^1 in J, ^1 CO J_ a) CD rig oo n ><>.>. c £f C£M" « O O oo 2o ^ o o CO ^0 J3 O) 5 1 g 2 CD w T3 CO CD co CO CD c c CO CO E E XXX X O OX X x O X 3 3 in o "O c CO o CM "D c "D c CO o o o o c c CO CO E E CD CD O CD CO »— CO o •>t in ^ o o O r- "~ CO CO CO » .2 CD " O " O o »- ^25 E E E £ CD CD CD CD >,>,>,>.>.».>.>•>->•>•>' O O O S 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 113 C CO O CO CO o o E "c CO CO E E 3 3 I I XI XXX XI XXX tototn«ww««wcowco CD CD CD CD oooo c to o o o o CO (D to MO O O ' - O O - - JJ gx CD o CM C/> O O c c c c o o o o 7— T— CM CM CO co co co E E E E c c c c oCO oCO oCO oCO c co c O CM CO CO co E X 3 .- T- T- CD CD CO CO CD CD C C CO CO a a CO CO s T3 — f § r~ i;03— CO T3 CO 5 o - < CD > o g 0 CM g CD ,- c P CM O T — 0 o co ro co S ro is > P o o\j c T- CD o O ~ o CM CO CO W E E CD CD CJ SZ sz C o ^ CD '— CD© J- o o O T- > m '5 F c oo c o coCO P in C £ o o Od) S3 -x: CM CO CO CO 3 o CO CD•D E E E ro 2 E E £ CD LU 6 > 0 E •s 1 CO 55 co to E E CD SZ CD 0 to 2 2 2 o co O pp CO SZ sz to co 22 >— Z Ui _l < > 3 o o $ 2 ui CO CO CO O r- o ,_ cz c • *~ w u ro co co ,_ CO •-. w £ 2 3- o o o o o co co ro oo p o 0CO CO 0 E E Ef i l l E E 0 0 SZ sz 2Q O o co ro 22 " C o * LU co CO 0 3 co co C y 3 ;P aC *co "o ~ "~ co c co co p Si ~ £ CM" 0 " £ gcM * P r; o '5 g c o E w LL CO 5£ t|>8333 .35 ro 3 (0 CO co c3o £ E 0E 0 0 ro ro x : x: x: o> 0oi-tc:o a 0 ro ro —I —i 2 2 ; Ol JS 5 5 5 5 0 m co -t: ro 2 2 2 2 2 5 5 CD to sz 1 10 l t 2222 CM E O t c E © JO 3 ro «„ T 0 £ £ fi £ 2 5 0 > QJ "D •o n c 5> S co 0 CO co o co o 3 i n o o S C M co SSco CO S CO www P •— Q. C CM o o o u E 0 Q JO W C ^! 0•*i LJ« i S u 3 c: q>i:_.0 Oi^^l ' S c u oi ^ r- = 2 5 s« co 2 J* 0 0 CL N t- CT o XT CO XT %Po 2 foe in,, | « ro£-SS 0 2 co B CO ro ^ ciorto E 0 C M O 0 •Be o— o c 9 4) f S t ? CO CO r- — .— g-coToS g ci o »- 5 o co 5 * c co g i lOk l e SCO"So, - o 3 S oo > E Ol^ t °- a t, o L.— S c co o § € roroco ;5 r~ £ sz o £ "O = a, Jj ro 0 CO ^ c 3 CO _ 1 1 ^ Ol 0 - tj c c •£ O 2 oroS g o g g o. o ci c o "6 .£ o E Ei S E S ^ o 0 S o ° QJ co cj ^ £ £ P = 5 - O s §.£ Q. J= a E 5 "3 £ . 0 0 0 o S o , i f ! ! " ! LU —I < > PP ro ro E E 0 0 £ro£ro co D) c o 0 c 0 J. J £ c ci o E ^ o o CM CO CO CO ro E 0 x: ™ *rororo 2 2 ^ 2 5 co 1 co o CM P P cj o o ™ ™rororo EEEE E i i j i i £ £ x: sz sz co ro O ID 0 £ £ £E S C C CD CO C 5 5D «o o 222 CO CO c\J — 2 ** CM ^CM g g c o CO co CO 5 114 c ro o T- m co co co CM CM CM CO CO CO P P CJ CD CD CD EE E £ ££ 5CD2CD5 CD CO CO CO o> CD "D 03 1j CO I 1 o o o o Z a o CO M CM C co co >> CM szCL >. SZ k— O CO P C OoC 3 O 5 5 sz C O C J CO o CL O CL CL SZ SZ Q_ 2 >- i? co CD "O la l ? O S= 11CO X) ° cd CD * O CD £ o ~ co c E CO 2 2 f i CD C O O CD T3 CD : ^ CO ^ C O o LO _ * CO oCM to CM co CM o CM C - T - -o a CO TO~ CJ CJ CO o p p .5 'co 'to C OC OS o.'to3 'to3 'to3 3 3 3 3 3 S 8 S Is 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 < 2 2 •o g r- i C D g 'to 3 2 i l l 2 CO > r- »—->,>->- - <" co 2- CO 8 ^ C^CM C- ' 55 :< 2 x: x: x: r t t a. a Q . Lao. o o O O co to i o o C p o p 'sz 'sz 'sz )C O C O x: C L ) p p CL C L CL I 2 'sz £ o . CL CL o >. sz T 3 "5 C0 O- 2 His 1 Hist ory 2 2 3 x: o. o s o C O 'too 3 o to 3 o 3 2 2 CO 2 en TC O r~ co co co co to CM C MCM CM CM _ to CO CO CO CO CO T sic sic sic sic sic sic T3 C 2 5 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 5 0. C M O T3 C CO lO - sz sz CL CL o o C OC O P p C O 'sz E p CL sz 0- ^. m toC TO —cor-CO CO C i—M T •O T3 T> T3 -O 1 "H c .V C "CD C C C 1 c c c co co Oo oCO- QCOCOC o o o r~ CM O oC O C O M *rO r- C M CO inCOco co co 7— CMCMCMen m C C CO CD oiO)m in ui CMo CMo CMo CMg oOoC to to o o g CM C M pto3CMto3 co3 to3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 'to 'to C OOC OCJC OCJC O 'co T sz a. o 2 5 2 o CM "O c CO o o CM O O J>. >. o o o o sz sz ^ CM CM CM a o. sz s: sz sz o o CL CL Cl Cl co co O O P P OC OO C O C OC O CLxCLxO CLrO CfLO COLr o. r 115 CD CD O XI XI to „ CD •CP co Q —• X X = cS S s O 3 to *" to .9 to "o" C M P §P to co CD —' - £ 5 si P CM'— C O"O"CD SZ* P C O co 0- CL>- c l C O CL Br»- m o ^ in o •o c to rr in o o •o _ sO o so C T — c— 1T Oo C O COo «- «- OC oC O T T — t — C O C O CJto C O to C O to g g o o o g o 'to C O >. JPhysi Physi Physi Phys '5 o Musi O CO C CJ g CM E bot 1 ex x> _ >. o CL CO2 o Q Esz CD £o x>CD O & T- O •o o c s i CL a. s O CDC C J COC >O in £ o *" C EL E CO o O £ X3"g o to X u E p O to o >. CDszo_ CM CLCO CD CL CO CO COr: r-MS3C >. >- CL O C O O I f sz S CO CO CO CO in o co C O O g C O to o SZ sz CL 0- Phys Physi 2 3 com .b: 5-: g ^ , co T - M < > 5 o CD > LU p o > o o p CM O JZ Si CO o CO > 2a; J. ® 8 ^ ° 2 52 CD > o a. O CO CD > ® CO Si C M CD CD O O C CM C. CD CD CD O OO C C C CD CD CD O OO CO CO CO CD CO CO o o o tz II c 3 o o 0 Ol Ol p p O) p O o > p 0 o o o § o o CM CM. >.>.>, >, >, 01 O) Ol 01 Olp o p p p O O o o o sz sz sz sz sz>o • >o• > >o CJ o CO CO CO 0 o CM Si™ C O C O C L CL CL CL CL 0. CO o o x: o >. C O O CO CD O >. Ol O o sz o >> CO Ol o• sz o >p C L C L CL CD CD Z LU -I < > CO A CC O , . o c: o c CO >. CO CO E E E 3 3 CD C D >% a UJ ^ is >* CD s Ol CO CM u 03 * -cr r- C O CM CM CO CO CO CJ CO 1 E o CJ CD ted o _ 3 CO o o ^ cr> Ol Ol p ® O o o ^_ sz o o — p o o ^ sz o o *>. 00 >• 00 CO o CO o CL CO C L co o CL < O ^ Z. " CM 0 >< >< OIOIO) 2; oi oi o p pp o p )- o o O O o £ SZ sz sz sz o o o o o >.>%>, n >• >•CO CO CO O CO COC CO C L CLL CL CL i f C i- CD 0 i- o T3 CM ~ *T CD c o -C CD C L CO E T— I CO IT CM o O OI CM CIM CM 0 CD 0 OO o c= c c CD CD0 O C.J o CM CO C M C O CJ C O O CJ CO CO >. >. sz sz 0 a _ i o - P 2 co CO CO CO co O 0 CM CO LU co o o o CM o o CM 3 UL o > p o CO CO CO C O C OC L CL CL 0- < > o 0 CD C D 0C_O ®> >p o o o 0 o o >- >, >->->. O) CO 01 Ol Ol p o p p p o o o o o sz sz sz -c . c o o o o o £• >, > * > - > , CD CD O O CO CO o o 0- 0- CL ao CoL Pi CD > p £ 0 s i •2 "O C M P £2^ t£ r- C O L O co CO CO T-^CM CM CO CO CO CM CM CM CM £2- CO CO CO CO CO CM '> CO CO CO n j O C J C J CJ p £co T - co co . CM «- CM CM C M 0 0 0 CD ^ 0 LL T — i— to » CO CM -st CM CM o o o o tz a cz c 0 CD CD 0 o o o o C D CD C OC OC OC O CD CO CD CO o "o " >< >.= 3 CO CO p cj o o Oo o CO oCO sz SZ SZ SZ sz C L CL O o CL Q . T - CL CL CL CL CL CL P P CL o o o o CL co CO CO CO CO >*>.>.>,>. to CO CD , - ^ CO 0 0 ' 0 *— o o o C c tz c o CO CO CD SZ SZ CO CO >;>;>,>, Ol Ol CO Ol T C D ~ o >: CO CO CO *- o o CO O o o en o p O O OO sz sz sz sz O o o o >>>.>->, g> O o oC o iz o CL CL CL CL CO CO CO CO CL Ol O) p p O O sz SZ CJ o >- >, O N- CM CO >> >. O) o> i2 P o o sz sz o o >. >- C O C O CO CO CL CL CL CL CL CL CL CL C M C M o CM •o T3 c c CO T - rTCM CMC MC MC M C MC MC M o O O O O O CM co CM CM CM CO CO CO p p O ^ O CO O T - O C O C O co toC CJ CJ p p o CO CO CO CO ><>->.>, i= £ ^ sz CJ o CL Q _ CL CL C O C O C O > • >N >. CL CL CL sz sz sz O O CO o CM T3 r- O CO o O CM 0 CD 0 0 o o o o a c c c CD 0 CD CD o o o0 CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CJ O O 03 o o o o o c CM O C MC M o o CO •O T3 o C c CM CM CM CM CD 5 C O C O 0 CD 0 CD o o o o o r- o T O O OO o o o O LO to o tz CZ CZ CZ 0 o o O >- "~ to « - » - T - T - C M CM CD CD CD 0 > . >~ > , o >;>>>.>, O O Oo >. Ol O) C O Ol Ol C O CO CO CO CO 01 Ol Ol CM Ol p _ pp p° p p p o o p CD CD CD To p p p o o O O Oo p O CJ CJ o o o ° sz szsz sz sz sz O - c x : sz - t o o O O O o sz o o >. >. o o o o o o o >* CM CO CO >->->,>. CO CO CO i_ CL C Lto C O C O C O o o CM o CL 0 . CL CLCL CL CL CL CL CL CL CL 116 CL CL CL o o CM >s Ol p O c CO LO O 0 i- o 0 ^~ T - CM CM CMCM CM CM >. >- ><>->, 01 Ol01 O) Ol p p p o p o o O O O sz szsz o o O osz osz >. >.> > > - > , C O C O CO CO CO CL CL CL CL CL > 3 o CD > CD CD CD CD CI) > > > > CD CD CD CD O O o o o o o o o o LU T- o > >> > CO CO p p o o sz sz o o >. >. 3 J - ^ C M CM CO CO CO O O CO P .2 .2 .9 E c c E C CO CO E CO CO CO CO CO E E E E CO CO CL CL XXII 3 3 3 3 „ . >; 5- c56 P CO £=> O C X J CD CD > CO »- 'ZZ ~ o a IZ Ul -I °CO ® CD Q. O •— co . CD < > £ CD in " o 3 V -5 o CO CD CO m o o ° = B S CO * oa . c CM o ™ O a CM C CM co >, >, ° > _ >CO O ) CO O O ) O O CD C O CO - C I. CO CM s >. CO CO CO CO CD X) 3 O p 0 0 0 XJ XJ XJ XJ 3 3 3 3 CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO 3 3 3 3 CO 8: co 3 g p p g o) co co co g g> SZ SZ x> o o 3 _ o >,>,«- o >. © 0 ~CD OJ CO CO CO 3 tx 0 x tr x x tr CO CO CO CM co CL C L « CM C L o o : 0 C ' • C O . . C 0 m -< S 2> 5 10 c c ! * | | — j to .0CO » ^ 0 • a co_g §§ ° i i?fcSo c o 2 0 .CO 0>CM CO m CO S « a s '5 a I a »•§ 1 COs i0 co 3 p ) l)£2 E 0 sz c o <* S c ora £ S c ^ ! * f * » ci> c s a 85 ^ p to <0 re w UJ _i < co i l l l i t 1 p a , o 3 „ 5 Eco tiiiSiiii u u i '-a* U 0 .|.?t55 ro II j > 11 Q s 0 co * 3 s s se > " ' e a p 3 CO CO CO CO CO o UJ to to CO co to CD CD CD 0 XJ XJ X J XJ X) 3 3 3 3 3 g CD X! U. CO CO O) CO CO 3 3 CO C CO CO CO 3 3 3 P p p 9 0 9 O ) CO CO CO CO 0 0 0 CD CD 0 It > C 3 rx 8<3.<2 o J? 2 w X) c c CO O CM CM CM CM CM >. >O ) CO 0 0 CO CO tO- CO CO CO g CD XJ X) 3 3 C .9 o o >. >- o o o XJ sz sz o o CO CO CL CO CM CM CO O O ~ T - CM ° O T- CO CD CM CM CO CO 0 XJ XJ 3 XJ a> CO CO COw co CO CO CO CO CO CO 5 3 3 3 3 o .9 .9 9 9 gi g) g 9 "pVE?? CD 0 0 0 O ) p> 0 tr x x0 x0 c CO O O CO CO M 0 E O c c CO CO CO CO CO CO 3 3 0 rx 0 •S 0p , 3 1 U. CO to o CO H i grjlB Q . O C 0 § c i~ »• 5 .5 o £ « E CO CM CM CM X) 0 8 ? u tr rx cr tr tr cr 1*113 S? 8 11 CO « S ' 8 3 a § 2 * E Q. §§?=> CO 3 113 O 0 1- a 5 8 1 s 'CO CO 0 l o o ' O XI 8 -SS ^ ?! m A) CO CO -Q Ct2 CJ m co ~ a 3 1 S i " c58i2 CO CO CO CO CO p o % o Oi: CC XX 117 ro o T3 CD + z UJ -I O :s < S £ -~-:s O «•> > CD o CO CO LU o o CM >, O) d > o g o o co g o co O CD CD CD CD > > > > CD 0 CD JCl) CD J1J ) _0 o o o o o o 5 i Xco CO o o >->->,>, 9 9 9 O O 3 CO O — i> , CD CO C/) CO CO CD CD J) /- ro a CDCO O O 3 3 ~> CO X X I I « c o o CL CO o b ra.t; ±: <- £ 5 P cr c c c E oroco ro ro ' 3 o E E E E ro 2 CO CO CO CO o CD c CM ' 5 -C c CO 5 3 0 1 0 ) 0 ) 0 ) p pp O o o oo o o oo cfi >p 0 pp P Oo OO c o o) o o 5C :S t- X T CD CD CD CD ~m > > > > ro c CO CD CO S3 3 Z LU -I < > 5 o T3 C CM CO CD >. CO CD >. n -o UJ q m CM CM 3 r- CM O C C - ^ C t- - > . ; * > , > , > , > , >>> CO O) o> p po o o CJ o o 0 ) 0 ) 0 ) 0 ) 0 ) 0 ) 0 ) 0 ) P P P P p o o p 2 2 2 p g g g g 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 CO CO 0 0 1— sz 0 0 0 0 CO r— CM SZ SZ CO c o o o o 0 0 0 0 'c CO CO CL CO cocococococococo CO CO CO CL CO co o CJ ™ £ c I O) 3 < D 3 3 CO 2 < o S i << "O • CD < • < < CO CO co CO I* CO CO CD TO 3 C .fo ^ cS 3) CD s S 0 Si *— $ «. B o co co co m £2. 0 •» o o Q) co O 3 Q) co C) *~ O to "D o g OJ t CD * " 1- .=> 0 '3 <"> ^= CD C l Cr CD ID « > A) o > >. 9 CO CD 'o O 3 co to to p " x CD ~ S G S S S Ix w 9 : 2 x> iz> " O " O X J " O 3 B B c 3 3 3 3 co co co co CO CO CO CO CO CO CO0 ) CO CO CO c c CD c "CcD c C"c "c c c CD CD CD CD CD E E E E £CD E E E o o 0 0 0 0 5$ o o5 5 5 5 II CD i o SZ SZ SZ sz sz co CO CO CO n CO CO CO CO CO CO CO J 5 -53 J 3 is is CD CD CD CD CD CO CO CO CO CO CD CD CD CD CD *f CO CD p b O T5 "O CO O CM 5 CM O o T3 T3 CM U c ro O O T- o o Jo r- CM CO O O O o o o - > . > . > . >- >, > . > . > . > - > , O) O ) O ) O ) O) O ) O) O ) O) O ) O ) O O T- p o o p p2 p2 p p p2 o9 p 0 2 2 2 2 o Po CJ2 o o o o o oo o 0 0 0 0 0 0 O O 0 0 0 co co co co co co CO CO CO CO CO o o O i - t m i o s o i M O ' - O t - o CM •o c CO CO o n co o o o 0 O O O O O O - ^ ^ C M C M L O L O COCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCO 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ; CO O O y- O ^ O <- 0 0 0 <- O CM CM O O T- SZ sz sz sz CO CO CO 0 CO c c c c co rororoco ro a a Q . CL CL CL co co CO CO CO CO CM CM O O CM CM 0 0 0 0 ^ ro ro co CD 0 0 ro ro ro ro 0 0 0 0 sz sz sz sz sz sz sz 118 ; ; : ; ; : ; : o o o''o o 6'-6 6"6 6 6 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 W M W O T M W W C O W C O C J O C O co co co y> co co co w co co co co "c "c "c "c c "c c c "c "c "c "c 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 E E E E E E E E E E E E 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Index COLLEGE COUNCIL A. A C A D E M I C DIFFICULTIES 19 A C A D E M I C STUDIES/UNIVERSITY T R A N S F E R P R O G R A M . . 29 ACCREDITATION OF STUDENTS 18 ADMISSION 13 - H o w e Sound C o u r s e s 13 - Language Requirement 13 -Policy 13 - Procedure 13 - V o c a t i o n a l Programs ' . . . 13 COLLEGE FOUNDATION ' 7 56 COUNSELLING 20 & 29 1 C O U R S E CREDITS C O U R S E DESCRIPTIONS 34 34 35 36 36 34 A S S O C I A T E IN A R T S A N D S C I E N C E D I P L O M A 18 ATHLETICS 22 AUDIT S T A T U S 18 AWARDS 21 BASIC T R A I N I N G A N D S K I L L D E V E L O P M E N T (B.T.S.D.). . . . 53 BOOKSTORE 22 BUSINESS MANAGEMENT PROGRAMS -Accounting/Financial Management - C o m p u t e r S y s t e m s Management - Evening and Extension Program - Marketing Management 38 38 38 40 38 B U S I N E S S O F F I C E TRAINING 53 BUSINESS TRAINING A N D C A R E E R DEVELOPMENT 41 : -Anthropology -Art - Biology i - Business Management -Chemistry -Communications - Counselling Group Programs - Economics - Education - English - F i n e Arts - French -GeneralStudies -Geography -Geology - German -Health - History - Humanities - Labour Studies - Learning A s s i s t a n c e - L e g a l Studies - Linguistics -Mathematics - Media -Music - O f f i c e Training - Philosophy -Physics - Political S c i e n c e -Psychology - Recreation -Religious Studies - Retail Fashion -Sociology -Spanish -Theatre Arts - W o m e n ' s Studies 53 - Legal Assistant - Legal Assistant Option - Public Relations -Secretarial 41 42 43 42 C A L E N D A R F O R 1978-79 11 CAPILANO COLLEGE-INTRODUCTION 3 CAREER ALTERNATIVE P R O G R A M 53 CAREER PROGRAMS 33 C H A N G E S IN C O U R S E S 19 C H A N G E O F N A M E OR A D D R E S S 19 C. CHEMICAL AND METALLURGICAL TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM . COMMUNITY EDUCATION ART P R O G R A M - A r t Education - Bachelor of Fine Arts Studio Program - C o m m e r c i a l Art - C r a f t s Program - Foundations of Art B. BASIC J O B R E A D I N E S S TRAINING ( B . J R . T . ) 6 8 58 59 59 • 6 8 0 80 80 81 81 82 82 83 85 85 87 89 91 93 9 4 95 95 96 98 99 100 01 102 103 1 COURSE NUMBERING SYSTEM COURSE OVERLOAD REGULATIONS 4 65 69 70 71 72 73 74 76 77 78 79 58 - 18 C O U R S E VERIFICATION CREDIT H O U R S 19 •' 18 D. DE-REGISTRATION FOR N O N P A Y M E N T O F F E E S 15 DEVELOPMENTALLY HANDICAPPED PROGRAM 44 51 E. C L A S S DESCRIPTIONS ! 58 C O L L E G E ADMINISTRATION 6 C O L L E G E CERTIFICATE 18 EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION 43 E N G L I S H P L A C E M E N T TEST 29 ENGLISH TUTORIAL R O O M 29 119 EXEMPTION STANDING - CAREER .33 F. FACULTY 8 FEES'. - Deferred -Policy -Schedule - V o c a t i o n a l Programs - W a i v e r s for Senior Citizens 16 16 16 16 16 16 • F I N A N C I A L AID 21 & NON-REGISTRATION FOR D E B T S TO C O L L E G E OUTDOOR RECREATION P R O G R A M S -Outdoor Recreation - W i l d e r n e s s Leadership 23 FIRST AID 22 FOCUS CANADA - B.C. Studies - C a n a d a Studies 30 30 30 FOOD SERVICES -Commercial Music. - Music Therapy -MusicTransfer. . . . ' P. PARKING . PLACEMENT PLAGIARISM PROVISIONAL 22 F O U R T H INSTRUCTIONAL H O U R STANDING. R. REFUNDS . . - Deadline. - Policy . . . 18 G. G E N E R A L STUDIES 30 GRADING - A p p e a l o f Final Grades - G r a d e Point Average -"I" Grades - Statement of G r a d e s 19 19 19 19 19 REGISTRATION - Howe Sound C o u r s e s - Policy - A c a d e m i c Studies - Policy - CareerA/ocational P r o g r a m s . -Procedure -Schedule HEALTH SERVICES 22 REPEATING A C O U R S E HIGH S C H O O L E Q U I V A L E N C Y E X A M I N A T I O N S 20 HOWE SOUND PROGRAM 13 H. I. IDENTIFICATION C A R D S 15 INFOCENTRE 22 INSTRUCTIONAL I N F O R M A T I O N 18 INSTRUCTIONAL Y E A R 18 L. LEARNING ASSISTANCE CENTRE 21 LEGAL STENOGRAPHER 53 LIBRARY S E R V I C E S 21 LIMITATIONS O F S P A C E 19 LOST A N D F O U N D 22 RETAIL F A S H I O N P R O G R A M SCIENCE - G E N E R A L INFORMATION SCIENCE TRANSFER REQUIREMENTS 3 S E L F - P A C E D L E A R N I N G (SPL) 3 STATUS OF STUDENTS BY P R O G R A M 1 STUDENT NUMBER 1 STUDENT RECORDS 1 S T U D E N T RESPONSIBILITIES 18 & S T U D E N T S E R V I C E S & FACILITIES M. MARADADI BOUTIQUE 22 MATHEMATICS RESOURCE CENTRE 29 2i S T U D E N T SOCIETY 2( TRANSCRIPTS OF M A R K S 15 T R A N S F E R TO A N D F R O M O T H E R INSTITUTIONS 2£ V. VISITORS. . 18 VOCATIONAL P R O G R A M S MEDIA P R O D U C T I O N S E R V I C E S MEDIA R E S O U R C E S P R O G R A M .' 52 21 W. 45 WITHDRAWAL FROM COURSES M E D I C A L O F F I C E ASSISTANT 54 MUSIC P R O G R A M S 46 2 WOMEN'S RESOURCE CENTRE W O M E N ' S STUDIES P R O G R A M 120 19 20 & 30 30 If* 12fJ -5 lf l I8 la: w 1 IB) I i f f 09 b